摘要:

J O U R N A L TI. E. ARMsrRoNG, Ph.D., F.R.S. J. DEWAK, LL.D., F.R.S. WYNDHAM R. DUNSTAN, M.A., F.R.S. A. VERNON HARCOURT, M.A., F.R.S. R. MELDOLA, F.R.S. W. RAMSAY, Ph.D., F.R.S. O F W. J. RUSSELL, P1i.D: J. MILLAR THOMSON, . T. E. THORPE, LL.D., W. A. TILDEN, D.Sc., W. P. WYNNE, D.Sc., THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY. C. F. BAKER, Ph.D., B.Sc. A. G. BLOXAM. C . H. BOTHAMLEY. ~ _ _ _ _ ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS A. LAPWORTH, D.Sc. A. R. LING. D. A. LOUIS. 0 N ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. &bitor : , C. E. GROVES, F.R.S. 55 nb- - ebitar : A. J. GREENAWAY. A. C . CHAPMAN. H. CROMPTON. A. W. CROSSLEY, M.Sc., Ph. D. T. EWAN, B.Sc., Ph.D. M. 0. FORSTER, Ph.D. W. D. HALLIBURTON, M.D., B.Sc., A. HARDEN, M.Sc., Ph.D. L. M. JONES, B.Sc. L. DE KONINGH. F. R. S. F.R.S. R. S. F. R. S. p. R. S. P.R.S. N. H.J. MILLER,.^^. D. W. J. POPE. E. C. ROSSITER. R. ROUTLEDGE, B.Sc. M. J. SALTER. L. J. SPENCER, M.A, J. J. SUDBOROUGH, Ph.D., D.Sc. J. F. THORPE, Ph.D. M. W. TRAVERS. E. W. WHEELWRIGHT, B.A., Ph.D. _____. - ~~ - - 1897. Vol, LXXII. Part I. L 0 N D 0 N :. GURNEY & JACKSON, 1, PATERNOSTER ROW. 1897.RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNOAY.C O N T E N T S . ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PUBLISHED IN OTHER JOURNALS :-- PART I. Organic Chemistq HEN~SY (LOUIS). Mixed Triinethylene Compounds . . , . SCHOLI, (ROLAND). [Preparation of Cyanogen Bromide, 13romoaitromethaiie TARUGI (N.). Preparation of Ammonium Ferricyanide . . . . . KASSNER (GEORG). Ferricyanides and their use as Oxidising Agents . . SCHAER (EDUARD). Action of Morphine and of Acetanilide on Mixtures of Ferric Salts and Ferricyanides .. . . . . . . . HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FREDERIK). Fulminates . . . . . BROCHET (ANDRI~). Influence of the presence of acids on the Oxidation of Alcohols . . . . . . . . . . BROCHET, (ANDR~). Action of Chlorine on hot Isoiutylic Alcohol . . ALBERDA VAN EKENSTEIN (W). Crystallised d-Mannose . . . . FRAMM (FRIEDRICH). Decomposition of Monosaccharides by Alkalis . DAVIDIS (ERNST). Aldazines, Ketazines and Henzosazones of Aldoses and Ketoses . . . . . . . . . . . JOHNSON (SAMUEL %ILLTAM). FRANCHIMONT (ANTOINE PAUL NICOLAS) and H. VAN ERP. Actibn of Alkalis on Neutral Aliphatic Nitraniines . . . . . . . UMBGISOVE ( HERM.) and ANTOINE PAUL NICOLAS FRANCHIMONT). Methyl- allylnitramine, an I someride, and their Bromine Derivatives .FRANCHIMONT (ANTOINE PAUL NICOLAS) and HERM. UMBGROVE. Methyl: nitramine, Dimethylnitramine and one of its Isomerides . BRUYN (CORNELIS ADRIAAN LOBRY DE). Action of Alkylic Iodicies on H ydroxylamine . . . , , . . . . , . . WERNER (ALFRED) and R. FALCIL a-Hydroxylarninebutyric acid . . ALTSCHUL (EMIL). Solubilities of Salts of Caproic and of (Enanthylic acids BACZEWSKI (MAX). Derivatives of Arachidic acid . . . . . . PRENTICE (BERTRAM). PICHTER (FRITZ). General Synthetical Method for the Preparation of FITTIG (RUDOLPH). Transformation of unsaturated a-Hydroxy-acids into BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUGENE) anh GUSTAVE AND&. Vola- BOESEREN (J.). Clausius' Condensation Method . . , LOVBN (JOHAN MARTIN). Trithiodilactylic acid . . . . . , LOSSEN (WILHELM CLEMENS) aiid WALTHER RIEBENSAHM. Decomposition of Dibromosuccinic acids with Water .. . . . _ . HEME, (B. C.), Malononitrile and some of its Derivatives . ERRERA (GIORGIO) and E. BERT$. Malononitrile Derivatives and 'their Rdduction . . . , . . . . . . , . . a 2 and Dibromonitromethane] . . . . . . , . . Composition of 'Wood Gum . SCHOLL (ROLAND). Nitracetonitrile . . . . . . . . Derivatives of Dimethylacrylic acid . y6-unsaturated acids . . . . . . . . . . the Isomeric y-Ketonic acids . . . . . . tility of Levulinic acid . . . . . . . . . . RRUNEL, (H. ). Thioglyoxylic (Ethanethiolic) acid . . . . . PAGE i, 1 i, 1 i, 2 i, 2 i, 3 i, 3 i, 3 i, 4 i, 4 i, 5 i, 5 i, 5 i, 6 i, 7 i, 8 i, 8 i, 9 i, 9 i, 10 i, 11 i, 12 i, 13 i, 1 4 i, 1 4 i, 15 i, 15 i, 15 i, 16 i, 16 i, 18iv CONTENTS.ERRERA (GIORGIO). Reduction of Dipropylmalononitrile . . . . NONTEMARTINI (CLEMENTE). Syntheses in the ddipic acid Series . , GOLDSCBMIEDT (GUIDO) and GUSTAV KNOPFER. Ethylic Isoallylenetricar- STEPRER (ANTON) and l l T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ SENG. Ethyiic Deoxalate . . . GOLDSCHMIDT (CARL). Action of Formaldehyde on Carbamide . . . SESTINI ( FAUSTO) and LEONE SESTINI. Ammoniacal Fermentation of Uric acid . . DAM (W. VAN). HOOGEWERFF (SEBASTIAAN) and WILLEM ARNE VAN DORP. Action of Alkali Hypochlorites and Hypobromites on Amides . . . . . HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FREDERIK). Oximamidoxalic acid and Hydroxyox- amide . . . . . . . . . . . PIUTTI (ARNALDO) and EECOLE GIUSTINIANI. Malic Derivatives of Alipha- tic Amines . . . . . KEISER (KARL). Cdal-tar Thioxeh [Dimethylthiophen] .. . . . BOEDTKER (EYVIND). Action of Aluminium Chloride on Benzene contain- ing Thiophen . . . . . . . . . RIMINI (ENRICO). Synthesis of Homocycl& Compounds NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and G. HELBACH. Action of an Alkaii Suiphide od Metadinitrobenzene . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FREDERIK). Preparation of Phenylacetylene . . GARELLI (FELICE). Solid Solutions of Phenol in Benzene . . . I~EHRMANN (FRIEDRICH) and EDUARD BAUER. Action of Sodium Sulphide on 1 : 4-Chloronitrobenzene . . . . . . . . . REVERDIN (PR~~D~RIc). Migration of an Iodine Atom in Anisoil and Phenetoil Derivatives . . . . . SCHRADER (GEORG M. J.) Xylenbl Bromeihylic Et'her . . . JACKSON (CHARLES LORING! and W. R. LAMAR. Derivatives of Trichlor:: dinitrobenzene . . . . . . . . .. . . MAUTHNER (JULIUS) and WILHELM SUIDA. Cholesteroi IV.' . . . FRIEDLANDER (PAUL) and R. LOWY. Flavone Derivatives, IIJ. . . . AUWERS (KARL) and E. ZIEGLER. Keto-bromides from Asymmetrical Met ax ylenol . . . . . . . . AUWERS (KARL) and FRIEDRICH BAUM. Constitution of Dibromo-$-cume- NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and HEINRICH BOTHOF. Amidodiphenylic Sulphides : PESCI (LEONE). Mercuriobenzylaminonium Iodide . . . . . LOV$N (JOHAN MARTIN). Enantiomorphic Phenethylamines . . . BULOW (CARL). Behaviour of Orthonitroparaphenylenediamine towards LOTTERMOSER (C. A. ALFRED). Action of Sodiuni on Aromatic Nitriles GOLDSCHMIDT (CARL). Phenylhydroxylamine . . . . . BAMBERGER ( EUGEN) and THOR EKECRANTZ. Nitrosophenyihydroxy- lamine . . . . . . . . , SCHULTZE (OTTO W. j. Action of Hydroxylamine on Nitro-compounds .AUWERS (KARL). Constitution of Hydroxyazo-compounds MINUNNI (GAETANO) and E. RAP. Oxidation of Phenylbenzylicienehydrazone ALEERDA VAN EKENSTEIN ( W. ) and CORNELIS ADRIAAN LOBRY DE BRUYN. The Methyl-, Ethyl-, Amyl-, Allyl-, Bnd Renzyl-phenylhydrazones and the B-Naphthylhydrazones of the Sugars . . . . . . . MOLDAUER (D. ). Isomeric Nitrosodiethylphloroghcinols . . . . MINUNNI ( GAETANO) and D. VASSALLO. Conversion of a-Aldoximes into Nitriles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WERNER (ALFRED). Benzylation of Acetaldoxime , . . . The " Beckmann Rearrangement '' 1: Chlorimido- ethers . . . . . , . . Adtion'of Ethyiic Oxalate od Aromatic Amido-compounds . , . . . . , , . boxylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEtion'of Alkali Hypobromites on Succinodinmide .GASPARI (AUSONIO DE). Derivatives of Veratrole . . . no1 Bromide and of its Derivatives . . Nitrous acid . . . . . . . . STIEQLITZ (JULIUS). WHEELER (HENRY ~oRD-). Diacid Anilides MEYER (RICHARD E.) and ALB. SEELIUER. PAGE i, 19 i, 19 i, 21 i, 21 i, 22 i, 22 i, 23 i, 23 i, 23 i, 24 i, 24 i, 25 i, 25 i, 26 i, 26 i, 26 i, 27 i, 27 i, 28 i, 29 i, 30 i, 31 i, 32 i, 33 i, 34 i, 36 i, 36 i, 37 i, 37 i, 38 i, 39 i, 39 i, 40 i, 40 i, 40 i, 41 i, 42 i, 43 i, 43 i, 43 i, 44 i, 46CONTENTS. V PAUE RISTENPART ( EWGEN). Action of Ammonia and Alkylamines on Bromethyl- phthalimide . . . . . . . . . . . . . PELLIZZARI (GUIDO). Derivatives of Amidoguanidine . . . . . NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS) and C. W. HAPGOOD. Are Diphenyliodoniuni MICHAELIS, (CARL ARNOLD AUGUST) [and i n part ’LUDWIG EIFLER, HUBERT GLAUBITZ, ERICH GUNDERMANN, 0.HOLLE, JUNKER IGNAZ RABINERSON, and G. SCHL~~ER]. Chlorophosphines of the Aromatic Series and their Derivatives . . . . . PAAL (CARL) and L. MOHR. Derivatives of Metadi-iodoparahydroxybenzal- dehyde . . . . . . . . . . . . AUWERS (KARL) and JULIUS REIS. New Derivatives of Parahydi-oxy: benzaldehyde, of Paracyanophenol, and of Parahydroxybenzoic acid . MEYER (VICTOR) and G. PAVIA. Regularities in the Behaviour of the Diortho-substituted Aromatic Carbonyl-compounds . . . . . WEGSCHEIDER (RUDOLF), Formation of Ethereal Salts . ~ . . MEYER (VICTOR) and LOTHAR WOHLER. Durenecarboxylic acids . . BAUCKE (H. ). Action of Ammonia on Alkylic Pheny ldibromopropionates . SEVERINI (FERRUCCIO). Phenylcoumalin .. . . . . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PAUL G. SILBER. [Phenylcoumalin] . CAZENEUVE (PAUL). Decomposition of the Phenolic acids derived from ZINCKE (ERNST CARL THEODOR) and BRUNO FBANCKE. Bromoprotocate- . GABRIEL (SIEOMUND) and GEORG GIEBE. Action of Glycocine on Aceto- HARNACK (ERICH). GRAEBE (CARL). Suggested existence of the two Orthophthalic acids . GABRIEL (SIEGMUND) and ROBERT STELZNER. B-Aniido-a-hydrindone . GIEBE (GEORG). a-Methylphthalide and Orthoethylbenzoic acid . WISLICENUS (WILHELM) and KARL GOLDSTEIN. Syntheses with Ethylic KNORR, LUDWIG [and in part’JULIUs SCHMIDT]. Tautomerism . . . DIVERS (EDWARD). Action of Alkalis on Benzosulph-hydroxaniic acid SEAL (ALFRED NEWLIN). Action of acid Amides on Benzoin. . . . FREUND (MOKIZ). The Aluminium Chloride Reaction .. . . . ERLENMEYER (EMIL, jun. ). Formation of Desylacetic acid from Phenyl- HERZIG (JOSEF) and HANS MEYIcR. Phthalein Derivatives . MEYER (RICHARD E.) and HEIKRICH MEYER. The Phthaleiii Group 11.‘ MEYER (RICHARD E:) and HEINR~CH MEYER. The Phthalein Group 111: FRITSCH (PAUL). Patent-blue Colouring Matters : Derivatiies of Benzyl: sultone, Benzylsultame and Benzylidenesultinie . . . , . COLLET (A. ). Triphenylethsnone [Diphenylacetophenone] . . . . BIEHRINGER (JOACHIM). Dyes of the Pyronine Group . . . . . ROUSSET [L.). Ketones derived from Naphthalene . . . , . BLANK (OSCAR). B-Naphthylacetic acid . . . . . . ZINCICE (ERNST CARL THEODOR) and BRUNO FRANCKE [and in part P AX SCHMIDT]. Action of Nitric acid on Bromoprotocatechuic acid : Con- version into 3 : 4’ Dibromo-k?-naphthaquinone-2’-carboxylic acid .. FRIEDL~NDER (PAUL) and W. H. KIELBARINSKI. A Correction [Diamido- naphthalenesulphonic acids] . . . . . . . I I and Thallium Nitrates Isomorphous ? . . . . . R. KATZENPTEIN, PRI’I’Z KUHLMANN, PH. KUNZ, WILHELM MAECKEK, GOLDSCHMIDT (CARL). Derivatives of Piperonal . . . . . BAUCKE (H. ). Phenylpropiolamide . . . . . . . . HESSE (OSWALD). Phenylcoumalin . . . . . . . Benzene and Naphthalene . . . . . . . chuic acid and the three Isomeric Bromo- and Nitro-veratric acids phenone-orthocarboxylic acid . . . . . A forgotten Colonr Reaction of Gallic acid and Tannin BLANK (OSCAR). a-Methylphthalic acid . . . . . . . Phenylmalonate 11. . . . . . . . . . . . [ Benzenesulphonyl h y droxy lamide] . . . .. SEYBERTH (HERMANN). Ditolylimide . . . . . . . pyruvic acid and Benzaldehyde . . . . . . Fluoresceh . . . Orcinolphthaleins . . . . . i, 16 i, 47 i, 48 i, 48 i, 53 i, 53 i, 54 i, 54 i, 55 i, 55 i, 56 i, 56 i, 56 i, 57 i, 57 i, 57 i, 58 i, 59 i, 60 i, 60 i, 61 i, 61 i, 62 i, 63 i, 68 i, 67 i, 67 i, 68 i, 68 i, 68 i, 69 i, 69 i, 70 i, 72 i, 73 i, 73 i, 75 i, 76 i, 76 i, 80vi CONTENTS. GIORDANI (FELICE). Essence of Angelica archangelica . . . . . GILDEMEISTER (EDUARD) and KARL STEPHAN. Ethereal oils, Palmarosa BAEYER (ADOLF VON). Orientation in the'Terpene 'Series : Pinene . . BAEYER (ADOLF VON) and WLADIMIR IPATIEFF). Orientation in the TIEMANN (JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINAND). Methoethylheptanon- MAHLA (FRIEDRICH) and JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINAND TIEMANN.RICHTMANN (W. 0. ) and EDWARD KREMERS. Mentheiie Nitrosochloride and some of its Derivatives , . MAHLA (FRIEDRICH) and JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINA~D TIEM~NN. * Substances derived from Camphoroxime and Fenchoneoximc . . ODDO (GIUSEPPE) and G. LEONARDI. Camphoric Nitrile and Isomeric ANGELI (ANGELO). Action of Nitrous acid on Camphoroxirne . . . ANGELI (ANGELO) and ENRICO RIMINI. Action of Nitrous acid on Cam- ANGELI (ANGELO) and ENRICO RIMINI. Action of 'Nitrous acid on Oxinies of the Camphor Series . . . . . . . , . . . RIMINI (ENRICO). Monoketazocamphadione . . . . . . . HARRIS (E. B. ). Derivatives of Dihydro-cis-campholytic arid . . . TIEMANN (JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINAND). Constitution of Isocani- KILIANI (HEINRICH). The Sap o i Antiaris toxicaria (Upas tree) .. . DIETERICH (KARL). Palm Dragon's blood . . L. . . . . . TASSTNARI (GABRIELE). Resin of'Gut'ta Percha . . . . . . MOREIGNE (HENRI). Raphanol, a substance contained in the root of KROMER (NICOLAI). A Glucoside contained in Adonis mstival L. , , HEEZIG (JOSEF). Quercetin and its Derivatives . . . . . . PRESCOTT (ALBERT B.) and S. H. BARR. . MICKO (KARL). a-Acetoacetylpyridyl [2-AcetoacetyIpyridine] . JEITELES ( BERTHOLD). 8-Benzoylpicolinic acid and B-Phenyl Pyridyl Kktoni SKRAUP (ZDENKO HANNS). Cincholeuponic acid . . . . . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI). Constitution of the Ba'ses formed by the CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and ANTONIO PICCININr. Trirnethyidihydro: CIAMICIAN ( GIACOMO LUIGI) and G. BOERIS. Relation of Trimethylindole to Alkyldihydroquinolines . .. . . . . . . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and GIUSEPPE PLANCHER [and in part G . EDINGER (ALBERT). . WEIDEL (Hcao). y-Acetoacetylquinolyl [4'-Acetoacetylquinoline] . . HARPER (CHARLES A. ). Derivatives of Isocoumarin, 'Isocarbostyril and MAZZARA (GIROLAMO) and MANFREDO LAMBERTI-ZANARDI. Action of Sulphuryl Chloride on Carbazole : Mono- and Di-chlorocarbazoles . KEHRMANN (FRIEDRICH). Conversion of Phenosafranine and Rosindnline into the corresponding Azoniiim compounds . . . . . . NIETZKI (RUDOLF). Constitution of the Safranines . . . . . VAUBEL (WILHELM). Configuration of Quinone-imide Dyes . . . . VAUBEL ( WILHELM). Rehaviour of Quinonc-imide Dyes towards Nascent Bromine . . . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oil Terpene Series : Caronic acid . . . .olide of m. p. 64" (Homoterpenylic acid Methyl Ketone) . Preparation of Terpenylic and Terebic acids . . . . . change of Isonitrosocamphor . . . . . . . . phoroxime . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOYES (WILLIAM ALBERT). Cmiphoric acid . . . . . phoronic acid . . . . . . . . S m P H m . Zanzibar Copal . . . . . . . . Raphanus niger and other Crucifer% . . . . . . . KILIANI (HEINRICH). Digitoxin . . . . . Pyridine' Alkyl Hydroxides BRUNNER (KARL). Indolinones . . . . Actionof Alkyl Iodides on Indoles . . . . . quin oline . . . . . . . . . . . . BOERIS]. Action of Ethylic Iodide on 2'-Methylindole . . . REsTHoitN ( EYIL). Hexahydroquinolinic acids . . . . . Isoquinoline . . . . . . . . . . . Action of Sulphur Haloids on Aromatic Amines . PACE i, 80 i, 81 i, 81 i, 83 i, 83 i, 84 i, 84 i, 85 i, 86 i, 87 i, 88 i, 90 1, 90 i, 90 i, 90 i, 91 i, 91 i, 92 i, 92 i, 93 i, 94 i, 94 i, 94 i, 95 i, 95 i, 95 i, 97 i, 98 i, 100 i, 101 i, 101 i, 102 i, 102 i, 103 i, 104 i, 105 i, 106 i, 107 i, 107 i, 108 i, 108 i, 108CONTENTS.vii PAGE KNORR (LUDWIG), Behaviour of Antipyrine towards Alkyl Haloids . . i, 108 KNORR (LUDWIG) and PAUL RABE. Benzoic Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . i,110 KNORR (LUDWIG) and ROBERT PSCHORR. KNORR (LUDWIG) and THEODOR GEUTHER. Additive product of Antipyrine and 4-Hydroxy-1-phenyl-5 : 3-di- Reduction of Nitrosoanti- methyl-5-pyrazolone (4-Hydroxyatitipyrine) . . i, 111 . . . pyrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . i,112 HIMMELBAUER (R.). Pyrazolone Derivatives . . . . . . . i, 113 PAAL, (CARL). Syntheses of Quinoxalines .. . . . . . i, 115 phenyldihydroquinazoline . . . . . . . . . i,115 quinazoline . . . . . . . . . . . i, 115 KNORR (LUDWIG) ank PI~IEDRICH STOLZ. 4-Amidoantipyrine . . . i, 112 PAAL (CARL) and GEO. KROMSCHR~DER. Syntheses of 3’-Orthamido- PAAL (CARL) and H. POLLER. Syntheses of 3’-Paramidophenyldihydro- PAAL (CARL) and WILHELM SCHILLING. Syntheses of 3’-Orthauisyl- dihydroquinazoline . . . . . . . . . . . i, 115 PAAL ( CAF~L) and WILHELM SCHILLING. Syntheses of 3’-Paranisyl- dihydroquinazoline . . . . . . . i, 1 1 7 LACHOWICZ (BRONISLAW). Condensation of kenzjlde1;yde with Ethylic Acetoacetate in presence of Aromatic Amines . . . . . i, 118 GABBIEL (SIEGMUND) and CARL VON HIRSCH, Preparation of Thiazolines i, 120 HINSBERG (OSCAR). Quinoxaline Derivatives . . . .i, 120 FREUND (MARTIN) and CARL MEINECKE. Derivatives of Thiobia’zoline . i, 122 PECHMANN (HAX’S VON) and AUGUST NOLD. Action of Diazomethane on PREUND (MARTIN) [and in part CARL MEINECKE and HEINRICH P. FREUND (MARTIN) and HEINRICH P. SUHWARZ. Derivatives of Triazosul- phole [Thiotriazole] . . . . . . . . . . . i, 125 FREUND (MARTIN) and ALFRED SCHANDER. Amidotriazosulphole [Amiclo- tliiotriazole] . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 125 PREUND (MARTIN) and ALFRED SCHANDER. Thiourazole . . . i, 126 ENGELHARDT (R.). Action of Hydrazines on Nitriles under the influence of Sodium . . . . . . . . . . . . i,126 TOPPELIUS (M. )’and HERBERT POMMEREHNE. Creatinines of different origin i, 128 POMMEREHNE (HERBERT). Action of Methylic Jodide on Xanthine Salts : $-Theobromine . . .. . . . . . . . i,129 GOMBERG (MOSES). Action of Wagner’s Reagent on Caffeine and a New Method for the estimation of Caffeine . . . . . . . . i, 120 GOMBERG (MOSES). Caffeine Yerhaloids . . . . . . . . i, 139 GOLDSCHMIEDT ( GUIDO) and ALFRED KIRPAL. Action of Methylic Iodide on Papaveric acid . . . . i, 131 GADAMER (J.). Optical Rotation of Atropine and its Saits . . . . i: 132 HABEI~ (FI~ITz). Theory of the Pyrogenic Relations of Aliphatic Hydro- carbons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 133 CLOWES (FRANK). Limiting the Explosive Properties of Acetylene, and Detecting and Measuring the Gas in Air . . . . . . . i, 133 BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN) and GUSTAVE ANDRJ~ Decomposition of Sugars under the Influence of Acids . . . . . . . . . . i, 133 BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN) and GUSTAVE ANDR$.Arabinose . . . . i, 135 GABRIEL (SIEGMUND) and CARL FREIHERR VON HIRSCH. Isoallylamine (1- FREER (PAUL C.). Action of Sodium on Acetaldehyde . . . . . i, 136 BRaUCHBAR ( MAXIMILIAN). Action of Aqueous Potassium Hydroxide and FRANKE (ADOLF). Action of Alcoholic Soda on. Isobutaldehyde . . . i, 137 TRAUBE (WILHELM) and E. HOFFA. Hydrazidoacetic acid . . . i, 138 SCHALL (JoH. FRIEDRICH CARL). Electrolysis of Potassium Xantha‘te in Aqueous Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 138 Phenylthiocarbimide . . . . . . . . . i, 122 HINSBERG (OSCAR) and H. GARFUNKEL. Hydrogenised Azines . . . i, 123 SCHWARZ]. Preparation oi Triazole and its Homolognes . . i, 123 HEWE ( OSWALD). Scopolamine and i-Scopolamine . . . 132-133 amidopropylene) . . . . . . . i, 135 Carbonate on Isobutaldehyde .. . . . i, 137... V l l l CONTENTS. PAGE TOLLENS (BERNHARD). Methylenecarbamide , . . i, 138 LADENBURG (ALBERT). Asymmetric Nitrogen, V. Imiies of Tai:taric acid and of Benzoyltartaric acid . . . . . . . . . i,138 WENDE (HERMANN). Imides of Racemic acid . . . . . . i, 140 FINCK (E.). Ethereal Phosphopalladates and their Ammoniacal Derivates . i, 140 MARBURG (RICHARD). Constitution of Vinaconic acid (Trimethylenedi- carboxylic acid) . . . . . . . . . i, 140 MEYER (VICTOR) and W. MOLZ. Mesitylede frdm Acetone . . i, 142 EIRNER (ALEXANDER). Constitution of the Nitroso-derivates of the two Secondary Ethylidenanilines . . . . . . . . i, 142 ZIEGELBAUER (RUDOLF). Orthophenylenebiguanide . . . . . i, 142 JACOBSON (PAUL), M. JAENICKE and FRIEDRICH MEYER. Reduction SCHIFF (HUGO) and ADRIANO OSTROGOVICH.Uramides, Urethanes, and Oxamethanes of Para- and Meta-phenylenediamirie . . . . . i, 144 QUENDA (ENRICO). By-substituted Derivatives of Hydantoin . . . i, 144 WIRTHS (VICTOR). Derivates of Paramidophenol . i, 145 PAWLEWSKI (RRONISLAW). Action of Phthalic and Succinic Chlorides on MICHAELIS (CARL ARNOLD AUGUST) [and in part WILLIAM BERGHEGCER, HUBERT GLAUBITZ, BERNHARD HECKER, MORITZ LEWSCHINSEY, OSWALD MEYER, MORITZ G. MIETHING, E. PIPER, FRITZ ROTHE, LUIS DA ROCHA SCHMIDT, and R. USTER]. Aromatic Chloro- phosphines and their Derivatives . . . . . i, 146 LUTJENS (JACOB). Chemical Behaviour and Oxidation of Tetriodoteiaph: thalic acid and Tri-iododiamidobenzoic acid . . . . . i, 154 BRF'DT (JULIUS) and J.KALLEN. Addition of Hydrogen Cyanide to Un- MERCK (CARL EMANUEL). Condensation of Tannins with Formaldehyde . HEWITT (JOHN THEODORE) and FRAKE G. POPE. [Oxidation of Diace- GABRIEL (SIEGMUND) and ROBERT STELZNER. The Colour Base (C15~11N)x WEIL (HUGO). Constitution of the Colour Bases o f the 'Triphenylrnethane VOTO~EE ( EMIL). Hydroxy-derivatives of Tekamkh yldiamidotriphenyl- LIEBERMANN (CARL 'THEODOR) and SIEGFRIED FRIEDLANDER. History of Madder Dye Stuffs . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 157 TIEMANN (FERDINAND) and FRIEDRICH W. SEMMLER. Pinene . . . i, 158 WALLACH (OTTO) [and in part DORRANCE and OTTO M. RUETE]. Condensa- tion Products of Cyclic Ketones : Synthesis in the Terpene series . . i, 159 DUPONT (JUSTIN) and JACQUES GUERLAIN. French Oil of Roses . . .-i, 160 TIEMANN (JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINAND). Camphor . . . i, 161 MINGUIN (JULES). Crystallographic Properties of Substituted Camphors . i: 163 GLIMMANN (G.). Dammar Resin . . . . . . . . . . i, 164 DOERNER (OSCAR) and ED. LUCKER. Guaiacum Resin . . . . . i, 165 DOEBNER (OSCAR GUSTAV). Synthesis of Acids of Guaiacum Resin . . i, 166 DOEBNER (OSCAR GUSTAV). Guaiaciim Blue . . . . . . . . i, 166 MERCK (CARL EMANUEL). Action of Formaldehyde on Aloin . . i, 167 MERCK (CARL EMANUEL). Bitter Principles contained in the Leaves of Leucodendron concinnum . . . . . i, 167 MERCK (CARL EMANUEL). Crystalline Bitter Principle contained inPZuinicra ncutifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 167 MERCK (CARL EMANUEL). Compounds contained in hndix imperatoriae ostruthium . . . . .. . . . . . . . i, 168 GVARESCHI ( ICILIO). Synthesis of Pyridine Compounds from Ethereal Salts of Ketonic acids, and Ethylic Cyanacetate in presence of Ammonia and Amines . . . . . . . . . . . i, i68 HARRIER (CARL D.) Stereochemistry in the Piperidine series . . . i, 170 DAHL (ADOLF). Diphenylindone . . . . . . . . . . i, 170 Products from Azo-compounds . . . . . . . . i, 143 Compounds of the Type R'NH, . . . i, 146 saturated Carboxylic acids . . . . . . . . . i, 154 tylcitraconfluoresce~n] . . . . . . . . i, 156 i, 155 from Benzylphthalimidine . , . . . i, 157 series . . . . . . . . . . i, 157 methane . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 157CONTENTS. ix COHN (PAUL). Quinolineoxyquinolines . . . . . FISCHER (OTro) and EDUARD HEPP. The Isordsindulines . . . . KEHRMANN ( FRIEDRICH) anti W.SCHAPOSCHNIKOFF. Azonium Compounds from Aposafranine, Rosinduline, and their Tsomerides . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT). Asymmetric Nitrogen, 1V. Isoconiine . . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PAUL G. SI’LBER. Tropinic acid . . GARELLI (FELICE). Attempts to Determine the Constitution of Tropanine DAVIS (SHERMANN). Alkaloids contained in the Seeds of Blue and White SCHMIDT (ERNST ALBERT). The Alkaioids’of Cbrydalis . . . . , ZIEGENBEIN (H.). Alkaloids of Coryclnliscma . . . . . . . HARNACK ( ERICH). Erythrophleine . . . . . . . . . MICHEL (A.). Serum-albumin Crystals . . . . . . . . GURBER (AUGUST). Serum-albumin Crystals ,+ . . . . . . KONDAKOFF (IWAN L.). Preparation of Tetramethylethylene . . . PERGAMI (-4.). Action of Alcohols on l’ctrachlorethylic Ether .. . PERDRTX ( L ~ o N ) . Action of Potassium Permanganate on the Polyhydric Alcohols and their Derivatives . . . . FISCHER ( EMII,) and Leo BEENSUH. The two Optically Active Methyl: mannosides . . . . . . . . . . . . WIECHMANN (FERDINAND G.). Allotropy of Sucrose . . , . LOSANITSCH (SIMA M.) and MILORAD z. JOVITSCHITSCH. Chemicai Syntheses by aid of the dark Electric Discharge . . . . . ODDO (GIUSEPPE) and C. MANUELLI. New method of prepariug An- DARMSTAEDTER (L.) and ISAAC LIFSCHUTZ. Composition of Wool Fat BROMBERG (OTTO). Compounds of Alloxan and Dimethylalloxan with Semicarbazide . . . . . . . . . . . . LUCAS (AD). Mesitylene from Acetone . . . . . . . PAUL (LUDWIG). MAZZARA (GIROLAMO) and MANFREDO LAMBERTI-ZANARDI. Mono- and Di: . ROCCHI (0.).Chlorothymol and Dichiorocymene . . , . . . BONDZY~KI (STANISLAS) and V. HUMNICI~I. Fate of Choiesterol i n the HURTHLE (KARL). Haemosterol, a new Cozstituent of Blood . . . PAAL (CART,) and HERMANN SPKENGER. Paranitrobenzyl Bases . YAAL (CARL) and H. POLLER. Action of Orthonitrobenzylic Choride on BLOMSTRAND (CHRISTIAN WILHELM). The Diazo-controversy . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF) and M. SCHMIEDEL. Dinzosulphonates and HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF) and H. BORGHAUS. Action of Potassium Sulphite on Nitrodiazonium Salts . . . . . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF) and H. BORGHAUS. Bis-diazonium Salts . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and HERMANN HAFELIN. Oximes of the Fatty-aromatic Ketones containing the higher Alkyls : Stereochemistry of Nitrogen . CLAISEN (LUDWIG). A curious instance of Molecular Rearrangement .GATTERMANN (LUDWIG) [and in part A. E. LOCKHART and C. WEINLIG]. Electrolytic Reduction of Aromatic Nitro-compounds . . . . GATTERMANN (LUDWIG) [and ALIvAY]. Electrolytic Kednction of Aromatic Nitro-compounds . . . GATTERMANN (LUDWIG) [and with WURST and BOHN]: Electrolytic Re- duction of Aromatic Nitro-compounds . . . . . . * CLAUS (ADOLPH). Action of Hydroxylamine on Benzylideneacetophenone SALZER (THEODOR). Calcium Orthoethylbenzoate, and the Author’s Theory of Water of Crystallisation . . . . . . . . . PAPE (CARL). Preparation of Mandelic acid . . . . . . . CLEVE (ASTRID). Some Phenyltriazoles . . . . . . . and Granatanine Bases by Cryoscopic Methods . . . . Lupines - . . . . . . . . hydrides . . . . . . . . . . . Technical uses of Ortho- and Para-nitrophenol .chloroparacresols . . . . . . . LEICESTER (JAMES). Blue Dye from Quinone . . . . . Animal Organism . . . . . . . . . . . H ydroxylamine . . . . . . . . . . . free Diazosiilphonic acids . . . . . . PAGE i, 170 i, 171 i, 172 i, 172 i, 173 i, 173 i, 173 i. 174 i, 174 i, 175 i, 176 i, 176 i, 176 i, 177 i, 177 i, 178 i, 178 i, 179 i, 179 i, 180 i, 180 i, 181 i , 181 i, 181 i, 182 i, 182 i, 183 i, 183 i, 183 i, 184 i, 184 i, 185 i, 185 i, 186 i, 186 i, 187 i, 188 i, 188 i, 189 i, 189 i, 189 i, 190 i, 190X CONTENTS. BISTRZYCKI (ADOUSTIN) and JULIAN FLATAU. Condensation of Mandelic acid with Phenols, 11. . . . . . . . SCHALL (CARL). Elimination of Sulphur' from Resorcinoldithiocarboxylic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAUMANN ( EUGEN) and EXTL FROMM.Action of Sulphur on Unsaturated Organic Compounds : Bisulphide of Thiobenzoylthioacetic acid . . STOBBE (HANS). Condensation of Ethereal Salts of y-substituted Itaconic acids with Aldehydes and Ketones . . . . WILLGEKODT ( HEINRICH CONRAD CHRISTOEH). Action of 'Pheiiyliodoso- chloride on Mercury Diphcnyl : Production of Phenyl Iodochloride, &c. GATTERMANN (LUDWIG) and H. SCHULZE. Thiobenzophenone . . . BARTOLOTTI (PIETRO). Derivatives of Benzophenone . . . . . WITT (OTTO NIKOLAUS) and JENS DEDICHEN. Naphthacetoi . . . PAUL (LUDWIG). 1 : 1'-Dihydroxynaphthalene-4-sulphonic acid . . . GATTERMANN (LUDWIG) and H. SCHULZE. Colouring Matters derived from the Sulphonic Acids of a-Naphthol and a-Naphthylaminc . . SCHMIDT (ROBERT E. ) and LUDWIG GATTERMAXN.Hydroxylamine De- CHARABOT (EUG~NE) and G. CHIRIS. Oil of Rbses . . . . . . TIEMANN (FERDINAND) and R. SCHMIDT. Artificial Production of Pulegone TIEMANN (FERDINAND) and R. SCHMIDT. Dextro- and Lsvo-configurations in the Citronella1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . BLANC (G.). Action of Aluminium Chloride on Camphoric Anhydride . THOMS ( HERMANN). Onocerin . . . . . . . . . . GRASSI-CKIST~LDI (GIUSEPPE). Hyposantonous Acid and its Decomposition Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AHREKS (FELIX B. ). Coal-tar Bases . . . . . , . . . MENDE (FRITZ). Decomposition of Pipecolinic acid into its two Optical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDINGER (ALBERT). Action of Sulphur Bromide on Aromatic Amines . EIIINGER (ALBERT) and HANS LUBBERGER. Action of Sulphur Chloride on CLAUS (ADOLPH) and ROBERT GIWARTOVSKY.1-Hydroxyg uinoiine-4-sul- MARCKWALD ( WILHELM) and AUG. BOTT. 1-Benzoyl-4-phenylthiosemi- carbazide . . . . . . . . . . . . , PELLIZZARI (GUIDO). Identity of Formopyrine and Methylenebiantipyrine PELLIZZARI (GUIDO) and 0. MASSA. Monosubstituted Triazoles . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR). The Proteids of the Kidney Bean (Phnseolzcs COHNHEIM (OTTO). Hydrochloric acid Compounds of Albumoses and Peptone KRAWKOFF (N.). Carbohydrate Groups in the Albumin molecule . . BIALOBRZESKI (M. ). Chemical Strncture of Haemin and Hzematin pre- pared by various methods . . . . . . . . . . . KOSSEL (ALBRECHT CARL LUDWIG MARTIN LEONHARD). Phrenosin . . HKRTY (CHARLES H.) and J. G. SMITH. Mercuric Chlornthiocyanate . LESPIEAU (ROBERT), 1 : 3-Dibromopropene Cay-Dibromopropylene] .. KONDAKOFF (IWAN L. ). Polymerisation of Olefine Hydrocarbons, I. and 11. . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . HERON (JOHN). Invert-sugar, I. and 11. . . . . . , . . SZARVASY ( EMERICH). Action of Methylic Alcohol on Magnesium Nitride HARRIES (CARL D.) and FRITZ LEHMAKN. Action of Hydroxylamine on Phorone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REFORMATSKY (SERGIUS N.). Synthesis of B-Hydroxy acids . . . PAUL (LUDWIG). a-Amido-8-napbthylic Ethylic Ether . . . . rivatives of Anthraquinone . . . . . . . . . from Citronellaldeliyde . . . . . . . . TIEMANN (JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINAND). Camphor . . DACCOMO (GIROLAMO). Filicic acid . . . . . . MARCHLEWSKI (LEO). The Chemistry of Chlorophyll . . . . Qninoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . phonic acid .. . . . . . . . , . . vulgaris) . . . . . . . . . . WALTHER ( REINHOLD). Preparation of Cyanamide . . . . TRILLAT (AUGUSTE). Preparation of Fatty Aniines . . . . PAGE i, 190 i, 191 i, 191 i, 192 i, 192 i, 192 i, 193 i, 193 i, 193 i , 195 i, 195 i, 196 i, 197 i, 198 i, 199 i, 199 i, 201 i, 201 i, 202 i, 202 i, 202 i, 203 i, 203 i, 204 i, 204 i, 204 i, 205 i, 205 i, 205 i, 207 i, 207 i, 207 i, 207 i, 208 i, 209 i, 209 i, 209 i, 209 i, 211 i, 211 i, 211 i, 211 i, 212CONTENTS. xi PAGE REFORMATSRY (SERGIUS N.). Decomposition of B-Hydroxy-acids . . i, 213 JOVITSCHITSCH ( MILORAD Z.). Stereoisomerism of Ethylic ISOnitrOSOaCetO- RECKH (FALTER). Act'ion of Fuming Nitric acid on Ethylic Acetoacetate i, 213 BRUNNER ( HEINRICH) and ERNEST CHUARD. i, 214 ARTH (GEORGES).Action of Pbenylcarbimide on y.Pimelic acid derived from Menthol . . . . . . . . . . i, 214 KEHRER (EDUARD ALEXANDRE) and ERWIN HOFACKER. 'Normal Dilevulinic acid (4:7-Decandiondioic acid) . . . . . . . . i, 214 WOLFF (LUDWIG) anJ FI~ITZ RUDEL. Derivatives of Pentamethylene and HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF) and MARTIN SINGER. Benzoyldiazobenze~~e i, 216 ALTSCHUL (JULIUS). Conversion of Phenylhydrazine into Diazobenzene by . . i, 216 Nitrous acid . . . . . . . . AL'rSCHuL (JULIUS). Diazotisation of Aniline in the presence of Acetic acid, or of an insufficient amount of Hydrochloric acid . . . i, 217 BRUNRER (HEINRICH) and LOUIS PELET. Action of Bleaching Powder RAMBERGER (EUGEN) [and in part N. RONGGER]. Comparative experiments with Normal and Isodiazotates .. . . . . . . i, 217 NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and F. BLUMENTHAL. Diquinoyltrioxime and Tetraqi- trophenol . . . . . . . . . . i, 218 AKSCHUTZ (RICHARD). A Law of Pro'duction of Phenolcarboxylic chlorides i, 219 RIEDEL (Fit.). Action of Ethylic Cyanacetate and of Benzylic Cyanide on Aldehydes, Ketones and Aldehyde-ammonia . . . . . . i, 219 BRULL (J.) and PAUL FRIEDL~NDER. Plavone Derivatives, IV. . - . i, 221 BISTRIX (ALEXANDRE). A Dye derived from Dibroniogallic acid . i, 221 LIMPICICHT (HRINRICH) [and PAROW]. Dinitrodiphenylethylenenedisul- phone . . . . . . . . . . i, 222 HANTZSCH (ARTIIUR RUDOLF) and MARTIN SIKGER. Action 'of Diazo- compounds on Benzenesulphonic acid . . . . . . i, 222 TROEGER (JULIUS) and WALTHER VOIGTL~NDEB-TETZNER. Orthotoluene- LIEBERMANN (CAILL THEODOR) and JULIAN FLATAU.Ccerulignone colouring matters . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 224 ROSEWSTIEHL ( AUGUSTE). Reactions distinctive of the Rosanilines and of Carbinols containing Amido-groups . . . . , . i, 225 NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and EDUARTI BURCKHARDT. Quinoidal Derivatives of Phenolphthalein . . . i, 225 REVERDIN (FR~DJ~RIC). A New Yellow Dye derive; from Dihitrofluorescein i, 226 NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and TH. KNAPP. Naphtholsulphonic acid . . . . . . . . . . i, 226 KONDAKOFF (IWAN L.) Ethereal Oil of Hucco Leaves . . . . . i, 227 HALLER (ALBIN). A Partial Synthesis of Camphor . . , , . i, 2 2 i HILDEBRAXD (K.). Xanthorrhma Resins . . . . . . . i, 227 HOEHNEL (M.). Pwja Nape) . . . . . . . . . i, 228 CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PA& G. SILBER. Curcumin .. . i, 229 LIPP (ANDREAS). Synthesis of Tetrahydropyridine Derivatives and their Conversion in to Piperidine Derivatives . - . . i, 229 I ~ A N D E S (P.) and CARL STOEHR. Formation of Pyrazine and its Homo- lngues from Glucose and Ammonia . . . . . . . . i, 2 3 0 MAI~CKWALD (WILHELM) and E. SEDLACZEK. Derivatives of Methylhy- drazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 231 PELLIZZARI (GUIDO). Diphenyltetrazolinc . . . . . . . i, 231 AIIRENS (FELIX B.). Sparteine . . . . . . i, 231 MTLROY (T. H.). micacid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 232 acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . i , 2 1 3 Monioclosuccinic acid . R-Pentene . . . . . . . . . . . i, 215 RAUER (ALBERT) (TKUROAU). Derivatives of Butyltoluene . . . . i, 216 solution on Phenylhydrazine. Formation of Azobenzene . .. i, 217 PECHMANN (HANS VON). Basic Coumarins . . . . . . i, 220 sulphinic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 223 PERRIER (G.). 8-Ntlphthyl Propyl Ketone . . . . . . i, 226 Action of Nitrous acid on 2 : 3'- Convolvulin the Glucoside of Tubera Jalaps: (Iporn~a Compounds of Proteid with Nucleic acid and with'Thy-xii CONTENTS. KUSTER (WILLIAM). Oxidation products of Haematoporphyrin and the Composition of Haniin produced by different methods . . . . FOURNIER (H.). Preparation of Diethylenic Hydrocarbons . . . . TPATIEFF ( WLADIMIR) and NICOLAUS VON WITTORF. Constitution of Isoprene . . . . . . . . . . . . . IPATIEFF ( WLADIMIR). Constitution and Synthesis of Isoprene . . . LEMOULT (PAUL). Cyanuric Chloride . . . . . . . LEMOULT (PAUL). Polymerisation of some Cyanic Compounds .. . HILLYER (HOMER WINTHROP) and 0. E. CROOKER. Aluminium Ethoxide HUGOUNENQ (LOUIS). Purification of Phenylglucosazone . . . WITT (OTTO NIKOLAUS). Preparation of Pure Starch (Patented with YOUNG (ROBERT A.). Precipitation of Carbohydrates by Neutral Salts . HARRIES (CARL D.). A Correction [Action of Hydroxylainine on Mcsityl U~LBAIN (G.). Thorium [Derivative of Acetylacetone] . . . . . DYES ( WILHELM A.). Preparation of pure Ethylidenelactic acid and experi- ZELINSKY (NICOLAI D.). Researches in the H&methylene Series, V.' The JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and MARTIN 'H. ITTNER. Parabromometadi- SCHOBER (WILLIAM B.). Action of Sulphuric acid on Anisoil . . . SECRBTANT HONOR^). Phosphates of Diatomic Phenois . . . . GENVRESSE (E.). Aromatic Bisulphides .. . . . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF). Normal Diazo-compounds . . . . WEDEKIND (EDGAR). Behaviour of Aromatic Diazo-chlorides towards benzylidineamidoguanidine . . . . . , . . . . BAMBERGER (EUGEN). Acidyl-nitrosamines . . . . . . . BAMBERGER ( EUGEN) and ALEXANDER MEYENBERG. Potassium Phenyl- hydrazinedisulplionate . . . . . . . . . . BRADLEY (WALTER PAHKE) and F. KNIFFEN. Paraisobutylphenoxyacetic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD). Non-existence of two brthophthalic acids . REMSEN ( IKA). Two Isomeric Chlorides of Orthosulphobenzoic acid . REMSEN (IRA) and S. R. MCKEE. Purification of the Chlorides of Ortho- REMSEN (IRA) and J. R. HUNTEH. Relations of the Anilides of Orthosul: REMSEN (IRA) and W. J. KARSLAKE. Orthocysiiobenzenesulphonic acid .VoswINIam (ARNOLD). Benzoylcarbinol . . . . . . . URBAIN (G.). SchifYs Reaction for Aldehydes . . . . . . KAUFMANN (VICTOR) Diphthalylethylene : an analogue of Indigo in the Inderie series . . . . . . . . . . . . REYCHLER (ALBERT). Terpenes . . . . . . . . . . WALLACH (OTTO). The Thngone Series . . . . . . TIEMANN (FERDINAND) and FRIEDRICH W. SEMMLER. Tanacetoketonic acid (Tliujaketonic acid) . . . . . . . . . . . REYCHLRR (ALBERT). Geranyl chloride . . . , BECKMANN (EHNST OTTO). The Camphor Seriks, VI. 'Menthol, and the rednction of Menthone . . BECKMANN (ERNST OTTO). The Camphor' Series, $11. Borneol, and the' reduction of Camphor . . . . . TIEMANN (JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINAND). Camphor; 111. and IV: TIEMANN (JOHANN CARL WILHELM FERDINAND). Campholene . . .BALBIANO (LUIGI). Products of Oxidation of Camphoric Acid . . . HERZIG (JOSEF) and F. SCHIFF. Guaiacum Resin . . . . . . GADAMAR (J.). Glucosides of black and white Mustards . . . . S I E M E N S ~ ~ ~ HALSKE) . . . . . . . . . oxide] . . . . . . . . . . . . . ments on Distillation in a Vacuum Isomerisation of Hexamethylene . . _ . . . . iiitrotpluene and some of its Derivatives . . . . . . LIEBbfANN (LOUIS). Electrolysis of Quinol , . . . . WALTHER (REINHOLD). Isomeric Amidines . . . . . . sulphobenzoic acid and the action of various reagents on them phobenzoic acid . . . . . . . . RIMBACH (EBERHARD). Occurrence of Pine-resin Acids . . . PAGE i, 232 i, 233 i, 233 i, 233 i, 234 i, 234 i, 235 i, 235 i, 235 i, 235 i, 236 i, 236 i, 236 i, 237 i, 237 i, 239 i, 239 i, 239 i, 240 i, 240 i, 241 i, 241 i, 242 i, 242 i, 243 i, 243 i, 243 i, 243 i, 244 i, 244 i, 245 i, 245 i, 245 i, 246 i, 246 i, 247 i, 248 i, 248 i, 249 i, 249 i, 252 i, 253 i, 254 i, 254 i, 254...CONTENTS. X l l l HEME (OSWALD). Compounds from Lichens . . . . . . . FISCHER (OTTO) and EDUARD HEPP. Relations of the Azonium Bases to the Safranines . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAMBERGER (EUQEN) and ALFRED EINHORN. Bases in Fusei Oii . . FISCHER (EYIL) and OTTO BROMBERG. Caffeidinecarboxylic Acid . . VoNoERIcHrEN (EDUARD). Methyl-+morphine, and its relation to +-mor- KERP (WILHELM). Conversion of Nitrites into Cyanides . . . . NOYE~.(ARTHUR AMOS) and C. W. TUCKER. Formation of Diacetenyl (Butadiine) from Copper Acetylene . SCHRAMM (MAX). Action of Hydrogen Bromide on'Methy1b;tal~ylca~binoi STOEHR (CARL).Cyclic Ethers from Polyatomic Phenols . .. . SURINGAR (H.) and BERNHARD TOLLENS. Amount of Pentosan in Cotton Wool . . . . . . SCHREFELD. S'olubility of Cane-sugar in Dilute Aicohol . . PARTHEIL (ALFRED) and H. VON BROICH. Brominated Bases of the F a t t i Series . . . . . . DEGNER (OTTO)' and HANS TON PECH~AN~. Behaviour of Diazomethane towards Nitramines . . . . . . . . . . . VAILLANT (VICTOR). Metallic Derivatives of Dithioacetylacetone . . RICHAItDSON (GEORGE M.) and PIERRE ALLAIRE. Specific Gravities of Aqueous Solutions of Formic acid . . . . . . . . MARIE (THEoD.). Oxidation of the acids derived from Fats . . . . MARIE (THEOD. ). Chlorides, Amides, and Nitriles of Cerotic and Melissic acids . . . . - . . . . . .. PAULY (HERMA"): Condensation of Acetone with Ethylic Acetoace- tate . . . KERP ( WILHELM). Substituted * Amido-a'cids and Imides of the Asym: metric Dimethylsuccinic acids . - . . BISCHOFF (CARL ADAM). Formation of Carbon Chains. XIII.' Diethyl: disulphonemethane and Ethylic Diethoxymalonate . . . . . FISCHER (EMIL). Constitution of Caffeine, Xanthine, Hypoxnnthine, and Allied Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . FISCHER (EYIL). New Synthesis of Uric acid, Hydroxycaffeine and Amido- dioxypurine . . . KERP (WILHELM) and KARL UNGE'R. 'Substitu'ted Amides of Ox& acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KERP (WILHELM) and KARL'UNGER. Semioxamazide . . . . . CALLENBACH ( JOHANN ANTON j. Hagemann's Ethylic Methylcyclohexenone- carboxylates and their conversion into an Isomeride of Camphor .KASTLE (J. H.) and W. A. BEATTY. Effect of Light on the Displacement of Bromine and Iodine from Organic Bromides and Iodides . . JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and H. A. TORREP. Oxide of Dichlorodi- VORLANDER (DANIEL). Synthesis of' Hydrogenised Derivatives of Resor- cinol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VORLANDER (DANIEL). Synthesis and Hydrolysis of Dihydroresorcinol . VORLANDER (DANIEL). Alkyldihydroresorcylic acids . . . . . VORLANDER (DANIEL) and JOH. ERIC. Alkyldihydroresorcinolu . . . HODUREK (0.). Constitution of Bromophenacetin . . . . , NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and HANS HAGENBACH. Reduction bf Picramide. Unsymmetrical Tetramidobenzene. . . . . . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF). Behaviour of Isomeric Diazoacetates towards Benzoic Chloride . . . . . . . GOLDSCHMIDT ( HEINRICH) and A;~G&T MERZ.Dynamical Researches on the Formation of Azo-dyes . . . KJELLIN (CARL) and I(. G. KUYLENSTJERNA. ~-0rthonitrob~~ylhydrbxyl: amine . . . . . . . KNIGET (N.). Constitution'of Bemahi& . . . . . . . ANSCH~TZ (RICHARD). Constitution of Tartrazine . . . phine and morphine . . . . . . . . . . methoxyquinol Dibenzoate . . . . . . . . . KUNCKELL (FRANZ). Phenacyl compounds . . . PAGE i, 255 i, 257 i, 258 i, 259 i, 259 i, 260 i, 261 i, 261 i, 261 i, 262 i, 263 i, 263 i, 263 i, 264 i, 265 i, 266 i, 266 i, 266 i, 266 i, 267 i, 267 i, 267 i, 268 i, 269 i, 270 i, 271 i, 272 i, 272 i, 272 i, 272 i, 272 i, 275 i, 276 i, 276 i, 277 i, 278 i, 278 i, 279 i, 270xiv CONTENTS. WHEELEB. (HENRY LORD) and PERCY T. WALDEN. Action of acid Chlo- rides on the Imido-ethers and Isoanilidcs: Structure of the Silver Salts of the Anilides .. . . . . . . . . . MEULEN (P. HOJONIDES VAN DER). Isoimides . . . , . . JORISSEN (W. P. ). Formation of Benzoic and Propionic 'Peroxides by BUCHNER (EDUARD). Pseudophenylacetic acid . . . . . . KYM ((2.). Paranitrophenoxyacetic and Paramidophenoxyacetic acids and LIEBERMANN (CARL THEODOR). Tautomerism of Orthoaldehydic acids. 111. VORLANDER (DANIEL) and ARTHUR KNOTZSCH [and i n part KARL HOBOHM]. &Ketonic acids . . . . . . . . . . . BAMBERGER ( EUGEN) and C. HINDERMANN. Molecular rearrangement of Phenylsulphonamic acid . . . . . , . . ERDMANN (ERNST) and HUGO EEDMANN. Constitution of " Patei;t-blue " . BAMBERGER (EUGEN). Action of Nitrogen Oxides on Mercurydiphenyl and 011 Nitrosobenzene .. . . . . . . . ASCHAN (OSSIAX). Zinc Dust in the presence of Acetic acid as an Oxidising Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BII~TRIX (ALEXANDRE). Action of Nitrosodimethylaniline on certain Bromoderivatives of Gallic acid . RAYBERGER (EUGEN). Action of Alphylhydrazines on '8-Naphthaqukono HOOPER (DAVID). Camphor Leaf Oil . . . . . . . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PAUL G. SILBER. High 'Roiling Point CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PAUL G. 'SILBER. Product's of Decompo- sition of Sedanonic acid . . . . . . . . . . HERZIG, JOSEF. Lnteolin . . . . . . . LIEBERMANN (CARL THEODOR) and HUGO ~OSWINCREL. SCHIFF (ROBERT) and C. BERTINI. Synthesis of Ethereal Salts of sub- stituted Diketodihydropyrrolinecarboxylic Acids by means of Ethylic Oxalacetate and Aldehydoamido bases .. . . . . . HARRIES (CARL D.). Stereochemical researches in the Piperidine series . AHRENS (FELIX B.). Syntheses in the Piperidine series . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and WILHELM GUNTHER. Tetrahydroqninoline-l-snl: PATEIN (GUSTAVE). Constitution of the compounds of Antipyrine with WALTHER ( REINHOLD). Dinitrilophenglhydrazones and the pioducts of MARCOURT (E. ). A condensation product of Foimaldehyde with Antipirine AHRENS (FELIX B.) and GEORG MEISSNER. Dimethylpyrazine . . STOEHR (CABL) [and in part P. BRANDES and W. DETERT]. Pyrazines and FORTMANN (G.). Methylanthranilic acid and some Quinazoline-derivatives WEDEK~ND (EDGAR). New Synthesis of Phenylated Tetrazo-derivatives . UNGER (OSKAR). Derivatives of Benzoparathiazines [Phenoparathiazines] .ZANARDI ( FRANCESCO). Stearates of the Alkaloids and their Therapeutic VONGEKICHTEN (RDUARD). Morphine Methohydroxide . , . . ROSENDAHL (H. V. ). Aconitum septentrio?zaZe (Koelle) . . WILLSTATTER (RICHARD). Ketones of the Tropine Group. VII: Diben: PREYER (WILHELM). Synthesis of the Hzmoglobins . . TELT,ER (G. L.). Properties of the Alcohol-soluble Proteid of Wheat and of certain other Cereal Grains . . . . . . . . , KUNCKELL (FRANZ). Halogenised Ketones . . . . Active Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . their Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . HOWARD (CURTIS C. ). Pnramidophenoxyacetic acid . . . MANASSE (OTTO). Hydroxycamphor . . . . . Constitnents of Oil of Celery . . . . . . . Cochineal dye phonic acid , . . . . . . . . . . Phenols . . . . . . . . . their Intramolecular change .Piperazines. VII. . . . . . . . . . . . OSTROGOVICH (ADRIANO). Imidomethyloxytriazine . . BUSCH (MAX) and ALBERT RAsT. Cinnoline . . . . . Application . . . . . . . . . . . zylidenetropinone . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE i, 280 i, 281 i, 282 i, 282 i, 282 i, 283 i, 283 i, 284 i, 285 i, 286 i, 286 i, 288 i, 288 i, 289 i, 289 i, 289 i, 290 i, 291 i, 292 i, 292 i, 292 i, 293 i, 293 i, 296 i, 296 i, 297 i, 297 i, 298 i, 298 i, 298 i, 300. i, 301 i, 301 i, 302 i, 302 i, 302 i, 303 i, 303 i, 304 i, 304 i, 304CONTENTS. xv SABATIER (PAUL) and JEAN BAPISTE SENDERENS. Action of Nickel on Ethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAFER (FRITZ) [and in part H. SAMOYLOWICZ]. Decomposition of Hexane SCHINDELMEISER (IWAN ROBERT). Derivatives of Diamylene and of Isodi- SODERBAUM (HENRIK GUSTAV).Action of Acetylene on Cupric Salts . HOFMANN (KARL A.) and W. 0. RABE. Reaction of' Mekapiides with SUBASCHOW (EuNM). Separation of Galactose and Arabinose . . . PRIOR ( EUGEN). A third Diastase-achroodextrin and the Isornaltoses . AHRENS (FELIX 13.). Electrolytic Conversion of Nitriles into Amines . GABRIEL (SIEGMUNII) and GEORG ESCHENBACH. Dibroniodiethylamine . KNORR (LUDWIG). Amidoethylic Alcohol (1 : 2-Ethanolamine) . . . KNORR (LUDWIG). Diethanolamine [Dihydroxydiethylaniine] . . . KNORR (LUDWIG). Triethanolamine rl'rihydroxytriethylamine] . . COLSON (ALBERT). Action of Free Bases on Salts . JEFFREYS (ELIZABETH). Preparation of Higher Amines of the Fatty Series I HARTMANN (HILDERICH). Action of Trimethylanline and Pyridine on Chlorh ydrins RAIKOW (P.N.). Condensation of Acetone 011 'Boiling with Exce'ss of Zinc Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILETI (MICHELE) and GIACOMO PONZIO. Conversion of Ketones into a-Diketones . . . . . SCHALL (JoH. FRIEDRICH CARL). Electroiysis'of Salts of Organic acids .' EPSTEIN (BOLESLAS). Action of Brcimine and Hydrogen Bromide on Ethylic FRIEDEL (CHARLES). Fatty Substances 'found in Egyptian Tombs a t MARIE (THEOIL). Formuh of Cerctic and Melissic acids . . . . MARIE (THEoD.). Bromo-derivatives of Cerotic and Melissic acids MARIE (THEOD. ). Comparison of the derivatives of Cerotic and Meiissic' . GRASSI-CRISTALDI ( GIUSEPPE). Decomposition of Ethoxalic . Chioride MARIE (TREou.). Hydroxy- and Amido-derivatives of Cerotic and Melissic CONRAD (MAx)'[and in part ANTON KREICHGAUER and RuPPEm].Deriva: BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN) and GUSTAVE ANDRI~. Transformations of CONRAD (MAX). BLAISE (EDMOND). Action of Potassium Cyanide on 1 : 4-Olides [LactoAes] MARIE (THEoD.). Cyanide and a Dibasic acid and its Amide, derived from Cerotic acid . . . . . . . . : . . . . EMERY (WILLIAM ORREN). Ketocarboxylic acids : Acetylglutaric acid . BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Lyxonic acid and Lyxitol . . . . . . LACHYANN (ARTHUR). Cryoscopic determination of the constitution of Amides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANDREASCH (RUDOLF), Thiohydantoins. IV. . . . . . . . RUSPAGGIARI (G.). Mercurocarbamide and its Salts . . . . . MARKOWNIKOFF ( WLADIMIR B. ). Some New Constituents of Caucasian VAUBEL ( WILHILMj. The Benzene N'ucleus . . . . . . . and Trimethylethylene by Heat .. . . . . butylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . SZARVASY ( EMERICH). Magnesium Methoxide . . . Alkylic Iodides . . . . . . . . PETIT (PAUL). Carbohydrates in Beer . . . . . CAVALIER (JACQUES). Allyljc Phosphates . . . . . ROUVIER (GASTON). Action of Iodine on Starch . . . Pentadecylamine . . . . . . . . . Acetate . . . . Abydos . . . . . . . . . . . . acids with those of the Fatty acids [Ethylic Chloroglyoxylate] with elimination of Carbonic Oxide acids . . . . . . . . tives of Methylic Bromodiniethylacetoacetate . . . . . Sugars : Levulinic acid . . . . . Synthesis of a-Dimethyl:lev&nic. acid ~VINTHER (CHL). Optical behaviour of Malic asid . . . . ALVISI (UGO). Triethylsilphine Metaluminate . . . . . Naphtha . . . . . . . . . PAGE i, 305 i, 308 i, 308 i, 309 i, 309 i, 310 i, 310 i, 311 i, 311 i, 312 i, 312 i, 313 i, 313 i, 313 i, 314 i, 314 i.314 i, 315 i, 315 i, 316 i, 317 i, 317 i, 317 i, 318 i, 318 i, 319 i, 320 i, 320 i, 320 i, 321 i, 322 i, 323 i, 323 i, 323 i, 324 i, 325 i, 326 i, 326 i, 327 i, 325 i, 329 i, 329 i, 330xvi CONTENTS. BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN). Absorption of Nitrogen by Carbon compounds under the influence of the Silent Electric Discharge . . . . LOB ( WALTHER). Electrolytic Heduction of Aromatic Nitro-compounds , ELBS (KARL). Electrolytic Oxidation of Yaraaitrotoluene . . . . JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and MARTIN H. ITTNER. Coloured compounds obtained from Sodium Ethoxide and Aromatic Nitro-compounds . . LACHMANN (ARTHUR). Action of Zinc Ethyl on Phenylic Iododichloride .HAEUPSERMANN (CARL) and EUGEN BAUER. Derivatives of Phenylic E t h e r . . . . . . . . . . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL). Some derivatives of Dinitro-orthocresol . . . URBAN (LEO C.). Halogen derivatives of Thymol and Carvacrol . . AUWERS (KARL). Constitution of Dibromo- +-cumenol Bromide and similar compounds . . . . . . . . . . . AUWERS (KARL). Action of Bromine on Phenol-alcohols . AUWERS (KARL). A Class of Remarkable Nitration Products of th;! Phenols . . . . . . . MOUREU (CHARLES): Methylene'Cat&holEthkr . . . . . . GASSMANN (CHARLES). Conversion of Eugenol into Isoeugenol , . . PRrrssIA (L. ). Organo-mercuric compounds derived from Benzylariiline . VAUBEL ( WILHELM). Bromophenacetine . . . PINNOW (JOHANNES). Differences between 'Aroinatic Nitramines and Nitrosamines .. . . . . . . KNORR (LUDWIG). Addition of Methylic Iodide i o Nitrosoclimethylani- line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRUHL (JULIUS WILHELM). Acidyl derivatives of the Nitrosamines : a Contribution to the Diazo-problem . . . . . . . . BULOW (CARL) and EUGEN MANN. Orthonitroparaphenylenediamine . . NIEMENTOWSICI (STEFAN VON) and JOHANN VON ROSZKOWSKI. Diazotisa- tion of Aniline . . . . . . . . . . . ODDO (GIUSEPPE) and G. AMPOLA. Stability of some Diazonium com- pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUWERS (KARL) and H. ROHRIG. Some new Hydroxyazo-compounds . . FREER (PAUL C.). Constitution of certain Hydrazones . . . . . BUSCH (MAX.) and HERM. RIDDER. New method of preparing Thiosemi- carbazides . . . . . . . . . . . GASSMANN (CHARLES). Formation of Vanillin from Vanilloy lcarboxylic acid COLLET (A.). Action of a-Bromopropionic Chloride on Benzene in presence of Aluminium Chloride .. . . . . . . TAGER (ISSAR). Action of Acetic and Benzoic Chlorides on Styrene in presence of Zinc Chloride . . . . . . . . . . LOB ( WALTHER). Electrolysis of Benzoic acid . EINHORN (ALFRED) [and in part HERMANN EHRET]. Reduction df Phenol: EINHGRN (ALFRED) [and in part BENJAMIN S. BULL and ALFRED GERM: SHEIM]. Hexehyclroanthmnilic acid . BOUVEAULT (E. ? LOUIS). Action of Ethyloxalic Chloride [EthyIIc Chloro: glyoxylnte] on +-Cumene and on Mesitylene . . . . . . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and PRANZ PREDAHI. Azo-opianic acid . . . . SCHIFF (HUGO). MEYER (RICHARD E.) and A. JUGILEWITSCH. Some' Etliylic Salts of TROEGER (JULIUS) and A. HINZE. Addition of Halogens and Haiogen- acids to Unsaturated Sulphones .. . . . . . . . PAAL (CARL) and LEOPOLD LOWITSCH. Benzylsulphamic acid and deriva- PAAL (CARL) and S. DEPBECK. Derivatives of Paratolylsulphonitrosamic acid . . . . . - . . . . . . . GRIFFIN (JoHN'J. ). Metatoluenesulphonic acid GRIFFIN (JOHN J.). Action of Ethylic and Methylic Alcohols 'on Para-' diazometatoluenesulphonic acid in presence of various substances . . carboxylic acids . - . . . . . . . PURUOTTI (ATTILIO). Nitrophenoxy-acids . . . . . . . . Constitution of Tannic acid Phthalic and Tetrachlorophthalic acids . . . . tives of Benzylsulphonitrosamic acid . . . . . . . PAGE i, 330 i, 331 i, 332 i, 332 i, 333 i, 333 i, 334 i, 334 1, 335 i, 336 i, 336 i, 336 i, 337 i, 337 i, 337 i, 338 i, 339 i, 339 i, 339 i, 340 i, 341 i, 341 i, 342 i, 343 i, 343 i, 344 i, 344 i, 344 i, 344 i, 345 i, 347 i, 348 i, 348 i, 349 i, 350 i, 350 i, 351 i, 352 i, 352 i, 362CONTENTS.xvii PRUD’HOMME (MAURICE). Condensation of Hydrols with Aromatic Amines PRUD’HOMME (MAURICE). Benzyl derivatives of Pararosaniline . . . ROUSSET (L). Action of acid Chlorides on Methoxynaphthol in presence of Aluminium Chloride . . . . . . ZINCKE (ERNEST CARL THEODOR j. Conversion of Nitro-8-naphthaquinone into Indene derivatives . . . . > . . ZINCKE (THEODOR) and HEINRICH NOACK. A‘ction of Chlorine on Aniido- B-naphthaquinol : Dichlorotriketohydronaphthalene, Naphthapyro- gallol and other products of change . . . . . MEYEE (RICHARD E.) and WILHELM MULLER. Action of Ethylic Oxalate on Aromatic Amines.111. and IT. . . . . . . . . WOLPIAN (L. J.). Constitution of Cymene and of the Terpene in Cummin DUYR. Chemical and Industrial importance’ of Etherkal Oils : Cinnamon Oils RARBIER (PHILIPPE) and LOUIS BOUVEAULT. Action of Hydrogen Chloride on Licareol, Licarhodol and Lemonol . . . . . . RIMINI (ENRICO). Researches on Camphor . . , . . . . ANGELI (ANGELO) and ENRICO EIMINI. Action of Nitrous acid on Cam- GADAMER (J). Glucosides of‘BlaEk add White‘Mus’tardH . . . . THOMS (HERMANN). Constituents of the Root of Ononis spinosa, L. . . THOMS (HERMANN). Phytosterin . . . . . . . . . ZOPF ( WILHELM). Compounds from Lichens . , . . . . . ANSCHUTZ (RICHARD). Action of Phosphorus Pentachloride on Imides ANSCHUTZ (RICHARD) and CHARLES BEAVIS. Actioi of Phosphorus Penta: ANSCHUTZ (RICHARD) and ALFRED GUENTHER.Action bf Phosphorus ANSCHUTZ (RICHARD) and JULIUS MEYERFELD. Action bf Phosphorus Pentachloride on Citraconanil . . . . ANSCHUTZ (RICHARD) and GEORG SCHROETER. Action df Phosphorus Pentachloride on as-Dimethylsuccinani1, Dichloromaleiniinide and Succinimide . . AHRENS (FELIX B.). Electrosynthekes in the Pyridine and Quinolin;? Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CERDELLI (F.). Mercuropiperidine compounds . . . . . . GARBARINI (G). Organo-mercuric compounds derived from a-Picoline . KNORR (LUDWIG). Addition of Methylic Iodide to Methylquinaldone . KNORR (LUDWIG) and PAUL RABE. An additive compound of Methyl- KNORR (LUDWIG). Behaviour of the Oxygen Ethers of Carbostyrii and 2’-Hydroxy-4’-lepidine towards Alkyl Halogen derivatives .KNORR (LUDWIG) and EDUARD FERTIG. Behaviour of 4’-Methoxy-2’-phenyl: quinoline towards Methylic Iodide . . . . . . . . POMERANZ (Caesar). Synthesis of Isoquinoline and its derivatives LEHMKVEL (J. N.). Synthesis of 3’-Isopropylisoquinoline and of 3’-Butyl: STOLZ ( FRIEDRICE). Constitution of acid derivatives of 1 : 3-Phenylmeihyl: PATEIN (GUSTAVE) and ‘E. DUFAU. Compounds of Antipyrine with the Cresols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RUHEMANN (SIEGFRIED). Formation of Pyrimidones . . . . MEYER (RICHARD E.). Action of Ethylic Oxalate on Aromatic Amines. IJ. THIELE ( JOHANNES) and CARL SCHLEUSSNER. Diamidophenylosotriazole . MEYER (RICHARD E.) and ALFRED CONZETTI. 3 : 6-Dihydroxyxanthone . BUSCH (MAX) and HERM. RIDDER. Action of Aldehydes on Thiosemicarba- zides . .. . . . . . . . . I . . B in presence of Sulphuric acid . . . . . . Oil (Cuminum cyminum) . . . . phoroxime . . . . . . . . . . . . POLASEK (J.). Asafcetida . . . . of Dibasic acids . . . . . . . chloride on Succinanil and Dichloromaleiuanil Pentachloride on Succinoparatolil - . . qnineldone and Benzoic Chloride . . , . . . NAQEL (OSKAR). 1-Quinolyloxyacetic acid . . . . . isoquinoline . . . . . . . 3-pyrazolone . . . . . . . . PAUE i, 353 i, 353 i, 354 i, 354 i, 355 i, 356 i, 357 i, 358 i, 358 i, 359 i, 360 i, 360 i, 360 i, 361 i, 362 i, 362 i, 364 i, 364 i, 365 i, 366 i, 367 i, 368 i, 370 i, 370 i, 370 i, 370 i, 371 i, 371 i, 372 i, 372 i, 372 i, 374 i, 375 i, 376 i, 376 i, 377 i: 380 i, 381xviii CONTENTS. JAHNS (ERNST). Use of Potassiiim Cyanide in the Preparation of Organic Bases .. . . . . . . * . . . . . . SLOOTEN (WILLEM VAN DER). Homologues of Caffeine . . . CHRISTENSEN (A.). Reaction between Herepathite and Barium Carbonate in Dilute Alcohol . . * . . . . . . . BEITTER (A.). A Constituent of binchona Barks which gives the reactions of Digitalinurn verum . . . . . . . VRIJ (JOHAN ELIZA DE). Calcium S i t contained in Cinchona Raik an’d the Preparation of Quinic acid . . . . . . . . , . SANDER ( G . ) . Strychnine Drugs . . . . . . . WILLSTATTER (RICHARD). Methylation of Hydrotropidine , . . . WILLSTATTER (RICHARD). Dihydroecgonidine . . . . , . . . WILLSTATTER (RICHARD). Arecoline Methiodide , . . . . SCHMIDT (ERNST). ‘( Scopolaminwn hydrobromicuin ” and Scopolke . . SANTESSON (KARL G.). Douradinha or Leaves of Palieouren rigida .. SHIMADA (M.). Compound of Albumin with Phenol . . . . PICRERING (JOHN WILLIAM). Chemical and Physiological Reactions of certain synthesised proteid-like substances . . . . . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR). Proteose of Wheat . . . . . MABERY (CHARLES FREDERIC) and EDWARD J. HUDSON. Butanes and Octanes in American Petroleum . . . . . . BILTZ ( HEINRICH) [with STEPHAN WERNER]. hiohacetylene and Tetriod- ethylene . . . . . . . . . . . MATIGNON (CAMILLE). Sodium Carbide and Monosodacetylene . . . LANCE (DENIS). Ammonium Cyanide and its Manufacture . JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and ARTHUR MESSINGER COMEY. Hydro- FONZES-DIACON. Action of Mercuric Chloride on Alcohols . . . MICHAELIS (CARL ARNOLD AUGUST) and THEODOR BECKER. Constitution TANRET (CHARLES).Molecular Modifications and Multirotation of thk KUNNMANN (0.) anh ALBERT HILGEk. Chemistry of Honey . . . DELBPINE (MARCEL). Preparation of Primary Amines . . . . . GARRIEL (SIEGMUND) and GEORG ESCHENBAOH. Preparation of Ally lamine MICHAELIS (AUGUST) and PAUL GRAENTZ. Thionyl derivatives of the FIREMAN (PETEIL). Action of Ethers on Phosphonium Iodidk . . . KOHN ( LEOPOLD). Condensation products of Isovaleraldehyde. 11. . . BERTRAND (JOSEPH). Fatty Ketones of High Molecular Weight . . . DAVID. Conversion of Oleic acid into Stearolactone and Hydroxystearic acid . . . . . . . . . . . sCHGTTLER (A. 1. Hazel’nut b i l . . . . . . . . . . WISLICENUS (WILBELM) and WALTER BECKH. Action of Ammonia and Amities on Ethylic Oxalacetate . . . . . . . . . MJOEN (J.ALFRED). Polymethacrylic acid . . . . . . . ESCHWEILER (WILHELM). Constitution of the acid Amides . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF). Acidyl Amides . . . . . . OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). A Higher Homologue of Carbamide . MARKOWNIKOFF ( WLAIIIMIR B.,). Remarks on Zelinsky’s ( ( Researches in the Hexamethylene Series . . . . . . . . . . hIARKOWNIROFF (WALDIMIR B. ) [and in part H. KARPOWITSCE, RETZOFF and KRASCHENINNIKOFF]. Action Of Hydriodic acid on some cyclic Compounds a t a high temperature . . . . . . . . MARROWNIKOFF (WALDIMIR B.) [and in part MICHAIL I. KONOWALOFF and MILLER]. Methylcyclopentanes of different Origin and some of their derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . , HEUSLER (FRIEDRICH). Removal of Thiophen from Benzene by means of Aluminium Chloride .. . . . . . . . TAYLOR (S. F. ). Mass Law Studies. I. [Solubility of Benzene in Aqueous Alcohol] . , . . . . . . . . . . . cobaltocobalticyanic acid and its Salts . . . . . . of Phosphorous acid . . . . . . . . Sugars . . . . . . . . . I . . Aliphatic Diamines . . . . . . . . PAGE i , 381 i, 382 i, 383 i, 383 i, 383 i, 383 i, 384 i, 384 i, 385 i, 385 i, 386 i, 386 i, 387 i, 388 i, 389 i, 389 i, 390 i, 390 i, 390 i, 391 i, 391 i, 391 i, 392 i, 394 i, 395 i, 395 i, 395 i, 396 i, 396 i, 396 i, 397 i, 397 i, 399 i, 399 i, 399 i, 400 i, 400 i, 401 i, 401 i, 402 i 402CONTENTS. xix PAGE HAYWOOD (J. K.). Sulphur and Toluene . . . . . . . i, 402 JANNASCH (PAUL) and W. HEUBACH. Action of Sodium on .Dibrorno- mesitylene . i, 403 GRINDLEY (HARRY SANDS) and J. L. 'SAMMIS..Ac'tion 'of Mercaptid'es on GRTMAUX (EDOUARD). Anethoil . . . i, 403 MOUREU (CHARLES) and A. CHAUVET. Anethoil and two of its Homologues ' i, 403 HENRICH (Fr. ). Two Modifications of Nitroso-orcinol [Oximido-orcinol] i, 404 VOTO~EK ( EMIL). Condensation of Methylfurfuraldehyde with Phloro- glucinol . . . . . . . . . . . . . i , 4 0 5 ~JUTTER (EDUARD). Metanitrobenzgl derivatives . . . . . . i, 406 CLOEZ (CH.). Cholesterol . . . i, 406 PAAL (CARL) and BR. HILDENBRAND. amidobenzylamine . . . . . . . i,407 HIRSCH (BENNO). Halogeuhed Diazonium Chlorides . . . . i, 407 HANTSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF). Acid Diazonium Chlorides . i, 408 CAUSSE ( HENM EUG&NE). Two Isomeric Triethylidenediph'enyl- hydrazines . . i, 408 RUPE (HANS) and ' JoH. V~ETECIKA.' Unsymme&cal' Phen ylhydrazine derivatives .. . i, 409 ARNOLD (AUGUST). . The Ketonehydrazones of Aromatic'Hydrazines . i, 409 HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FREDERIK). Phenylnitromethane [exo-Nitrotolhene] i, 409 SWARTZ (S. E.). Action of Sodium Ethoxide on Bromamides . . . i, 410 REMSRN (IRA). Hydrolysis of Acid Amides . . . . . . . . . i, 412 PIUTTI (ARNALDO). Orthobromoparethoxyphenylsuccinilnide , . i, 412 GNEHM (ROBERT) and EMIL BANZIGER. 2 : 5-Dichlorobenzaldehyde . i, 413 BLAU (FRITZ). Salicylaldehyde . . . . . . i, 413 RIVALS (PAUL). Some derivatives of Sslicylaldehyde . . i, 413 GABRIEL ( SIEGMUND) and GEORGE ESCHENBACH. phenone . . . . . . i, 414 METJLEN (P. HOJONIDES VAN DER). Action of Allohols on Isoimides' . i, 414 KOWALSKI (M.) and STEFAN VON NIEMENTOWSKI. Amidines of the Anthranilic acids .. . . . . . . . i,416 WISCHO (FRITZ). Melilotol . i, 417 KEISSERT (ARNOLD). Action of Ethyiic Oxalate and Sodium Ethoxide on Nitrotoluenes : Synthesis of Nitrated Phenylpyruvic acids . . . i, 417 KLOBB (CONSTANT TIMOTH~E). Homologues of a-Cyano-B-benzoylpro- pionic acid . . i, 419 BII2TRIX (ALEXANDRE). . Ackon of Phenylhydiazine on' Gallic acid and on SALZER (THEODOR). BRETSCHNEIDER (W. ). Ac'tion 'of Sulphurous Anhyiride ' on 'Aromatic KIPPENBERG ( HEINRICH). Some Aiomatic 'Amiho-aicohdls and their derivatives . . i, 421 McCoy (HERBERT N.). ' Action of Aluminium Chloride o n the'chlorides VOLHARD ( JAKOB). Ethylic Diphenyiacetoaceke . . i, 422 PRUD'HOMME (MAURICE). Oxidation of the Rosanilines'by Lead Diox'irle . i, 424 FRIEDLANDEX (PAUL) and JULIUSI NETJDORFER.Flavone derivatives. V. Ketocoumaran and some of its Condensation Products . . . i, 424 KOSTANECXI ( STANISLAUS VON). 3' : 4'-Dihydroxgbenzylideneindanedione . i, 425 WALLACH (OTTO). Condensation Products of Cyclic Ketones. 111. . i, 425 ORNDORFF (WILLIAM RIDCELY) and C. B. MOYEK. Naphthalene Tetra- bromide . . . i, 426 NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and TH. KNAPP. Derivatives of Dihydroxynaphthalene i, 426 CRAEBE (CARL) and SIEGFRIED BLUMENFELD. Derivatives of Anthra- cene and of Anthraquinone . . . . . . i, 427 WALLACH (OTTO). Terpenes and Ethereai Oils , . . , . . i, 427 b 2 Quinone . . . . . . . . . . . . . i , 4 0 3 Carbamide Derivatives' of Orth: Derivatives'of Aceto- RUPE (HANS). Anthradilic acid derivatives . . . . . . i, 416 Dibromogallic acid . .. . . . i, 419 Norhemipinates, and'the Author's' Wa'ter of Crystal- ' lisation Theory . . . i, 420 . . . Hydroxylamines . . . i, 420 of Dicarbodiphenylimide . . . . . . i , 4 2 2xx CONTENTS. BRAUN (R.). Oil of Lev&ticurn oflcimle . . . . DUPONT (JUSTIN) and JACQUES GUERLAIN. French Oil of Basii . . ODDO ( GIUSEPPE). Bp- Dicamphor . . . . SCHLAGDENHAUFFEN ( FREDERIC) and E. REEB. Coronilla and Corohillid WISCHO (FRITZ). Rutin . . . . . . . . . . BIALO~RZESKI (M.). Folia Bucco . . . . . . . . . CARLES (P. ). Pharmacology of Kola . . . . . . . . ZOPF (WILHELM). Comptamds from Lichens. 111. . . . . . . . LADENBURU (ALBERT). A Reply [Tetrahydropyridine derivatives, &c. ] . GRANGER (J. DARNELL). Synthesis of Piperidine and its B-Alkylated Homo- logues .. . . . . . . . . . GRANUER (J. DARNELL). Resolution of Synthetical 'B-Propylpiperidine into its active constituents . . . . . . . . . . . BRUNNER (EARL). Indolinones. 11. . . . . . . . . . CLAUS (ADOLPH). Quinolinesulphonic acids , . . . . . . CLAISEN (LUDWIU) [with C. NIEGEMANN and F. THOMAS]. The Pyrazole Series . . . . . . . . . ASHER ( TH. ). Derivatives of 1-Phenyl-3 : 5-Pyrazolidone and 1-Paratolyl- STOEHR (CARL) and W. DETERT. Pyrazinetricarboxylic acids and their Produots of Decomposition . . . . WEDRKIND (EDGAR) [with PLiirL NISSEN]. Action of Diphenyltetrazo: chloride on Ethylia Acetoacetate . RINMAN ( EKICH L.). Derivatives of Ditriazole from' Cyanophenylhydrazine and Cyanohydrazine . . . . . . . . . . . SCHIFF (ROBERT) and G. VICIANI. Derivatives of Isoxazolone .. . RUHEMANN (SIEGFRIED). Action of Hydroxylamine on Ethylic Dicarboxy- HENRICH (FR. ). Derivatives of Amido-resorcinoi andof Mkthylnmido-okinol KIPPENBERG ( HEINRICH). D4vativrs of Phenopeiithiazole OEYCHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Action of Tannin and Gallic acid on some Alkaloids . . . . . . . . . . . ORLOFF (N. A.). Alums of Nitrogenous bases . . . . LIEBERMANN (CARL THEODOR) anll FRITZ GIESEL. Cnskhygrine Hydrate. QUIHOGA (ANASTASIO). Argine and Arginine . . . . . . . MABERY (CHARLES FREDERIC) aiid ARTHUR S. KITTELBERGER. American Petroleum . . . . . . . . . MABERY (CHARLES FREDERIS). Const'ituents of Petroleum boiling between 150" and 220". , . . . . . . . . . MABERY (CHARLES FREDERIC) and EDWARD J. HUDSON. kefractive Power of Hydrocarbons [from Petroleum] and their Chlorine deriva- tives .. . . . . . . . . . . . WELT (IDA). Action of Alcoholic Potash on Dihalogen derivatives . . BUCHBOCK (GUSTAV). Molecular weight of Ethylic Ferrocyanide . . . FOURNIER (H.). Ethereal salts of secondary Allylic Alcohol . PLLOTY (OYKAR) and OTTO RUFF. Reduction of Tertiary Nitroisobutyl: glycerol [Nitrotrihydroxy-tert.-butane] and Dihydroxyacetoxiiiie . SCHAR (EDuAR~). Remarkable behaviour of Chloral Hydrate with Starch and Iodine . . . . . . . . . . . . MUSSET (FRANZ). Action of Chloroform on Starch . . . . . . JARRY (R.). Compound of Silver Chloride with Methylamine . . . KNORR (LUDWIG). Correction [Ethanolamines] . . . . . . ORLOFF (N. A.). Methylgrianitliue . . . . . DEL~PINE (MARCEL). Action of Hydrogen Sulphide on Trime'thyl: trimethylenetriamine .DELBPINE (MARCEL). Action of Carbon Bisulphide on T;imethyltrimcthyl: enetriamine . . . . . . . DELJ~PINF, (MARCEL). Diethy1fo;niocarbothialdine . . . . . . HESSE (JULIUS). Derivatives of Acetal . . . . . . . . VOTO~EK (EMIL). Carbazole derivatives . . . . . . . 3 :5-pyrazolidone . . . . . . . . . UHLENHUTH (RUDOLF). ISOXaZOlOneS . . . . . glu taconate . . . . PAGE i, 428 i, 429 i, 430 i, 433 i, 433 i, 433 i, 435 i, 436 i, 437 i, 437 i, 437 i, 438 i, 439 i, 439 i, 440 i, 441 i, 442 i, 443 i, 444 i, 444 i, 444 i, 445 i, 446 i, 447 i, 447 i, 443 i, 448 i, 448 i, 449 i, 449 i, 451 i, 452 i, 452 i, 453 i, 453 i, 454 i, 455 i, 455 i, 455 i, 456 i, 456 i, 456 i, 457 i, 457CONTENTS. xx1 STOERMER (RICHARD) and FRIEDRICH PRALL.Disubstituted Amidoacetals BEHR-BREGOWSKI (L. ). Some Andoketones . . . . . . HENRIQUES (ROBERT). Cerotic acid and Cerylic Alcohoi . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT) and W. HERX. MEISSNER (G.). New Method of preparing Mesotartaric acid and the I mides . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUNLAP (FREDERICK L.) and ISAAC K. PHELPS. Action of Carbarnide and LACHMANN (ARTHUR). Preparation of Zinc-ethyl . . . . . . . ZELINSKY (NICOLAI D.). The Hexamethylene series . . . . DLECKMANN (W. ). 1 : %Diketopentamethylene (Cyclopentadione-1 : 2) . ZELINSKY (NICOLAI D.), Semicarbazones of Cylic Ketones . . . . LOB (WALTHEK). Action of Sodium on Nitrobenzene . . . . TOMBECK (D.) Combination of Metallic salts with Organic Bases . . GILPIN (JOSEPH ELLIOTT). Action of Phosphorus Pentachloride on Aniline and its salts .. . . . . . . . . . . . LEF~VRE ( LRoN). Some reactions of Metadimethylaniidnphenol . . EIBNER (ALEXANDER). Ethylidenediphenamine [Ethylidenedianiline] . NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and A. SCIIEDLER. Synthesis of Symmetrical Tetramido- benzene . . . . . . . . . . . . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD). Non-existence of Four Phenylparatolylrne- BLOMSTRAND (CHRISTIAN WILHELM). Hantzsch’s Recent Work. [Diazo- question] . . . . . . . . . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF) and FREDERICE MOLLWO PERKIN. Akgra; BAMBEKGEK. (EUGEN) [and in part OTTOKAR BOECKING, &BERT DIETRICH, ERNYT HOFF, CARL SEITZ, ARMAKD STIEGELMANN, FRITZ STINGELIN, and ALFRED VOSS], Diazoic acids (Alphylnitramines) . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF) and FREDERICK MOLLWO PERKIN, Diazo- BAMBERGEX (EUGEN).Formophenylhydrazide . . . . . . PISCHER (EMIL). Phenylhydrazones from Aldehydes . . . . . COMSTOCK ( WILLIAM JAMES). Molecular Rearrangement of the Oximes by means of certain Metallic salts . . . . . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD) and H. F. METCALF. Action of Ethyllc Chloro- forrnate on Formanilide . . . . . . . . . ROGOFF (31.). Some Anilides of khthalic acid . . . . . . . FOLIN (OTTO). Urethanes . . . . . . . . POSNER (THEODOR). Orthocyanobenzaldehyde . STOEHMER (RICHARD) and H. BROCICEROF. Ni trophenacetols [Nitro: phenoxyacetones] : a Synthesis of 2-Methylphenomorpholine (6- Methy ldihy drophenoparoxazine) . . . . . . . . . BLUMENFELD (SIEGFRIED) and PAUL FRIEDLANDER. A general Reaction of Aromatic Ketones . . . . . . . . . MEYER (VICTOR) and W~LHELMOLZ. Supposed Decompositions in the WFIL ( HERMANN).Mesitylenediketones . . HOSTMANN (GEORG). Aromatic Thioketones and ‘Resdrcinol Dirnethylic Ether [l : 3-Dimethoxybenzen~] . . . . . . . . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD) and B. W. MCFARLAND. Preparation of Meta- bromobenzoic acid and Metabromonitrobenzene . . . . WEGSCHEIDER (RUDOLF). Preparation of 2 : 4 : 6-Tribromobenzoic acid from 2 : 4 : 6-Tribromaniline . . . . . . . . . MEYER (VICTOR) and WILHELM MOLZ. Consecutive Durenecarboxylic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUWERS (KARL). . Derivatives of Parahydroxybenzoic acid and of Anisic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and the Preparation of Homologuee of Betaine and Choline . . . Benzyliinides of Malic aciC B I T T ~ ( B ~ L A VON). a-Sulphocaproic acid and‘its salts . . . . Primary Amines on Maleic Anhydride .. . . . . thenylainidines . . . . . . . . . . tion of the Diazo-group . . . . . . . . amido-compounds . . . . . . . . . . . Mesitylene series . . . . . . . . . . . LOWY (R.). Gallacetophenone . . . . . . . . . PAGE i, 457 i, 458 i, 460 i, 460 i, 460 i, 461 i, 461 i, 461 i, 462 i, 462 i, 462 i, 463 i, 463 i, 463 i, 464 i, 464 i, 464 i, 465 i, 465 i, 465 i, 466 i, 467 i, 468 i, 469 i, 469 i, 470 i, 470 i, 470 i, 472 i, 472 i, 473 i, 474 i, 474 i, 474 i, 475 i, 476 i, 476 i, 476 i, 477xxii CONTENTS. SALZER (THEODOR). Some salts of the Phthalic acids and the Author's REMSEN (IRA) and G. W. GRAY. Isomeric Chlorides of Parenitrortho- ECKENROTH (HUGO) and GEORG KOERPPEN. Derivatives of Orthoben: zoicsulphinide (" Saccharin ") . .. . . . . . . SCHOBER (WILLIAM B.) and HERMAN EUGENE KIEFER. Action of cer- tain Alcohols on nsyrn-Metadiazo-xylenesulphonic acid . . . ERLENMEYER ( EMIL, jun. ). Hydrochlorides of Diphenyihydroxyethyl- amine Bases . . . . . . . . . . . ERLENMEYER ( EMIL, jun. ). Formation of Diphenylhydroxyethylamine Bases from Renzaldehyde and from Glycocine . . . . ERLENMEYER (EMIL, jun. ). Resolution of Isohydrobenzoin into its Active Components . . . . . . . . . . . MEYER (VICTOR) and HERMANN WEIL. An Isomeride of Triphenyl- acrylic acid and the Conversion of one into the other FRIEDLANDER (PAUL) and R. TAUSSIG. Some Sulphonic acids of a-Naph- tho1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ULLMANN (G.). Naphthoketocoumarin and its Condensation Products . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PAUL G.SILBER. Odorous Constituents of Oil of Celery. . . . . . . . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PAUL G. SILBER. Sedanonic adid . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and PAUL G. SILBEH. Sedanolic acid and Sedanolide . . . . . . . . . . TINGLE (JOHN BISHOP). Action of Ethylic Oxalate on Camphor . . . SCHNEEGANS (AUGUST). Pyrethrin, the active principle of the root of A m - cyclus Pyrethrum Dee. . . . . . . . ZANETTI (CARL0 UMBERTO) and A. CIMATTI. Action of Scetic acid a d Zinc dust on 2 : 5-Dimethylpyrroline . . . . . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT). Existence of Condensation Rings with Para-linkage RINT (OTTO). Etherification of 2 : 3 : 4-Pyridinetricarboxylic acid . . PAAL (CARL) and KARL DEMELER. 2 : 6-Diphenylpyridine and 2 : 6-Di- pheny lpiperidine . . . . . . . . . . . . THIEMICH (J.). Piperonylpicoliiie . . . . . . . . . FRAENKEL (ERNST). 2' : 3'-Dimethylquinoline WrsLrcENus ( WILHELM). Action of Ethylic Oxalate anh Sokum' Ethoxidk on Quinaldine . . . . . . . . . . . . . HERZ (W. ). Derivatives of Piperazine . . . . . . . . RUHEMANN (SIEGFRIED) and A. S. HEMMY. Pyriniidines . . . . WOLF (C.). Formation of Pyrimidones . . . . . . . McCoy (HERBERT N.). Action of Aluminium Chloride on the Chlorides of Carbodiphenylimide : Synthesis of Anilidoquinazolines . . . . KEHRMANN ( FRIEDRICH) and W. SCHAPOSCIINIKOFF. Conversion of Phenyl- phenazonium into Phenosafranine and of Nietzki and Otto's Isorosin- duline into Naphthophenosafranine . . . . . . . . SCHOLL (ROLAND). Formation of Isoxazolines from Ketoaldehydes and Jso- nitrosoketones .. . . . . . . . . SCHOLL (ROLAND) and MORITZ BAUMANN. 1-Methyl-3-Oximidoethy l: 2-isoxazo1onoxi:ne . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHIFF (ROBERT) and M. EETTI. Condensation Products of Methylisoxa- CLAISEN (LUDWIG). lsoxazolones . . , . . . . . . KAHAN (M.). Diacetonalkamine , . . FREUND (MARTIN) [and in part HUGO MICHAELS and ER'NST GOBEL]. 'The: baine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KOENIGS (WILHELM). Leuponic and Hexahydrocinchomeronic acids . . KOENIGS (WILHELnf). Some derivatives of Meroquinine and Cincholeuponic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KUNZ-KRAUSE (HERMANN). Constitution of Emetine . . . . . KUNDSEN (PETER). Constitution of Pilocarpine . . . . . . MERLING (GEORG). Eucaine . . . . , . . . , . Crystal-water Theory . . . . . . . . . sulphobenzoic acid . . .. . . . . . . . . zolone with Aldehydes and Acetone . . . . . . . YAUE i, 477 i, 477 i, 479 i, 480 i, 480 i, 480 i, 480 i, 480 i, 481 i, 482 i, 483 i, 483 i, 484 i, 484 i, 485 i, 485 i, 485 i, 485 i, 486 i, 487 i, 487 i, 488 i, 488 i, 488 i, 489 i, 490 i, 491 i, 491 i, 492 i, 493 i, 493 i, 494 i, 494 i, 497 i, 497 i, 498 i, 498 i, 499CONTENTS. xxiii ZANDER (ENOCH). Iodine Reaction of Chitin . . . . . , . KUTSCHER (FR.). Properties of Albuinoses . . . . . . . BERTmLor (MARCELLIN P. E.) and PAUL VIEILLE. Acetylene Solutions BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN P. E.) and PAUL VIEILLE. Propagation of De- composition in Pure Acetylene Solutions . . . . . . . ARTH (GEORGES). Action of Acetylene on Silver Nitrate . . . . PRUNIER (L. L ~ O N A.). Formation of Sulphonic ’derivatives in the pre- DELI~PINE (MARCEL).Action of Potash on Formaldehyde . . . . DEL~PINE (MARCEL). Trioxy inethylene and Paraformaldehyde . DELOPINE (MARCEL). Action of Water on Forinaldehyde as relatucl t o the r6Ze of this substaiice in Plants . . . . . . . . . MASSOL (GUSTAVE). Magnesium Malon.ite . . . , . . . MASSOL (GUSTAVE). Zinc Maloiiate . . . . . . . . HENRICK (FRANC B. ) Racemic Transforniatioii of Acid Aninioiiiuni Malate . . . . . . . . . . . . . FKEUNDLER (PAUL) Preparation of Furfuran . . . . . . ZINCKE (E. C. THEODORE). Action of Chlorine on Orthainidophenols and Orthodiamines . . . . . . . . . . . ZINCICE (E. C. THEODORE), F: BERGMANK, and BRUNO FRANCKE. Action of Chlorine on Orthnmidoparacresol atid Orthotolylenediainine : l-Methyl- pentachloro-3 : 4-diketo-R-hexene, and its Products of Change .ZINCIIE (E. C. THEODORE) and WILHELM PKENNTZELL. Action o*f Chlorine on Trichlororthodianiidotoluene : l-Afethyl-2 : 3-diketopenta- ZINCKE (E. C. THEODORE) and BEUNO FBANCKE. Action of Chlorine on Metainido orthohydroxymetaxylei~e and rtliodiamidornetaxyleno : 1 : 3- Dimethjl-4 : 5-diketotetrachloro-It-hexene arid its Products of Change ZINCICE (E. C. THEODORE) and FRANZ HODES. Action of Chlorine ou VORLANDER (DANIEL) and FRITZ KALKOW. Hydrogenation of Orcinol . HALLEN ( ALBIN) and EDMOXD Jl ICHEL. Purification of Hydrocarbons from Thiophen, its Homologues, and other Impurities by means of Aluminium Chloride : Purification of Benzene and Toluene . . . I~IALOBRZESKI (M.) Tertiary Parabutyltoluene and its Nitro-derivatives , GENVRESSE (Y.).Trihydroxyphenylenic Bisulphlde . . . . KOGOFF (M.). Phthalyl and Succiiiyl Ethers of Eugenol . . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON) and RERTHOLD HEINZE. Mixed Amidines . . LAUTH (CHARLES). Amidoamidines . . . . . . HEWITT (JOHN T.) and PRANK G. POPE. Compounds of Hydi*ogeii WILLGEKODT (HEINRICH CONRAD CHRISTOPH). Azimido-, Aziiitroso-, Oxazimido-, Oxazonitroso-, and Nitrosoazimido-compounds . . VILLE (JULES) and JOSEPH MOITESSIER. Combination of Phenylhydrazine with Metallic Chlorides . . . . . . . . . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL) and MOREAU. Symmetrical Carbamides of the Benzene Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHALL (JoH. FRIEDRICH CARL). Pentaphenylbiguanide . . . . GATTPRMANN (LUDWIG) and J. A. KOCH. New Syntheqis of Aromatic Aldehydes . . . . . . . .NENCKI (MARCELLUS). Organic Syntheses depending on Elimination of Halogen Hydride by means of Ferric Chloride . NENCKI (MARCELLUS) and 11:. STOEBER. Actioii of Aiidyl’ Chiorides on Benzene and Monhydric Phenols in presence of Ferric Chloride . KUNCKELL ( FRANZ). Halogen substituted Ketones . . . . . KUNCKELL (FRANZ) and FRIEDRICH JOHANNSEX. Action of Chlorace tic Chloride on Phenol and its Ethers , . , . . . . . and their Explosive Properties . . . . . . . . PPJJNIER (L. L ~ O N A.). Preparation of Ether . . . . . paration of Ether . . . . . . . . . . . chloro-li-hexene and its Products of Change . . . Orthodianiido +cumene . . - . . . . . . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON). Mixed Rniidines . . . . . . Chloride with Azophenols . . . . . . . . KIRPAL (ALFRED). Reductibn 0; Ardmatic Nitro-derivatives .. . PAGE i, 499 i, 500 i, 501 i, 502 i, 503 i, 503 i, 504 I , 504 i, 505 i, 505 i, 505 i, 506 i. 560 i, 506 i, 507 i, 507 i, 509 i, 511 i, 512 i, 513 i, 513 i, 514 i, 514 i, 514 i, 515 i, 515 i, 516 i, 517 i, 518 i, 518 i, 519 i, 519 i, 519 i, 520 i, 520 i, 521 i, 521 i, 522xxiv CONTENTS. COLLET (A.). Action of a-Bromobutyric Chloride on Benzene in the WALTHER (REINHOLD) and P. G. SCIIICKLER. Condensation of Ethylic Salts and Cyanides by means of Sodium Ethoxide . . . . . ASTRE (CHARLES). Quinone-orthamfdobenzoic acid . ASTRE (CHARLES). Action of Orthamidobenzoic acid on Trichlorcquinone ASTEE (CHARLES) and H. S rhVIGNON. Action of Orthamidocinnamic acid STOERMER (RICHARD) [anti in part GIESEKF,, H. SCHMIDT, and SCHRODER]. presence of Aluminium Chloride .. . * . . on Trichloroquinone . . . . . . . . . . Syntheses of Coumarone and of Cournsrone Derivatives from Phenoxy- acetals . . , . . . . . . . . . STOERMER (RICHARD). Further Syntheses of Coumarone Derivatives . PLOCHL (JOSEF) and BERTRAM MAYER. Phenylglyceric acids . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL) and E. HADDON. KUNZ-KRAUSE ( HERMANN). Caffetannic acid (Glucosylcxffeic acid j and its decomposition into Caffeic acid, Vinylcatechol, an(? Catechol . . BOUVEAULT (LOUIS). Syntheses of Aromatic acids and Aldehydes by means of Aluminium Chloride . . . . . . . BIALOBRZESKI (M.) and MARCELLUS NENCRI. Acetylsalicylic acid . . KLOBB (CONSTANT TIMOTH~E). Diphenacylcyanacetic acid . GUTHZEIT (MAX). An additive compound of Aniline with Ethyiie OTTO (ROBERT) and VRITZ STOFFEL.The second Stilbenc . BIL~z (HEINRICH). Phenyl derivatives of Ethane and Ethylene . TROEGER (JULIUS) ancl F. BoLbi. Snlpho-ketones of the Naphthalene series . . . . . . . . . . . . BARBIER ( PHILIPPE) and GEORGES LESER. BARBIER ( PHILIPPE) and LOUIS HOUVEAULT. Compounds of the iso-Geran- aldehyde (iYo-Citral) series. Preparation aud constitution of Ionone . LIEBERYANN (CARL 'r.) and HITGO ~ o o W I N C K E L . Cochineal Dye . . MILLER (WILHELM VON) and CEOHG ROHDE. PINCUSSOHN (LUDWIG). Metallic compounds of Pyridine and ;he hlec: trolysis of Pyridine . . . . . . VARET ( RAOUL). Compouncis of 'Pyridine, Piperidine, and Quinoline with Metallic Salts . . . . . . . . CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and ANTONIO PICCININI. 1-Methylpyrroiidine PATEIN (GUSTAVE) and E.DUFAU. Action of' Antipyrine on Trihydric Phenols . . . . . . . CAUSSI:: (HEKRI E.). Action of Chloral' Hydrate' on 'Phenylhydrazine : Diphenylglyoxazole and its derivatives . . . . . . . OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Solubility of Ecgoiiinc' SABATIER (PAUL) and JEAN BAPTISTE SENDERENS. Action of Nickel on Ethylene. Synthesis of Ethane . . . . . . . . . CHAVASTELON (R.). Action of Acetylene on Silver Nitrate . . . HOFMANN (KART, A. ) and F. KUSPERT. Compounds of Hydrocarbons with Metallic Salts . . . . . . . . . . . HILLYER (HOMER WINTHROP). Aluminium Aikyloxides . . . . GEITEL (ADOLF C.). Interaction of Glycerol and Acetic acid . . . PIONCHON (JULES). Molecular Volumes of Crystallised Carbohydrates . CLAu*rRIAu (G.). The Glycogen of Fungi and Yeasts .. . . BEYERINCK (MARTINUS WILLEM). A Peculiarity of Soiuble Starch . . M~~LLER (R ). condensation of Guanidine and of Carbaniide with Ethylic LESINSKY (JOSEPH) ancl CHARLES GUNDLICH. Behaviour of Chlorai Hy: HEYCHLER (ALBERT). Condensation products of Isovaleraldehyde . . HARRIES (CARL D. ) and FRIEDRICH HUBNER. Reduction of aB-Unsaturated Ketones . , . . . . . . . . , . . . Caffetannic acid . Dicarboxyglntaconate * . . . . . . . . . RABAUT (CH. ). Renz-nesulphonamides . . . . . . . A Menthogiyd BLANC (G ). Isolauronolfc acid . . . . . . . Carniinic acid BUSCH (MAX). Orthamidobenzylamines. I V. . . . . Oxalate . . . . . . . . drate with Ammonium Sulphide . . . . . . . PAGE i, 522 i, 522 i, 525 i, 525 i, 525 i. 526 i, 528 i, 528 i, 529 i, 530 i, 530 i, 531 i, 531 i, 532 i, 532 i, 533 i, 533 i, 536 i, 537 i, 537 i, 538 i, 539 i, 540 i, 540 i, 542 i, 542 i, 543 i, 543 i , 543 i, 544 i, 545 i, 545 i, 546 i, 546 i, 546 i, 547 i, 548 i, 548 i, 549 i, 545 i, 549 i, 549CONTENTS.xxv PONZIO (GIACOMO). Action of Nitric Peroxide on Isonitrosoketones . . HARRIES (CARL D.). Tropeiiies of the Triacetonamine series . . . ELBS (KARL) and K. KRATZ. Electrolysis of Trichloracetic acid . . TARUGI (N.). Behaviour of Thioacetic acid towards Salt Solutions . . BLANC (G,). Isolauronolic acid . . . . . . . . . . H~BERT (ALEXANDRE). Composition of 80me Oil Seeds . . . . CURTISS (RICHARD S.). Some Malonic acid derivatives . . . . . HILL (HENRY BARKER) and EUGENE T. ALLEN. Derivatives of Bromo- TORREY (HENRY A.). Absorption of Oxygen by Tetrabromdfurfuran .. WEGSCHEIDER (RUDOLF). Exchange of Bromine for Chlorine in Aromatic DARZENS (GEORGES). Some’derivatives of Anethoil . . . . . BAPTOLOTTI (PIETRO). Trichlorotrimethylphloroglucinol and Trichloro- trime thy1 pyrogallol . . . . . . . . . . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD), BAYARD BARNES, and JULIUS HOWAED PRATT. Halogen additive products of the Anilides . . . . . . PESCI (LEONE). Mercnrioaniline . . . . . . . . MIOLATI (ARTURO) and ALFREDO LOTTI. Preparation of 1 : 2 : 3-Metaxyl- idine . . . . . . . . . f . . . . TOMBECK (D.). Combination of Metallic salts with the Homologues of Aiiiline and their Isomerides . . . . . . . . . CLOEZ (CH.). Nitrosodiphenylmethylamine . . . . . . . MOITRSSIER (JOSEPH). Combination of Phenylhydrazine with Metallic Bromides .. . . . . . MoITEssIER (JOSEPH). Combina’tion * of ’Phenylhydrazine with Me’tallic Iodides * . . . . . . . . . . BLOMST RAND (CHRISTIAN WILHELM). Final Contribution to the question of the Diazo-isomerism . . . . . . . . CHAMBERLAIN (WILLIAM E. ). Action df Paradiazotoluene Nitrate and WEIDA (GEORGE F. ).’ Reaction of ’Nitrodiazobenzene and Diazobenzoic acid salts with Methylic Alcohol BROMWELL (WILLIAM). Action of Methyiic Alcohol on. Orthodiazotoiuene Sulphate . . . . . . . , . . . . . . BECKMANN (ERNEST OTTO) [and K. SANDEL]. Rearrangement of Oximido- derivatives . . . . . . . . . , . . ROSENSTLEHL (AUGUSTE). Difference ‘betweeu Ethers and Salts considered in relation of the constitution of the Rosanilines . . . . . ROSENSTIRIIL (AUGUSTE). Hydrocyanorosaniline .. . . . . BARTOLOTTI (PIETBO). Derivatives of Benzophenone . . . . . BOURCET (PAUL). Parabenzoyltolnene derivatives . . . . - . RABE (PAUL). Isoxazolones FRITSCH (PAUL). Condensation Prodicts of Chlorai with Alkyl derivatives of Metahydroxybenzoates and Symmetrical Dihydroxybenzoates : Synthesis of Alkylated Monhydroxy- and Dihydroxy-phthalic acids . WALKER (CHARLES). Action of Potassium Hydroxide on Orthomethoxy- BEUNI (GIUSEPPE). Metadihydroxy-8-phenylcoumarin . OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Action of Tannin on some ‘Alkaloids OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Action of Tannin and of other Aromatic derivatives on some Alkaloids and Compound Ureas . . WISLICENUS (WILHELM). Preparation of Ethylic Phenylacetate . . . HILL (HENRY BARKER), JOHN A. WIDTSOE, and FREDERICK L.DUNLAP. Oximes of Mucophenoxychloric and Mucophenoxybromic acids : The Action of Aluminium Chloride and Benzene on Mucochloric and Mucobromic acids . . . . . . . . . . . PICCININI (ANTONIO). Hydroxytrimethylindoline (Trirnethylindolinone) KURILOFF (BASIL B. ). Researches on Organic Additive Prodncts-Tri- SMITZI (E. S.). Action of Nitric acid 011 Triphenylrnethane . . . maleic and Chloromaleic acid-aldehydes . . . . . . compounds . . . . . . . . . . Sulphate on Methylic Alcohol . . . . . . . . sulphaminebenzoic acid . . . . . . . . . phenylmethane and Benzene . . . . . . . PACE i, 551 i, 552 i, 553 i, 553 i, 554 i, 555 i, 556 i, 556 i, 557 i, 557 i, 558 i, 558 i, 559 i, 559 i, 660 i, 560 i, 561 i, 561 i, 562 i, 562 i, 562 i, 563 i, 564 i, 564 i, 565 i, 566 i, 566 i, 565 i, 568 i, 568 i, 569 i, 569 i, 570 i, 570 i, 571 i, 571 i, 572 i, 573 i, 573xxvi CON TENTS.BILTZ (HEINRICH). Addition of Halogen to Halogeiiised and Yhenyl de- GRIMALDI (SIRO). Action of Carbamide on Qainones . . . . . BAMBERGER (MAX) and FI~ITZ BOCK. Nitro-compounds of Anthragallol . ODDO (GIUSEPPE). Action ot' Sodium on Dicaniphor and Dicaniphanhexane- 1 : 4-dione . . ... . . . . . . . . . , REYCHLEI; (ALBERT). Pinene, a correction . . . .. . . . TARDY (E.). Essence of Bitter Fennel . . . CHAULIAGUET (Mdlle. J. ), ALEXANDKE H~BEKT, and 'F. HE&. Active principles of some Aroideae . . . . . . . . . BTARD (ALEXANDRE L ~ o N ) . Spectra of Chlorophyils . . . . . GRIFFITHS (ARTHUR Bowelt). Coleopterin, a Pigmetit in the Elytrie of some Coleoptera .. . . . . . . . . . . CAUSSE (HENRT EUG~NE). Phenylisindazole . . . . . . . REITZENSTEIN (FRITZ). Metallic Compounds of Pyridine arid thk Uectro: CLAUS (ADOLF) and SICISMUND BAUMANN. * " Loretin )) Metiodortho- BANDOW (E.). Derivatives of Isonarcotine : Hydrodicotarnine, a new base PETIT (AUGUSTE) and MAX POLONOWSKY. Pilocarpine andCPilocarpidine PETIT (AUGUSTE) and MAX POLONOWSKY. Isomerisin of Pilocarpine and Pilocarpidine . . . . . . . . . . . PErIT (AUGUSTE) a i d MAX POLOKOWST<Y. Two new Alkaloids isolated from a species of Jaborandi . . . . . . . . . . FERREIRA DA SILVA (ANTONIO JOAQUIM). New reaction for Eserine . , L~PINOIS (E.). Action of Iodine on Proteids . . . . . . . EULER ( WTLHELM). VARET (RAOUL). Compounds of Mercuric Cyanide with SIetallic'Haloids : SZARVASY (EMERICH).Magnesium Methylic Carbonate and Sulphite . . DEL~PINE (MARCEL). Separation of Methylamines . . LIPPMANN (EDUARD) and CARL REGENSDORFER. Action of Dichlorethyl: PILOTY (OSCAR) and OTTO RUFF. Amido-alcohols of the'Fat'ty Series . RAEYER (ADOLF VON). The Double Aldehyde of Suberic acid . KRAMERS (J.). Methyl derivatives of Acetylmethyl hexyl ketone . . FIGHTER (FRITZ) and EUGEN GULLY. 86-Heptenoic acid . . . FIGHTER (FRITZ) and WERNEK. LAKGGUTH. a-Hydroxy-a-rneihyladipic acid and 6ehexenoic acid . . . . . . . . . . , . MEYER (HANS). Castor Oil . . . . . . . . . CLAISEN (LUDWIG) (and, in part, E. HAASE). Hydroxymethylene com- pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . BAEYER ( ADOLF VON) and $rc~olt ~ILLIGER. /3-Lactoiie of as-dimethyl- malic acid .. . . . . . . . . . . . . BAEYER (ADOLF VON) and VIcroR VILLIGER. cis- and trans-Isomerism of Lactones . . . . . . . . . . . . PAAL (CARL) and FRIEDR. HXRTEL. Some dekvatives of Ethylic Diacetyl- SUNDVICK (ERRST EDUARD). Xanthine Bases 'from UriE acid . . . HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FI~EDERIK). Nitrobarbituric acid and Dimethylnitro- barbituric acid . . . . . . . . . . . SEMBRITZKI (KURT). M.alonyldi~thylcarbarnide and 1 : 3-Diethyluric acid . DAM (W. VAN). Action of Alkaline Hypobroniite on Asparagine . . BAEYER (HAM VON) and KARL A. HOFMAKN. Aceto&hbsphbrousosphhrous acid . . . . . . NAHKE (ALEXANDER). Dithienyiethane, Dithienylethylene; and the Con- densation of Thiophen with Beiizotrichloride and Aluminium Chloride . NAHKE (ALEXANDER). a-Dithienylethyl niethyl ketone or Acetyl-a-dithi- enylethane , .. . . . . . . . . . . . rivatives of Ethylene . . . . . . . . . . ODDO (GIUSEPPE). Action of Sodium on Camphor . . . . . BALOIAXO (LUIGI). The Pyrazole series . . . lysis of Pyridine . . . . . . . . hydroxyquinolineaiiasulphonic acid . . . . . . . Synthesis and Constitution of Isoprene amine on Ethylamine . . . . . . . . succina.te and Dibenzoylsuccinate . . I SANI (GIOVANNI). A new Asparagine . . . PAGE i, 573 i, 575 i, 576 i, 577 i, 577 i, 578 i, 578 i, 578 i, 578 i, 579 i, 579 i, 580 i, 580 i, 580 i, 580 i, 581 i, 583 i, 583 i, 583 i, 584 i, 585 i, 535 i, 585 I, 586 i, 586 i, 586 i, 589 i, 589 i, 590 i, 590 i, 591 i, 692 i, 597 i, 597 i, 598 i, 598 i, 599 i, 599 i, 601 i, 601 i, 601 i, 602 i, 603CONTENTS. xxvii N AHKE (ALEXANDER).Dithienylphenylmethane and its Nitro-. Amido-, and Sulphonic derivatives . . . . . . . NAHKE (ALEXANDER). Condensation of Iodothiophen with’BenkJdehyd; and of Thiophen with different Aldehydes . . . . . . . WISLICENUS ( WILHELM) and AUGUST SCHWANHAUSER. Synthesis of Cyclic compounds by means of Ethylic Oxalate . . . . . . . KNOEVENAGEL (EMIL). Hydrogenised Aromatic Compounds . . . KNOEVENAGEL ( EMIL) and A SCHURENBERG. Constitution of Cyclohexe- nones obtained from 1 : 5-Diketones . . . . . . . . KNOEVENAGEL (EMIL) and J. TUBBEN. Stages in the Hydrogenation of Toluene . . . . . . . . . . . . KNOEVENAGEL (EMIL) and ~~ACGARVEY. Stages in the Hydrogenation of Metaxy lene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KNOEVENAGEL (EMIL) and G. WIEDERMANN. Symmetrical Menthol .. KNOEVENAGEL ( EMIL) and K. WEDEMEYER. Corrections regarding Tetra- hydropheiiols and Dihydrobenzenes . . . . . . - . . KNOEVENAGEL (EMIL) and C. FISCHER. Synthesis and constitution of BUCHNER EDUARD. Derivatives of Cycloheptane . . . . . . MEYER (VICTOR) and W. SCHARVIN. Hexahydrobenzophenone and its Oximes . . . . . . . . . . . . . COUNCLER ( CONSTANTIN). Condensation of Phloroglncinol with Sugars and with Aldehydes . . . . . . . . . . . . KJELLIN (CARL). B-Substituted Hydroxylamines . KJELLIN (CARL) and I(. G. KUYLENSTJERNA. A New Method of Formatior; KJELLIN (CARL). Action of Bromine on 8-Benzylhydroxylamine and the constitution of the Bisnitrosylbenzyls . EHRHARDT (ROBERT). Actioii of Furfuraldeh$de on Aromatic Hydroxyl: amines . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . WALTHER (REINHOLD). Isomeric Diazoamido-compounds . . . . KJELLIN (CARL). Isomerism of Compounds from Diazonium Salts and Ethylic Acetoacetate . . . . . . . . . . . . VIONOLO (G. ). “ Hypnoacetin ’’ [Acetophenoneparacetamidophenol] . . KRETZER (H.). Iudosobenzoic acids . . . . . . . . . THESEN (JORGEN EITZEN). Phenylglycine and Phenylglycineorthocarb- oxylic acid, and their behaviour in the animal body . . . . . LINGE (A. R. VAN). Action of Alkaline Potassium Hypobromite on certain Amides. Preparation of Methenedioxyamidobenzene . TAVERNE (H. J.). Action of Nitric acid on the Methylamides of Phenyl: acetic and Phenylpropionic acids . . . . . . . . . MATHEWS (JOHN A. ). Phthalimide . . . . . . . . SCHERPENZEEL (L. VAN). Parachlorobenzonitrile . . .. . VANINO (LUDWIG). Peroxides of the acid radicles. III’. . . . . BARTOLOTTI (PIETRO). Benzophenone derivatives . . , . . EHRHARDT (ROBERT). Action of Furfuraldehyde on Paradiamines . . BAKUNIN ( MARUSSIA). Stereoisomerism of the Phenylnitrocinnaniic acids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAKUNIN ( MARUSSIA). Ster2oisonieric Phenylcinnamic acids . . . GRANDE (ERNESTO). Dimethylic Ether of Dibromophenolphthalein . . GOMBERG (MOSES). Tetraphenylmethane . . . . . . . ANDREOCCI (AMERICO). Paradimethylethyloctahydronaph thalene . ~ CANZONERI (FRANCESCO). Puglia Olive Oil . . . . . . BERTBAM (JULIUS) and HEINRICH WALBAUM. Oil of Basil . . . GOLDSCHMIDT (HEINRICH) and ARMIN FISCHER. Isomeric Carvylamines . BALBIANO ( LUIGI). Coiistitution of Camphoric acid . LEHXANN (EDUARD).Active principles contained in the Bark of‘ Pe~iploc;, groeca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GORTER (K.). Composition of the Root of Baptisiu tinctoria . . . MONACO (D. Lo). Constitution of Hydroxysantonin . . . . . Isophorone . . . . . . . . . . . . . WALTHER (REINHOLD). Isomeric Amidines . . . . . . of Bisnitrosylbenzyl . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE i, 603 i, 604 i, 604 i, 606 i, 606 i, 607 i, 609 i, 609 i, 610 i, 611 i, 612 i, 612 i, 613 i, 614 i, 614 i, 615 i, 616 1, 616 i, 616 i, 616 i, 617 i, 617 i, 618 i, 618 i, 619 i, 621 i, 621 i, 621 i, 621 i, 622 i, 622 i: 623 i, 623 i, 623 i, 624 i, 624 i, 625 i, 625 i, 626 i, 626 i, 627 i, 628xxviii CONTENTS. JAFFI~ (MAX). AnimalBody . . . . CASTORO (NICOLA). CROSA (F.) and C. MANUELLI. Hydroxysantonin and its production from Santonin in the Benzylic derivatives 'of tile santonons' acids and of Lapadhanone, a new substance 'from Lapacho wood .. . . . . . . . . . . . WERNER (ALFRED) and Fit. FASSBENDER. Constitution of Inorganic com- CLAUS (ADOLPH) and ALEXANDER KAUFMANN. 3-Hydroxyquinoline- CLAUS (ADOLPH) and ADOLPH KAUFMANN. Methy1:lorctine and Lorenite . RUHEMANN (SIEGFRIED) and A. S. HEMMY. Ethylic Dicarboxyglutaconate FWST (FHANZ). Existence of Condensation Rings with 'Para-linkage . . FISCHER (OTTO) and EDUAKD HEPP. Action of Phosphorus Chloride on PINNER (ADOLF) [and, in part, ALFRED SALOMON and GOBEL]. Action of PURGOTTI (ATTILIO). Action of Hgdrazockarbonamide on H ydrazine . COLMAN (JAMES). RUHEMANN (SIEGFRIED). Action of Hydroxylamine on Ethylic Dicarboxy: glutaconate .. . . . . . . POMMEREHNE (HERBERT). Action of' the Electric Current on some Alka: loitis . . . . . . . . . . FISCHER (EMIL). Synthesis of Theobiornine . . . , . . . FISCHER (EMIL) [and, in part, FRIEDRICH JACOBI]. The two Methyltri- chloropurines . . . . . . . . . . . VONGERICHTEN (EDUARD). Ammonium Bases of the Morphine group . RUMPEL (HANS). Action of Broniacetophenone on Strychnine . . DAVIS (L. SHERMAN). Alkaloids contained in the Seeds of 'Bliie and SCHMIDT (ERNST). BEREND (L.) (Marburg). Lupinine and Lupinidine from Yellow Lupins GERHARD (K.). The Alkaloids of the Black Lupin . . . . GERHARD (K. ). The Alkaloids of the Perennial Lupin (LuyiiLuspoZ~phy Z E s ~ . and of other species of lupins . . . . . . . . . SOLDAINI (ARTURO). Alkaloids of L2bpinzcs nlbzcs .. . . . . RUN (J. J. 1,. VAN). Carpaine . . KUSTER (WILLIAM). Biliverdic acid, a product of the' Hydrolysis of the Colouring Matter of Bile . , . . . . . . . . VAHLEN (ERNST). Deoxycholic acid . . . . . . . . . LOEW (OSCAR) and S. TAKABAYASHI. Bromalbiimin and its behaviour to- wards Microbes . . . . . . LIEBRECHT (A.). Iodo-derivatives of 'Proteids iCasein) . . . . Desmotroposantonin . . . . . . . . ZWICK (KARL G , ) . Bixin . . . . . . . . ponnds. VIII. Anderson's reaction . . . . . . . 4-sulphonic acid . . . . . . . FLATO w (PHILIPP). Cumenylimido-ethers . . . . Rosindone and Aposafranone . . . , . . . . Hydrazine on Iniido-ethers . . . . . . . HESSE (OSWALD). Compounds from Lichens . . . . . . Action of Hydrazine on Cumenylimido-ether . White Lupins .. . . . . . . . . . . Alkaloids contained in the Seeds of Lupins . LAMMERS (J.). Cytisine . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE i, 628 i, 629 i, 630 i, 630 i, 630 i, 631 i, 633 i, 633 i, 634 i, 635 i, 636 i, 636 i, 637 i, 640 i, 640 i, 641 i, 641 i, 641 i, 642 i, 643 i, 644 i, 645 i, 645 i, 645 i, 646 i, 646 i, 646 i, 646 i, 647 i, 647 i, 647 i, 648 i, 648INSTRUCTIOSS TO ABSTRACTORS, GIVING THE NOJIENCLATURE AM SI’STEII OF NOTATION ADOPTED IN THE ABSTRACTS. 1. Before beginning t o write an abstract, i t is desirable to read through the whole of the original papey, in order t o form a judgment as to its importance, and as to the scale on which the abstract should accordingly be made. 2. The abstract should mainly consist of the expression, in the abstractor’s own words, of the substance of the paper.3. The abstract should be made as concise as possible, consistently with a clear and accurate statement of the author’s results or theories, due regard being paid to their import. 4. If an abstract of a paper on the same subject, either by the author of the paper abstracted, or by some other author, has already appeared, note should as a rule be made of this fact. Important references to the researches of others quoted by an author should be reproduced in the abstract. Always employ 6gures instead of RomiLn numerals for references, thus :- AnrauZen, 221, 92, instead of ccxxi, 92. 5. If an ahstractor is acquainted with papers previously published by other authors containing statements either practically identical with, or opposed to, those in the paper abstracted, and to which no reference is made, he should notice their agreement or contradiction in a foot-note.6. As a rule, details of methods of preparation or analysis, or, generally speaking, of work, may be omitted, unless such details are essential to the understanding of the results, or have some inde- pendent value. Nomenclature. 7. Employ names such as sodium chZos*ide, potassium sztlphute, ethyl acetute, and use the terminals ous and ic only in distinguishing compounds of different orders derived from the same elementary radicle ; such, for instance, as mercurous and mercuric chloride, sul- phurous and sulphuric acid. 8. Term compounds of metallic and alcoholic radicles with the groupxxx OH, hydroxides and not hydrates ; for example, potassium hydroxide, phenyl hydroxide, the name hydrate being reserved for compounds supposed to contain water of combination or crystallisation. Com- pounds such as CH,ONa, C,H,ONa, C7HlRONa, &c., should be termed sodium methoxide, ethoxide, heptyloxide, &c.9. Apply the term acid only to compounds of hydrogen with negative radicles, such as HNO,, H2S0,, H3P04, and denote the oxides which form acids by names such as sulphuric anhydride, carbonic anhydride. Term salts containing an amount of metal equivalent t o the displaceable hydrogen of the acid, normal and not neutral salts, and assign names such as hydrogen sodium sulphate, hydrogen disodium phosphate, &c., t o the acid salts. Basic salts are as a rule best designated merely by their formwlce.10. Use names such as methane, ethane, &c., for the normal paraffins or hydrocarbons of the CnH2,+2 series of the form CH,*[CH,],*CH,, &c. The isomeric hydrocarbons are usually most con- veniently represented by names indicating their relation t o methane ; for example, CH,*CH2*CH2*CH, = propylmethane ; CH3*CH(CH3), = isopropylmethane or trimethylmethane ; or, although less frequently, by names such as di-isopropyl. 11. Term the hydrocarbons C2H4 and C2H2 ethylene and acetylene respectively (not ethene and ethine). Distinguish the homologues of ethylene, whenever possible, by names indicating their relation t o it, such as methylethylene, dimethylethylene, &c., denoting the di-deriva- tives of the form CnHk+1*CH:CH*C,H2,+1 as a-, and those of the form CH,:C(C,K2,,1), as ,&compounds, thus : CH,*CH:CH*CH, = a-dimethyleth ylene ; CH,:C(CH,), = P-dimethylethylene.Similarly, use names such as methylacetylene and dimethylacetylene for the homologues of acetylene of the form CHiC*C,H2,+1 and C,H2n+l*CiC*C,H2,+1. Adopt the name allerne for the hydrocarbon CH2:C:CH2, and indicate the relation which its homologues bear to it in the same manner as pointed out for acetylene. 12. Distinguish all alcohols, that is, hydroxyl-derivatives of hydro- carbons, by names ending in ol ; such as quinol, catechol, resorcinol saligenol, glycerol, erythrol, mannitol, instead of hydroquinone, pyro- catechin, resorcin, saligenin, glycerin, erythrite, mannite. Compounds which are not alcohols, but, which are at present distinguished by, names ending in ol, may be represented by names ending in ole, if a systematic name cannot be given.For example, write indole instead of indol ; furfuraldehyde instead of furfurol ; fucusaldehyde instead of fucusol. Ethers derived from phenols, such as C,H,*OCH,, &c., hitherto called anisol, anethol, &c., may be distinguished by names ending in oil, as anisoil and anethoil. Alcohols should be spoken of as mono-, di-, tri-, or n-hydric, according to the number of OH groups. 13. Compounds analogous t o the acids of the lactic series containing the group OH should be termed hydroxy-derivatives, and not oxy-deriva- tives ; for example, hydroxyacetic and not oxyacetic acid. Compounds containing the analogous groups C2H,0, C,H,O, CH,*COO, &c., should in like manner be termed ethozry-, phenoxy-, acetoxy- derivatives.Thusxxxi ethoxypropionic acid instead of ethyl-lactic acid ; 3 : 4 diethoxybenzoic acid instead of diethylprotocatechuic acid ; and acetoxypropionic acid instead of acetyl-lactic acid. Terms such as diethylprotocatechuic acid should be understood t o mean a compound formed by the dis- piacement of hydrogen-atoms in the hydrocarbon radicle of proto- catechuic acid by ethyl, viz., C,H(C,H,),(OH),* COOH, and not C,H,(OC,H,),* COOH, just as di bromoprotocatechuic acid is understood to be t h e name of a compound of the formula C,HBr2(OH),* COOH. 14. The term et?Ler should be restricted t o the oxides of hydro- carbon radicles, and the so-called compound ethers should be repre- sented by names similar to those given t o the analogously constituted metallic salts (comp.IS). 15. Compounds of the radicle SO,H sbould, whenever possible, be termed sulphonic acids, or failing this, sulpho-compounds : as benzene- sulphonic acid, sulphobenzoic acid, and not sulfi-compounds. Com- pounds of the radicle SO,*NH, sbould be termed sulphonamides. 16. Basic substances should invariably be indicated by names ending in ine, as aniline, instead of anilin, the termination in being restricted to certain neutral compounds, viz., glycerides, glucosides, bitter principles, and proteids, such as palmitin, amygdalin, albumin. The compounds of basic substances with hydrogen chloride, bromide, or iodide should always receive names ending in ide and not ate, as morphine hydrochloride and not morphine hydrochlorate. Notation.17. Equations should be omitted unless essential to t h e under- standing of the results; they, as a rule, should not be written on a separate line, but should i' run on " with the text. 18. To economist? space, it is desirable : 1, t h a t dots should be used instead of dushes in connecting contiguous symbols or radicles, when- ever this does not interfere with the clearness of the formula; 2, t h a t f o r i u u l ~ should be shortened by the judicious employment of the symbols Me for CH,, Et for C,H,, Pra f o r CH,*C)H,*CH,, Pr@ for CH(CH,),, P h for C,H,, Ac for CO-CH,, and Bz for CO*C,H,; and 3, t h a t formulae should be written in one line whenever this can be done without obscuring their meaning. For example : CCl,* CH(OEt), instead of CC)l~3--CH<oC2HH" OC,H, CH,:CH, instead of CH,=CH, C HiCH instead of C H E C H CH,-C_CH CHiC-CH,*CH,* CiCH instead of I CH,-CEECH CHMe:CHPra instead of CH,. CH=CH* CH,.CH,. CH,,xxxii COOH* CH:CHMe*COOH instead of C H , F =QH COOH COOH CH2Br* CBrMe, instead of CBr I CH2Br 60 CEt,Ac*COOEt instead of 1 c H Y<C:H: I COOC,H5 CH,-CH* CH, CH CHMe &a2.cHMe>0 instead of 1 >O, Y CH,--C/H- CH, CHPh (OBz) *CH(OBz)*COOEt instead of C,H,* C O * C , ~ , ) * ~ H ( O * ~ O * C , H , ) * ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 19. In representing t’he constitution of benzene derivatives, as a rule, merely indicate the relative positions of the radicles i n the symbol of benzene by figures, instead of by means of the hexagon symbol, for example :-- Paradibromobenzenesulphonic acid, C,H,Br,- SO,H [Br : SO,H : Br = Br /\ SO,H 1 : 2 :4] instead ofd 1 the figures always being used in 1 >,: the order Relatively to the position 1, the positions 2 and 6 should always be spoken of as ortho-positions, 3 and 5 as meta-positions, and 4 as the para-position. It is better, however, in speaking of the derivatives of benzene, to express their constitution by giving them names such as 1 : 2 dibromobenzene, 1 : 3 dibromobenzene, &c., rather than by terming them ortho- or meta-dibrornobenzene, &c. 20. Moreover, in representing the constitution of derivatives of other 6‘ closed chain” hydrocarbons, do not, as a rule, employ graphic formulae, but merely indicate the position of the radicles introduced in the fol- lowing manner :-xxxiii In the case of naphthalene, express the position of the radicles introduced in place of hydrogen relatively to the carbon-atoms common to the two “rings,” and number the positions in the one ring 1, 2, 3, 4, and those in the other l’, 2’, 3’, 4’ in the order shown by the annexed symbol :- 1’ 1 The dichloronaphthalenes, for example, are spoken of simply as 1 : 2 dichloronaphthalene, or dichloronaphthalene [Cl : GI = 1 : 21, &c., thus :- c1 c1 c1 1 : 2 dichloro- ci 1 : 1’ dichloro- A/\ \/‘\/ v\/ 1 : 3 dichloro- /\/\ 1 : 3’ dichloro- /\/\ naphthalene = naphthalene= 1 I 1 \/\/ naphthalene= 1 I I naphthalene= I I c1 c1 In t?Le case of diphenyl, indicate the position of the radicles relatively to the carbon-atom of one C, group which is associated with .the other C, group, and number the positions in the one group by the figures 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, and the corresponding positions in the other group by the figures 2’, 3’, 4’, 5’, 6’, as shown by the following symbol : 4’ 4 Thus the mono-derivatives, the bromodiphenyls, for example, are represented as 9 , >) and /\ /\ Br I I I /Br and the two dibromodiphenyls \/ \/ are respectively dibromodiphenyl [Br : Br = 2 : 31 \/ \/ and dibromodiphenyl [Br : Br = 2 : 6’1.xxxiv In, the case of anthracene, employ the following symbol and indicate the position of the radicles relatively to the central C,-group : 1’ 1 Examples : Alizarin, C,H,: C,O,: C,H,(OH), [OH : OH = 1 : 21. Quinizarin, C,6H4: C,O,: C,H,(OH), [OH : OH = 1 : 41. Anthraflavic acid, C‘,H,(OH) : C,O,: C6H3(OH) [OH : OH = 2 : 3’1. Purpurin, C,H,: C,O,: C,H(OH), [OH : OH : OH = 1 : 2 : 41. In speaking of compounds such as these, their constitution may be represented by the names 1 : 2 Dihydroxynnthraquinone 1 : 4 9 9 = Quinizarin. 1 : 2 : 4 Trihydroxyanthraquione = Purpurin. = Alizarin. 2 : 3’ 9 9 = Anthraflavic acid. Always include the letters and figures indicating the constitution of derivatives of closed-chain hydrocarbons in square brackets. 21. In, the case of thiophen, express the position of the radicles introduced relatively to the sulphur atom by numbers, as shown by the following symbol : S In the cases of pyrroline and pyridke, indicate the position rela- tively to the nitrogen atoms as shown by the following symbols : 1 N 4 - 3 1 N 6 /\ 2 5 0 3 4 Pyrroline. Py ridine. In the case of indole, positions should be numbered as shown in the 1’ following symbol :- \/\ 4 3:xxxv In the case of quinoline, express the positions relatively t o the carbon-atoms common t o the two rings, and number the positions in the carbon ring 1, 2,’3, 4, and those in the nitrogen ring l’, Y, 3’, 4‘, in the order shown by the annexed symbol :- I 1 N The Editor’s decision, in all matters connected with be consideved Jinal. the Abstracts, mustxxxv In the case of quinoline, express the positions relatively t o the carbon-atoms common t o the two rings, and number the positions in the carbon ring 1, 2,’3, 4, and those in the nitrogen ring l’, Y, 3’, 4‘, in the order shown by the annexed symbol :- I 1 N The Editor’s decision, in all matters connected with be consideved Jinal. the Abstracts, must

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA89772FP001

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. I9 Ino r g an ic C h emi s t r y. Does Hydrogen find its Proper Place at the Head of Group I. or at the Head of Group VII. 3 By ORME MASSON (Chena. News, 1896, 72, 283-284).-As reasons for assigning a position t o hydrogen at the head of Group VII. in the periodic system, the author points to its monad valency, its diatomic molecule, its gaseous character and extremely low boiling-point. The atomic weight of hydrogen places it rather in Group VII. than in Group I., and arguments based on substitution cut both ways, as an inorganic chemist would be most struck with the analogy between hydrogen and tho alkali metals, an organic chemist with the analogy between hydrogen and the members of the chlorine group. JOHN A. R. NEWLANDS (ibid., 1896, 72, 305) points out that in 1872 he classed hydrogen and chlorine together on account of their mutual replaceability, and because the atomic weight of hydrogen indicates that it is really the lowest member of the chlorine group.Slow Oxidation of Hydrogen and of Carbonic Oxide. H. C. By VICTOR MEYER and MAX VON RECKLINGHAUSEN (Bey., 1896, 29, 2549 -2560).--It is known that hydrogen is slowly oxidised, when led through a solution of potassium permanganate, and a repetition of this experiment showed that the gas if left over an alkaline or neutral solution of the salt slowly decreased in volume until all had been absorbed. Carbonic oxide behaved similarly. 2-220 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. On shaking the mixture on the shaking-machine lately devised by von Recklinghausen, a similar result was arrived at ; if, however, an acid solution of permanganate was employed, a large volume of gas remained unabsorbed, which on examination was found to be oxygen.39 C.C. of hydrogen after shaking for 15 hours with 29 C.C. of an acid solution of permanganate yielded 17-8 and 20.4 C.C. of oxygen. Since an acid solution of permanganate evolves oxygen by itself on standing, three experiments were conducted side by side, the hydrogen being replaced in one case by air and in the other by carbonic anhydride ; the quantities obtained were, however, very different, the carbonic anhydride experiment yielding only 2.5 C.C. of oxygen, whilst with the hydrogen 19.1 C.C. was obtained. The amount of oxygen evolved does not increase after a certain limit has been reached, the same volume being obtained whether the mixtures were shaken for 17 or for 87 hours.The quantity of oxygen evolved from an acid solution of perman- ganate on standing differs considerably from that given off on shaking. A closed tube completely filled with the solution burst after standing 24 months in the dark, whilst one which had been filled one-third with permanganate and two-thirds with air was found to contain 50 C.C. of oxygen at the end of the same period, that is, nearly 20 times as much as was given off in the majority of the experiments when the liquid was shaken. It was further found that the temperature had a con- siderable influence on the amounts evolved. The formation of oxygen in these experiments could be readily understood on the supposition that hydrogen peroxide was at first produced and that this subsequently reacted with the permanganate, evolving oxygen.Since, however, carbonic oxide behaves in a pre- cisely similar way (yielding 14.5-115 C.C. of oxygen when 39.5 C.C. of the gas is shaken with 20 C.C. of perrnanganate solution for 234 hours), this explanation does not hold good. The evolution of oxygen is irregular, and the numbers obtained are merely approximate, the quantities evolved in two similar experiments seldom agreeing. It might be supposed that the large quantity of oxygen evolved might be due to the diminution of pressure consequent on the absorp- tion of the hydrogen; that this is not the case, however, was shown by shaking carbonic anhydride and air with permanganate under diminished pressure, the volume of oxygen given off (2-3 c.c.) remaining unaltered.The authors hope t o throw light on these phenomena by means of further experiments conducted on other reducing gases, such as the hydrocarbons, &c. Meanwhile, they consider that the most probable explanation is that put forward by van’t Hoff in explanation of the simultaneous oxidation of triethylphosphine and indigo solution, namely, that in slow oxidations the oxygen molecule acts as two atoms ( 3 ) or ions (2). The reaction in this case proceeding thus 00 = 2H20+00, H2 H% 00 +INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 21 Pressure - S3.7" Hydrogen iodide.. . . . . 739'8 - 34'1" Hydrogen bromide . . 738'2 - 64.9" the quantity of oxygen given off agreeing approximately with this equation.J. F. T. Behaviour of Halogen Hydrides at Low Temperatures. By TEIADDAEUS ESTREICHER (Zeds. physikal. Chem., 1896,20,605-6U9).- The author bas determined the boiling points and freezing points of hydrogen chloride, bromide, and iodide, as well as the critical tempera- tures of the last two compounds. The low temperatures were obtained by means of ethylene, and by carbonic anhydride and ether, and were measured by a helium thermometer. (Abstr., 1896, ii, 597). The results obtained were m. p. Crit. tenip. - 111.1" - - 87'9" + 91.3" -- 50.8" + 150.7" The liquid was in each case clear and colourless, and the solid an iron grey mass, but in the case of the iodine compounds the products were frequently coloured by dissolved iodine. L. M. J. Crystallography of Iodates and Periodates.By ARTHUR S. EAKLE (Zeit. Kryst. Min., 1896, 26, 558-588).--The author has investigated the conditions of growth most favourable to the cultiva- tion of well-developed crystals of a number of salts and dotermined their geometrical and optical properties. Well-developed transparent hydrated crystals of the trigonal pyramidal sodium periodate, NaIO, + 3H,O, can be obtained by very slow spontaneous evaporation of the pure aqueous solution, but in a much shorter time from solutions containing sodium nitrate ; a : c = 1 : 1.0942. The crystals deposited from a pure aqueous solution consist of dextrogyrate and hvogyrate individuals in approximately equal numbers, but in solutions containing sodium nitrate the remarkable fact is observed that the laevogyrate crystals outnumber the dextrogyrate ones by about four to one.The anhydrous ditetragonal dipyrnmidal crystals of sodium periodate, NaIO, deposited from aqueous solution a t above 30° have the axial ratio a : c = 1 : 1.5900. Aqueous solutions of ammonium periodate containing ammonia deposit, on spontaneous evaporation, trigonal rhombohedra1 crystals having the composition (NH4),T20,,3H20, and the axial ratio a : c = 1 : 1.6118 ; when the solution during evaporation has lost nearly all its free ammonia, crystals of the normal periodate, NH410,, isomorphous with those of anhydrous sodium periodate, separate ; a : c = 1 : 1.5228. Aluminium periodate, A1 (IO& + 3H20, crystallises in holohedral cubic forms from a solution containing nitric acid. Rhombic bipyramidal crystals of anhydrous sodium iodate, NaIO,, are deposited from an aqueous solution at 100" ; a : b : c = 0.9046 : 1 : 1.2815 ; at lower temperatures, long needles of the hydrated salt are22 AIWTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.deposited. Ammonium iodate, NH,I03, crystallises in long prisms ; a : b : c = 0.9948 : 1 : 1.4335. Silver iodate, AglO,, in thin, colourless, transparent plates of adamantine lustre from solutions containing ammonia ; a : b : c = 0*8832 : 1 : 1.3072, These three salts are isomorphous. Potassium iodate is cubic and holohedral, but the habit of the crystals varies widely with changes in the temperature of crystallisation ; the crystals are isomorphous with those of rubidium iodate, which consist of opaque, white cubes. Calcium iodate, Ca(10,)2 -t GH,O, separates from an aqueous or nitric acid solution in rhombic prisms; a : 6 : c = 0,4357 : 1 : 0.5231.If, however, the solution contains a small quantity of calcium chromate, a second form of calcium iodate having the same composition, is deposited ; the new crystals are rhombic pyramidal prisms ; a : b : c = 0.64652 : 1 : 0.27682. The double compound of sodium iodate and iodide, ZNaIO,, 3Na1, + 20H,O, crystallises in di hexgonal bipyraniidal prisms ; a : c = 1 : 2.1892. Rubidium nitrate crystallises in ditrigonal scalenohedral prisms ; a : c = 1 : 1.2360. The crystallographic properties of the rhombic' aluminium nitrate, Al(NO,), + 9H,O, the monoclinic barium chlorate, Ba(C10,), + H,O, and the rhombic barium permanganate, BaMn,O,, were also determined.Calcium iodate is thus dimorphous. W. J. P. Reduction of Sulphuric Acid by Copper, aB a Function of the Temperature. By LAUNCELOT W. ANDREWS (J. Arner. Chem. Xoc., 1896, 18, 251-254).-By means of suitable apparatus, the author has been able to show-(1) That sulphuric acid (98.4 per cent.) begins to appreciably dissociate at a temperature somewhat below 70°, probably 67" ; (2) That sulphuric acid in the presence of air or oxygen mill dissolve copper a t the ordinary temperature, without the evolution of a trace of sulphurous anhydride; (3) That the reduction of sulphuric acid by copper does not begin below 86", that is, not until the acid has become partly dissociated into anhydride and water. Baskerville's statement (Abstr., 1896, ii, 474) that sulphuric acid is reduced by copper at 0" is therefore incorrect.J. J. S. Free Hydraaine. By CORNELIS A. LOBRY DE BRUYN (Eec. Trav. Chim., 1896, 15, 174-184; Compare Abstr., 1895, ii, 347).- Free hydrazine is best prepared by the action of barium oxide on hydrazine hydrate. The hydrate is added in small quantities a t a time to the barium oxide contained in a flask, which is cooled from time to time and should be provided with a neck some 50 cm. long, bent at right angles a t its upper end so that it can be directly attached to the condenser. The flask is first heated for several hours in a glycerol bath at 110-120°, and the contents are then distilled under a pressure of 150-100 mm. To prevent oxidation, the apparatus is filled with dry hydrogen. The base, which is collected in a cooled receiver, still contains 3-4 per cent.of water, and is, therefore, again distilled in a smaller flask, with a little barium oxide, the apparatus again being filled with dry hydrogen.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 23 The free base melts at 1 0 4 ~ ; it can, however, be cooled several degrees below this before it freezes. Its boiling points, determined in an atmosphere of dry hydrogen, are 56" at 71 mm., 113.5" at '7615 mm., and 134.6" at 1490 mm. pressure. Its sp. gr. =1*014 at 16"/15", that is, almost the same as that of the hydrate. The refractive index, as determined by Eijkman, is given as 1'47988 1.46953 1;:l;693 I 0.01035 0'33 Lorentz's formula 1 ':% I 8.62 0.17 ~~ ~~~ d = 1.0114 t = 17.8" MV = 31.64. Calculated for the group NH,, the dispersion = 0.16 according to Gladstone's formula and 0.09 according t o Lorentz.These numbers are practically. the same as those calculated from pentamethylene- diamine (Rec. Trav. Chinz., 1893, 12, 281). As regards its solubility, hydrazine resembles both water and hydroxylamine ; it is miscible in all proportions with methylic, ethylic, propylic, isobutylic, and amylic alcohols, but is only very sparingly soluble in other organic solvents. Many salts dissoIve in it, and determinations of their solubilities are given. Hydrazine apparently combines with sodium chloride, as a consider- able amount of heat is developed on mixing the two and the whole sets to a crystalline mass on cooling. Ammonium salts are decom- posed by the base, and lead nitrate is dissolved by it.The base itself may be heated t o 300-350" without undergoing perceptible decomposition ; even after heating for an hour at the boiling point of sulphur part of i t remains unaltered. The critical temperature, as determined in Altschul's apparatus (2eits.phgsikal. Chem., 1893'11,582) is 380". According to Boltwood, stability of the base at high temperatures depends on the pressure. The decomposition first proceeds according to the equation 2N,H4 = N, + H, + 2NH,, but the final decomposition is 3N,H, 7 N, + 4NH,. The base is a strong reducing agent, it readily bursts into flame in chlorine ; bromine and iodine also react violently. It is slowly oxidised by dry air free from carbonic anhydride, and also by oxygen ; in the latter case, the temperature gradually rises to loo", and ammonia can readily be recognised.Yellow phosphorus also acts on an aqueous solution of the base, forming, probably, hydrides of phosphorus. Sodium reacts with the base suspended in dry light petroleum, yielding hydrogen, ammonia, and a brown solid substance. J. J. S. Oxidation by means of Hydroxylamine. By FRITZ HABER (Bey., 1896, 29, 2444--2445).-Hydroxylamine readily converts24 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. ferrous hydroxide into the ferric compound, and may be recognised by this reaction, which is not given by hydrazine. The hydroxylamine is almost completely converted into ammonia. An interesting lecture experiment to illustrato the double function of hydroxylamine as an oxidising and reducing agent may be carried out by adding hydroxylamine hydrochloride to a hot emulsion of ferrous hydroxide precipitated by means of caustic soda.The greenish mass rapidly becomes reddish brown, owing to the oxidation of the hydroxide. If now the liquid be acidified and a fresh quantity of hydroxylamine hydrochloride added, the latter acts as a reducing agent, and rapidly converts the ferric into a ferrous salt, the change being rendered evident by the disappearance of the yellow colour. A. H. Nitrohydroxylamine. By ANGELO ANGELI (Gaxxetta, 1896, 26, ii, 1 7-25).-0n treating hydroxylamine with acidic chlorides or anhydrides, or with an alkylic salt of an organic acid in alkaline solution, derivatives having the constitution R*CO*NH*OH or OH*CR:N*OH are obtained. It seemed of interest; t o endeavour to prepare a substituted hydroxylamine, in which the acidic group was an inorganic acidic radicle.With this object, a cold saturated solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1 mol.) is poured into a concentrated alcoholic solution of sodium ethoxide (3 mols.), and to this, after filtration, ethylic nitrate (1 mol.) is added ; a white precipitate of sodionitrohydroxylamine, Na,N,O,, separates immediately, but cannot be further purified because of its great solubility in water. On adding barium chloride to its dilute aqueous solution, a heavy, white, minutely crystalline precipitate of the corresponding barium salt, BaN,O, + H,O, is deposited ; it loses its water at 115-120". On treating either the sodium or barium salt with a mineral acid, a violent evolution of nitric oxide occurs, almost quantitatively in accordance with the equation, H,N,O, = H,O + 2N0 ; the salts also decompose on beating, giving nitric oxide, and leaving the metallic oxide.The aqueous solution of the sodium salt is readily decomposed by boiling, and nitrites and nitrates formed from the nitric oxide evolved are found in solution; the barium salt is not decomposed by prolonged boiling with water, and is much more stable in the air than the sodium salt. The aqueous solution of the sodium salt gives a white precipitate with lead acetate or cadmium sulphate; a yellow solution, which rapidly deposits mercury, with mercuric chloride ; a deep brown-red coloration, which disappears on boiling, with uranium nitrate ; and a yellow precipitate, which rapidly blackens, with silver nitrate ; it reduces Fehling's solution, and gives a violet to brown coloration with ferric chloride.Mixtures of the sodium salt with sodium thiocyanate or hypo- phosphite, or with antimony trisulphide and sulphur or carbon, explode violently when struck ; when mixed with red phosphorus, the sodium salt also detonates if struck, but the mixture is less sensible t o shock than that of red phosphorus with potassium chlorate.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 25 According to its method of formation, nitrohydroxylamine should have the constitution NO,*NH*OH ; it: might readily undergo intramolecular change and assume the constitution OH*N:NO*OH or H0.N HO.N>O- It is interesting to note that nitrohydroxylamine is the last missing member of the series of acids corresponding with the five oxides of nitrogen; it takes the vacant place between hyponitrous and nitrous acids in the series and corresponds with a hydrate of nitrogen dioxide.W. J. P. The Electrolysis of solutions of Ammonia containing Salts and Bases. By SIMA M. LOSANITSCH and MILORAD 2. JOVITSCHITSCH (Bey., 1896, 29, 2436-2438). When a solution of ammonia and common salt is electrolysed in the usual Hofmann apparatus, there is always a deficiency in the nitrogen evolved. This is due to the occur- rence of secondary reactions. When a chloride is present, the liquid is found to contain hypochlorite, which is either a direct product of the action of chlorine on the ammonia, or an indirect product formed by the action of water and ammonia on previously formed chloride of nitrogen.A loud explosion occurred when the graphite electrode was heated, and the authors ascribe this to the presence of chloride of nitrogen. When the formation of hypochlorite is prevented by heating the liquid, the correct ratio of nitrogen to hydrogen is obtained. When potassium bromide is used, a hypobromite is formed, and iodide of nitrogen and a hypoiodite when potassium iodide is employed, When caustic potash or potassium sulphate is added, as well as when ammonia itself in dilute solution is submitted to electrolysis, a nitrite is produced and the volume of nitrogen obtained is too small. A. H. Hyponitrous Acid. By ARTHUR R. HANTZSCH and LUDWIG KAUFMANN (Alzrzalcn, 189 6, 292,3 1 7-340. Compare Abstr., 1896, ii, 520).-Silver hyponitrite is prepared by reducing sodium nitrite with sodium amalgam in strongly alkaline solution, and after removal of hydroxylamine with mercuric oxide, adding silver nitrate to the solu- tion acidified with nitric acid; treated in this way, 20 grams of nitrite yields 2-3 grams of silver salt, and the method compares favourably with Piloty's (Abstr., 1895, i, 556), which consists in hydrolysing benzosulphydroxainic acid with 40 per cent.aqueous potassium hydroxide. Hyponitrous acid is obtained in the solid state by adding the silver salt to ethereal hydrogen chloride until silver chloride ceases to be formed ; the filtered medium is then evaporated as rapidly as possible in the desiccator, when the acid crystallises in leaflets. It is deliques- cent and dissolves readily in water and alcohol; it is only sparingly soluble in petroleum, but more readily in ether, chloroform, and benzene; the crystals, when wet with ether, do not rapidly undergo change, but the dry substance explodes spontaneously, even at - 6".Determinationla of the molecular weight, effected by adding the silver26 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. salt to water containing a known quantity of hydrogen chloride, yield results in accordance with the formula H2N202. Titration of hypo- nitrous acid with alkali, using phenolphthalein as indicator, shows that the hydrogen sodium salt, like hydrogen sodium carbonate, is neutral towards this indicator; if the solution is kept for a time at the ordinary temperature, sodium hydroxide and nitrous oxide are formed. Solutions of pure hyponitrous acid do not immediately libe- rate iodine from potassium iodide, but the amount of the free halogen gradually increases with time ; diphenylamine develops an intense blue coloration, and if ferrous sulphate is added to concentrated sulphuric acid mixed with silver hyponitrite, the brown ring charsc- teristic of nitrous and nitric acids is produced.Ammonium 1yponit&e, H,N*O-N:N*OH, is obtained by passing dry ammonia gas into a cooled solution of the acid in ether ; it melts and decomposes a t 64-65', and at theordinary temperature is resolved spon- taneously into ammonia, water, and nitrous oxide. The salt dissolves readily in water, the solution being alkaline, but the aqueous and alcoholic solutions leave no residue on evaporation ; normal ammonium hyponitrite has not been obtained.BenqZic hyponitrr.ite, CH,Ph*O-N: N* 0 CH,Ph, is obtained from benzylic iodide and silver hyponitrite in ether, and crystallises from light petroleum in leaflets ; it melts and evolves nitrogen a t 43-45', and explodes a t 60" when rapidly heated. The salt is volatile at the ordinary temperature. It has been generally accepted that hyponitrous acid decomposes into nitrous acid and water, but it is now established that nitrousacid and ammonia are among the products of change; it is found that hyponitrous acid is most stable in alkaline, least stable in acid, solution, an aqueous solution occupying tlie mean position. Determinations of the molecular conductivity of hyponitrous acid have been made, and the results show that it is very low in a freshly prepared solution, increasing, however, with the lapse of time; in the case of the sodium salt, it is higher, and gradually decreases with time.The conductivity constant shows that hyponi- trous acid is very feebly acidic, being of the same order as carbonic acid, and it is interesting t o notice that the value for nitramide is even lower than that for hyponitrous acid. M. 0. F. The Isomerism of Compounds N,O,H,. By ARTHUB R. HANTZSCH (AnmZen, 1896, 292, 340--358).-This paper does not lend itself to condensation. An attempt is made to establish a stereo- isomeric relationship between the two compounds of the formula N202H,, nitramide and hyponitrous acid. The author claims to have refuted Bamberger's criticisms on his views regarding the structure of diazo-salts, M.0. F. Nitrogen Pentasulphide. By WILHELM MUTHMANN and A. CLEVER (Zeits. anorg. Chem., 1896, 13, 200--208).-Nitrogen penta- sulphide, N2S,, is obtained by heating nitrogen sulphide N4S4 (Abstr., 1896, ii, 29s) with pure carbon bisulphide at 100" for two hours under a pressure of five atmospheres. A deep red solution is obtainedINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 21 together with a yellowish-brown, amorphous precipitate ; the filtrate is distilled until the greater part of the carbon bisulphide is separated, and the residue is allowed to evaporate at the ordinary temperature in a vacuum. The red oily product, consisting of a mixture of the penta- sulphide with sulphur, is triturated with perfectly dry ether as quickly as possible, when the greater portion of the sulphur remains undissolved.The residual sulphur is crystallised out by means of a freezing mixture ( - 25") and the filtrate allowed to evaporate in dry air ; finally, the last traces of ether are removed by allowing the product to remain over calcium chroride, and the residual red oil is filtered. If the product is pure and contains no sulphur, it crystallises from a well-cooled solution in ether in metallic tablets resembling iodine. A cryoscopic determination of the molocular weight, using benzene as the solvent, gave numbers agreeing with the formula N,S,. The amorphous bye-product mentioned above gave, on analysis, numbers agreeing with the formula C,N,Ss ; it is a very finely divided yellow powder, is extremely hygroscopic and obstinately retains traces of carbon bisulphide and nitrogen pentasulphide.It dissolves without alteration in concentrated sulphuric acid, and has properties similar to those of pseudocyanogen sulphide, C,N3S,H. The formation of the pentasulphide takes place according to the equation N4S4 + 2CS, = N,S, + S + 2CNS. The pentasulphide is also formed by heating a mixture of nitrogen sulphide and carbon tetrachloride, an amorphous black bye-product being also formed containing carbon, nitrogen, sulphur and chlorine ; this quickly decomposes on exposure to the air with evolution of sulphurous anhydride. It is also produced by reducing with zinc dust thiotrithiazyl chloride, N,S,Cl, suspended in methylic alcohol ; and generally by the decomposltlon of nitrogen sulphide and its derivatives ; for instance, when nitrogen sulphide is exploded by friction, when the compounds of nitrogen sulphide with the halogens, or with nitrous or nitric acid are boiled with water, and when nitrogen sulphide is heated cautiously with lead oxide.It is not, however, formed by heating nitrogen sulphide with ether or benzene a t 110"--125" in a sealed tube; in this case, the greater part of the sulphide is decomposed into nitrogen and sulphur. With ether, a small quantity of a compound having an odour resembling that of acetamide is formed, and with benzene a small quantity of a compound having the characteristic odour of "oleum absy nthii. '' Nitrogen pentasulphide is a deep red liquid, does not wet glass, has a sp. gr: = 1.901 a t 18", is partially decomposed when distilled even under diminished pressure,solidifies in a freezing mixture to a crystalline mass resembling iodine, and melts at 10-11".It is insoluble in water, but soluble in most organic solvents, and is stable in solution pro- vided it is not exposed to light; in the latter case, it decomposes into nitrogen sulphide and sulphur, The pure compound quickly decom- poses into nitrogen sulphide and sulphur. The absorption spectrum of the solution shows a broad band extending from the D-line into the blue. When boiled with water, a small quantity distils unchanged, but the remainder is converted into ammonia and sulphur. Alkalis decompose it completely in a similar way. When a very minute quantity28 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. of alcoholic potash or soda is added to the alcoholic solution, an intense but transient violet-red coloration is produced, and this reaction is so characteristic that the smallest quantity of the pentasulphide can be detected. When it is added to alcoholic potash, a dark-coloured solution is obtained, from which ether precipitates a yellow, crystalline compound ; this is probably a sulphonitrate, and decomposes directly it is removed from the solution.With alcoholic alkali sulphides, it yields polysulphides and ammonia, and with hydrogen sulphide ammonium polysulphide and sulphur. It is violently oxidised by concentrated nitric acid with formation of sulphuric acid ; and with dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, it yields ammonium salts and sulphur. E. C. R. Trimetaphosphimic Acid and its Decomposition Products.By HENRY N. STOKES (Amer. Chem. J;, 1896,18, 629-663).-A meta- phosphimic acid is defined as a metaphosphoric acid (HPO,),, in which one-third of the oxygen is replaced by an equivalent number of NH groups. TO prepare trimetaphosphimic acid (Abstr., 1895, ii, 2173, the sodium salt, P3N,0,H,Na, + 4R,O, is first isolated by shaking a solu- tion of 30 grams of triphosphonitrllic chloride (P3N3C16) in 150 C.C. of ether with a solution of 110 grams of sodium acetate crystals in 200 C.C. of water ; after agitation for 80 hours, the new salt will have crystallised. When formed at temperatures below 80°, the crystals are orthorhombic (measurements given), with 4H20 ; above 80" they are microscopic flat prisms, with 1H,O. The salt is neutral to litmus.When it is dissolved in an excess of caustic soda solution and the liquid is concentrated, the tetra-sodium salt, P3N,O7H4Na4 + H20, crystallises in long, brittle needles which are very unstable, being easily decomposed by carbonic anhydride. Salts with fewer than three or more than four sodium atoms could not be prepared. The potassium salt, P3N306H3K3, the ammonium salt, P,N,O,H,(NH,), + H20, the magnesium salt, the barium salt, and the baraum sodium salt, P,N,O,H,NaBa + 1&H,O (?), are described. The szlver salt, P,N,O,H,Ag,, is precipitated by adding silver nitrate to a solution of the sodium salt; in the presence of nitric acid, it separates slowly in the form of colourless, monoclinic plates (measure- ments given) ; it is soluble in ammonia.When the tetrasodium salt is used, and the silver nitrate is added in excess, the salt P,N,0GH2Ag, (or P,N,07H4Ag4) is formed as a white precipitate which changes into the yellow, crystalline salt, P,N,O,Ag, (or P,N,07H2Ag,), when left under pure water. A red, crystalline salt of the same formula was also obtained. Trimetaphosphimic acid is prepared by decomposing the silver salt with hydrogen sulphide; it is a gummy mass, distinguished from metaphosphoric acid in that it does not coagulate albumin. The final products of the hydrolysis of this acid are ammonia and orthophos- phoric acid, but the intermediate products, diiminotriphosphoric acid, iminodiphosphoric acid, and pyrophosphoric acid, have been isolated. To separate these, advantage is taken of the insolubility of magnesium iminodiphosphate, pyrophosphate, and orthophosphate, and the solubilityINORGANIC CHEIYIISTRY, 29 of magnesium diirninotriphosphate in a feebly ammoniacal solution.The filtrate from the magnesium precipitate may be neutralised and treated with silver nitrate, to obtain silver diiminotriphosphate, from which the sodium salt may be isolated by treatment with sodium chloride. The magnesium precipitate is dissolved in dilute nitric acid, ammonia is added to the solution until incipient precipi- tation occurs, and then an excess of silver nitrate, whereby silver iminodiphosphate is chiefly precipitated ; it must be purified by dis- solving it in ammonia, reprecipitating as the magnesium salt, and repeating the process. irrisodium diirni91 ot+phosphccte, P,N,O ,H4H a3, is precipitated in the form of microscopic, flat, pointed prisms or rhombic plates on adding alcohol to its aqueous solution ; it is neutral.The silver salt, P,N,O,K,Ag, forms colourless, monoclinic crystals (measurements given), which are easily soluble in ammonia, but only sparingly so in dilute nitric acid. The salt, P,N,O,H,Ag, is precipitated in a white, amorphous form when an nmmoniacal solution of the sodium salt is added to an excess of silver nitrate solution. (rrisodium iminodiphosphate, obtained by decomposing the silver salt, is precipitated by alcohol from its aqueous solution as a syrup which dries t o a gummy mass; it is alkaline. Silver inainodipphosphcbte, P,NO,H,Ag,, is a white precipitate characterised by its granular form; the salt, P,NO,Hhg,, exists in a white and R yellow form.The n&gnesium, fern+ and cup& salts are also described. In discussing the constitution of the foregoing acids, the author expresses the opinion that Gladstone’s pyrophosphodiamic acid (this Journal, 1868, 67) is trimetaphosphimic acid, and his pyrophosphamic acid iminodiphosphoric acid. Trimetaphosphimic acid probably has the constitution expressed by the formula PO(OH)<NH.Po(oH. “PO(OH)>jyH* Imino-diphosphoric acid and di-iminotriphosphcric acid are regarded as PO(OH),*NH*PO(OH), and PO(OH),*NH*PO(OH)*NH*PO(OH), re- spectively. A. G. B. By WILHELRI MUTHMANN and A. CLEVER (Zeits. an0s.y. Chim., 1896, 13,191-199). -The compounds described are very similar to those of arsenic and selenium (Abstr., 1896, ii, 18).Phosphorus pentaselenide is prepared according to the method described by Bogen (Annalen, 1862, 124, 57), by melting together the theoretical proportions of red phosphorus and selenium in an atmosphere of carbonic anhydride. It is most important that the materials should be thoroughly dried, as otherwise large quanti- ties of hydrogen selenide are formed. Phosphorus triselenide is pre- pared in a similar way. Both compounds are unstable when exposed t o the atmosphere, and absorb moisture with the formation of hydrogen selenide and the cori esponding phosphorus acid. The compounds obtained by treating the phosphorus selenides with alkalis are more easily formed and crystallise better than the selenoarsenic salts ; the phosphorus selenides also, unlike the arsenic selenides, are capable of forming ammonium compounds with ammonia, ammonium carbonate, and ammonium sulphide: and double salts with magnesia similar to Compounds of Phosphorus with Selenium.30 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.the compounds obtained from the snlphophosphat8es. The alkali carbonates decompose the phosphorus selenides whereas they do not decompose arsenic selenide. Potassium, triselenophosphite, K,HPSe,, 2&H20, is obtained by the action of potassium hydroxide on phosphorus pentaselenide. It is more easily prepared by gradually adding the powdered triselenide to a cold concentrated solution of potassium hydroxide, cautiously warm- ing the mixture a t 75"--78" until solution takes place, and allowing the filtered solution to crystallise in a freezing mixture; if the mixture is heated above SO", complete decomposition takes place and hydrogen selenide is evolved.It crystallises in highly lustrous octahedra-like forms, which do not, however, belong to the regular system as they show double refraction ; i t gradually decomposes in damp air with separation of selenium and hydrogen selenide : when heated, it gives off water vapour and hydrogen selenide, whilst selenium, and then selenious acid sublime, leaving a residue of phosphate. It is sparingly soluble in cold water, easily so in hot water, and can be re- crystallised from concentrated potassium hydroxide. The aqueous solution is neutral and pale yellow. With dilute acids, it yields hydrogen selenide, and selenium is gradually precipitated.Lead and silver salts give brownish, amorphous precipitates which gradually darken, and the supernatant solution then contains phosphoric acid. Barium salts give a yellow, amorphous precipitate which quickly turns red. Potassium thioselenophosphite, 2K2S, P,Se,, 5 H,O, is obtained by the action of potassium sulphide on the triselenide ; it forms small, colour- less, doubly-refractive crystals having an octahedral habit and an adamantine lustre, and is decomposed at about the same temperature as the preceding salt with evolution of hydrogen sulphide and selenide. The aqueous solution is colourless, and when treated with acids yields hydrogen sulphide and selenide, whilst a reddish-brown compound mixed with sulphur is precipitated.When treated with salts of the heavy metals, it yields dark, amorphous precipitates. Sodium oxyselenophosphate, Na,PSe,O + 10H20, is obbained by the action of sodium hydroxide on the triselenide in a similar way to the potassium salts just described. It crystallises from concentrated sodium hydroxide in pale green, doubly-refracting prisms. The aqueous solution quickly decomposes ; with acids, it yields hydrogen selenide and a brown precipitate containing selenium. When heated in a tube, it yields a sublimate of selenium, and a phosphate. All the above substances give well crystallised compounds with ammonia magnesia mixture. E. C. R. Boric Acid and its Salts. By Lours KAHLENBERG and OSWALD SCHREINER (Zeits. physikal. Cl~enz., 1896, 20, 547--568).-The deter- mination of the molecular depressions due to solutions of boric acid and its salts, lead to the conclusion that in aqueous solution only the one boric acid exists, namely H,BO,, and this is formed if the anhydride or R partial anhydride is dissolved.A solution of borax is identical with the solution containing equivalent quantities of boric acid and sodium hydroxide, By the determination of the conductivity and ofINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 31 the E.M.F. of borate chains, the number of ions present in the solu- tions was determined, and the conclusions arrived at are that in con- centrated solutions of borax there are present sodium ions and anions containing 2 atoms of boron. These anions are, by dilution, dissociated so that in dilute solutions sodium ions and anions contain- ing 1 boron ion are present, and also undissociated boric acid. A solution of sodium metaborate is identical with a solution of boric acid with the equivalent quantity of sodium hydroxide, or to borax solution with sodium hydroxide ; the solution contains very few hydroxyl ions and is only slightly decomposed by water.By the addition of more sodium hydroxide, only small quantities of higher compounds are formed, since almost the calculated excess of hydroxyl ions are found in the solution. The nature of the reaction of bomtes with polyvalent alcohols was also investigated. The addition of 2 molecules of mannitol to 1 mole- cule of borax in solution has little effect on the freezing point depression, which is increased by further addition of mannitol ; it, moreover, causes the solution to become acidic.If the solution contains sodium hydrox- ide as well as borax, the addition of mannitol a t first decreases the depression, and the results are best explained on the assumption of the formation of a complex anion containing 2 boron atoms and 1 molecule of mannitol, which on adding more of the latter yields an anion containing 2 boron atoms and 2 mannitol molecules; no further combination, however, occurs, so that after this stage is reached the depression is increased. The effects of the addition of mannitol, erythritol, glycerol, and glycol on the electrical conductivity of solutions of borax were also determined, and diagrams representing the results are given. These effects further support the freezing point evidence of the forma- tion of complex ions.L. M. J. Attempt t o Lique* Helium. By KARL OLSZEWSKI ( A 9 2 1 2 . Phys. Chem., 1896 [2], 59, 184--192).-Helium from clheite of density 2.133 from which all gases that are absorbed by magnesium, copper oxide, phosphoric anhydride and caustic soda had been removed, mas cooled down by boiling ethylene and afterwards by boiling air first to - 150" and then to - 220". It was submitted a t the lower temperature to a pressure of 140 atmospheres and the pressure then suddenly reduced to 20 atmospheres, but the gas showed no sign of liquefaction. With the help of the well-known equation T'/Tl=(p/ply$ the author calculates the boiling point of helium as below - 2640, or at least 20" lower than that of hydrogen. The monatomic character of the helium molecule probably accounts for the fact that this gas although of greater density than hydrogen has the lower boiling point,.A comparison of the helium and hydrogen thermometers for temperatures between - 182" and - 210" shows a very fair agreement, and that therefore the coefficient of expansion of hydrogen remains the same even at these low temperatures. Combination of Argon with Water. By P. VILLARD (Conipt.rend., 1896, 123, 377--379).-When carefully purified argon is compressed at 150 atmospheres in presence of water cooled to about O", and the water is H. C.32 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. further cooled so that it solidifies at one point, combination takes place between the gas and the water with production of a crystalline hydrate similar to those formed by many other gases.Mere compression of the gas in presence of water is not sufficient, but the presence of previously formed crystals of the hydrate has the same effect as the freezing of a small quantity of the water. The tension of dissociation of the hydrate is 105 atmospheres at 0" and 210 atmospheres a t 10". C. H. B. A form of Silver obtained on the Reduction of the Sulphide by Hydrogen. By FRANCIS C. PHILLIPS (J. Amey. Chem. Xoc., 1894, 16, 700--703).-1f silver chloride is heated in hydrogen to 300°, re- duction occurs, and the metallic silver appears as a compact, rounded mass having a moderate lustre. Precipitated silver snlphide when heated to temperatures above 450" in hydrogen, is reduced and the dull black powder gradually changes into a mass of tangled wires or threads which exhibit the lustre of highly polished silver.The wires vary in thickness from that of the finest hairs to that of coarse sewing- thread; and they are often so knotted and linked together as to be almost inextricable. Argentite behaves in a similar manner, but stephanite, Ag,SbS+ yields no silver even when heated in hydrogen to dull redness. Artihcial copper sulphide when slowly reduced at about 600" yields lustrous threads of copper resembling those obtained in the case of silver. Compare Opificus (Chem. Zeit., 1888, 649), Bischof (Annah, 1843, 289), and Hampe (Chem. Zeit., 1893, 1692). J. J S. Oxidation of Silver. By CHARLES E. WAIT (J. Amer. Chem. SOC., 1896, 18, 254--259).-The author has previously drawn attention to the fact that a certain bismuth litharge from a Western smelting company contained a large amount of silver (2.94 per cent.).It mas also shown that the silver was not in the metallic state but was probably present as the oxide, since it readily dissolved in warm acetic acid. In order t o account for the formation of the silver oxide, the author has studied the action of various metallic oxides on silver a t fairly high temperatures. He finds that manganese dioxide readily oxidises metallic silver to the oxide. Experiments have shown that, other conditions being equal, the longer the duration of the heating the less silver oxide is formed. 0.5 gram of silver, and 2 grams of manganese dioxide, when heated for 2.5 mins., gave 34.28 per cent. of the silver in the form of oxide, but when heated for 20 mins.gave only 11-78 per cent. Oxides of iron, bismuth, copper and zinc cannot bring about this oxidation, but lead monoxide and dioxide and barium peroxide cm. The lead monoxide no doubt acts as an oxygen carrier, and the presence of silver oxide in certain litharges is to be attributed to the oxidising influence of the litharge. By ORAZIO REBUFFAT (Gaxxetta, 1896, 26, ii, 242--244).--The author replies to Oddo's criticisms (Abstr., 1896, ii, 246). W. J. P. 5. J. S. Hydraulic Cements.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 33 Atomic Weight of Magnesium. By THEODORE W. RICHARDS and H. G. PARKER (Zeits. anorq. Cherrt., 1896, 13, 81--100).-1’he methods employed consist in determining the weight of silver chloride obtained by precipitating a known weight of magnesium chloride with excess of silver nitrate: also by precipitating a known weight of mag- nesium chloride with the calculated quantity of pure silver dissolved in nitric acid and then by means of two equivalent solutions of silver and ammonium chloride (the silver solution = 1 milligram per c.c.) deter- mining the point at which equal addition of the two equivalent solutions produces an equal turbidity in the clear supernatant liquid.This point is determined by means of a nephelometer and the method is delicate enough to indicate the difference between 0.002 and 0,003 milligram of silver chloride. All the operations of precipitation, he., are performed in orange-coloured light. Pure magnesium chloride free from water, oxychloride or ammonium chloride is obtained by heating magnesium ammonium chloride con- tained in a platinum boat in a current of perfectly dry hydrogen chloride, at first cautiously, so as to remove any water that may be present : the temperature is then raised and the ammonium chloride volatilised, finally the magnesium chloride is heated to redness until it melts to a clear, colourless liquid.It is then cooled in a current of dry nitrogen, and when cold, the nitrogen is displaced by a current of dry air; the pure dry magnesium chloride is transferred to a weighing bottle without removing it from the drying apparatus. A full description, with drawings of the apparatus, is given in the original paper. The greatest care must be taken to exclude every trace of moisture, as otherwise oxychloride is formed, The following results were obtained.Series I. (5 experiments) the ratio 2AgCl : MgCI, gave Mg = 24.369. Series 111. (6 experiments) the ratio 2Ag : MgCl, gave Mg = 24.365, Series IV. (6 experiments) the ratio 2Ag : MgCl, gave Mg = 24.362. The individual results of Series IV. agree extremely well with one another, the greatest difference amounting to only one-tenth of a milligram of magnesium chloride. Hence the authors accept the last value as the probable atomic weight of magnesium; this compared with the atomic weight of oxygen gives 0 = 16. Mg = 24.362 : 0 = 15.96, Mg = 24.301 : 0 = 15.88, Mg = 24.179. E. C. R. Magnesium Nitride. By A. SMITS (Bec. Trav. Chim., 1896, 15, 135-137. Compare Abstr., 1894, ii, 16).-When an intimate mixture of magnesium nitride, Mg,N,, and anhydrous nickel chloride is heated gently in a sealed tube, il brisk reaction takes place; the product after washing with warm water forms a black mass which, when dissolved in mineral acids, yields a green solution, containing ammonia; the black compound is therefore, probably, a nitride of nickel.Anhydrous ferrous, ferric, and cobalt chlorides behave in a somewhat similar manner, except that the black compounds formed are free from nitrogen. Chromic chloride yields a nitride, CrN, which is not acted on by acids at the ordinary temperature ; this forms small black plates. VOL. LXXII. ii. 334 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Mercuric chloride yields a green nitride of mercury which is decom- posed by acids. Silver nitrate gives a yellow silver nitride which is decomposed by water, yielding silver oxide and ammonia.Platinic chloride when heated with magnesium nitride, even a t a low tempera- ture, yields metallic platinum. Cupric oxide or sulphate yields a greenish yellow nitride or at higher temperatures metallic copper. Lead peroxide and the oxides of iron also react vigorously with magnesium nitride. J. J. S. Corrosion Phenomena of Zinc Plates. By FRANZ MYLIUS and ROBERT FUNK (Zeits. anorg. Chena., 1896, 13, 151--156).-Cast zinc and cadmium anodes which are contaminated with a layer of oil or grease, when subjected to a current of 1 ampere per square decimetre in a bath of zinc sulphate, are pitted and the skin is undermined by the action of the electric current in such a way that a thin skin is separated.Rolled zinc plates suffer a like corrosion, which is probably due to the mixing of the impurities contained in the zinc by the process of rolling. The corrosion of zinc containing lead is hindered by sudden cooling when cast and by the mechanical treatment of rolling. The mechanical treatment of pure zinc has, however, a very slight influence on the ease with which corrosion takes place. An analysis of the outer skin and the inner layer of a commercial zinc plate gave practically the same percentage composition, so that the corrosion phenomena cannot be due to a difference in the composition of the outer skin. E. C. R. Zinc Carbonate. By KARL KRAUT (Zeits. anorg. Chem., 1896, 13, l-l5).-The author has determined the composition of the products obtained by precipitating zinc salts with alkali carbonates, and hydrogen carbonates under varying conditions.The first product obtainbd when solutions of these salts are poured into solutions of zinc sulphate is normal amorphous zinc carbonate. This, according to circum- stances, is then either converted into the stable crystalline zinc car- bonate, ZnC03,H20, or int?the basic carbonate, 5Zn0,2C02,4H,0, with evolution of carbonic anhydride. The basic zinc carbonate, 2Zn0,C02, described by Boussingault, Wackenroder, and H. Rose, and probably all the basic carbonates having compositions between the compounds ZnO,CO, and 5Zn0,2C02, are mixtures formed by the partial conversion of the primary amorphous zinc carbonate into crystalline carbonate and into the basic carbonate, 5Zn0,2C0,,4H20.If the solution of the zinc salt is added to a solution of alkali carbonate, the normal car- bonate is not formed, but only the basic carbonate, and this is due to the presence of an excess of alkali carbonate during the precipitation. Finally, the basic carbonate, when boiled with excess of alkali car- bonate, is converted into anhydrous zinc oxide, Basic zinc carbonate, 5Zn0,2C02,4H,0, can be obtained pure by dis- solving zinc, hydrated zinc oxide, or zinc carbonate in an excess of aqueous carbonic acid and then boiling the solution, when it is pre- cipitated. It is also obtained very nearly pure by precipitating zinc sulphate with an alkali carbonate from cold dilute solutions or from boiling solutions, if equivalent quantities of both salts are em-INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.35 ployed. Concentration of the solutions determines the formation of the normal carbonate, and dilution, the formation of the basic oar- bonate ; above a certain concentration, excess of potassium or sodium hydrogen carbonate combines with the zinc carbonate to form double salts. A solution of zinc sulphate in water was mixed with a solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate in water, in the proportion ZnSO, : 4NaHC0, ; the precipitate was allowed to remain under the mother liquor until it had become crystalline, then collected, and washed with a solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate. It consisted of small quad- ratic optically active crystals of zinc carbonate, ZnCO,,H,O, and of larger octahedral skeleton forms which were inactive, and gave on analysis numbers agreeing with the formula Na20,3Zn0,4C02,3H,0.The two compounds can easily be separated mechanically. The author was unable to prepare a basic carbonate of cadmium. Only a very small quantity of cadmium carbonate is dissolved by aqueous carbonic acid, even under a pressure of several atmospheres. The precipitate obtained by adding cadmium sulphate to a solution of sodium carbonate consists of cadmium carbonate, CdCO,, mixed with a small quantity of the basic sulphate, 2CdO,SO, ; whilst by adding cad- mium nitrate to an excess of ammonium carbonate, the carbonate CdCO, + &H,O is obtained. Electrolytic Refining of Cadmium. By FRANZ MYLIUS and ROBERT FUKK (Zeits. ccnom~. Chem., 1896, 13, 157--160).-The electro- lytic refining of cadmium is carried out in a very similar way to that of zinc.The cadmium is deposited from a concentrated solution of cadmium sulphste, slightly acidified, on cathodes of platinum or cadmium foil, a current density of 0-5-1 ampere per square decimetre being employed. The deposited cadmium is easily separated from the cathodes, and when melted and sublimed in a vacuum is obtained in flat needles or silvery six-sided tablets. No impurities can be detected by chemical means in the metal so prepared, The lead in the impure metal is completely separated by electrolysis of the sulphate solution with a very weak current, and is deposited partly at the cathode as metal and partly at the anode as peroxide. Iron is most easily detected by means of potassium thiocyanate.The presence of zinc is detected by melting a sample of the metal in a por- celain crucibleand breaking the skin of oxide with a glass rod, so that the bright molten metal is exposed; if the cadmium is free from zinc, the bright surface in a few seconds becomes covered with a many- coloured oxidation skin ; in the presence of zinc, however, the oxidation of the cadmium is hindered, and zinc oxide is first formed. This re- action is so delicate that less than 0.01 per cent. of zinc can be detected. The quantitative estimation of the zinc in cadmium is effected by transferring the cadmium electrolytically through a very dilute acid or salt solution, whereby the whole of the zinc remains in solution together with a small quantity of cadmium, and can now be easily separated from the latter.E. C. R. E. C. R. Crystallised Slags from Copper-smelting. By ALFRED C. 3-236 ABSTRACTS OF CHENICAL PAPERS, LANE (Bull. Geol. Xoc. Amer., 1895, 6, 469--470).-At the smelting works at Dollar Bay and on Torch Lake in Upper Michigan, the copper which has been oxidised during the melting down of the ore is after- wards reduced. The slag produced in this reduction has a strong tendency to crystallise, and contains very large melilite crystals in the form of square tablets with rounded and reticulated faces. The crystals are optically uniaxial and negative; they are merely shells, with a rectangular network of enclosed matter, consisting of a greenish bi- refringent substance, iron oxides, and globules of copper ; a partial analysis, by R.L. Packard, gave SiO,. Fe20s. A1,0,. CaO,MgO, &c. [cliff.]. 34.84 16.78 13.26 [35-12] In cavities in the slag are small scales of hzmatite. L. J. S. Solubility of Lead and Bismuth in Zinc. By WALTH~RE SPRING and L. ROMANOFF (Zeits. cmov*g. Cltem., 1896, 13, 29-36).- A crucible is prepared with a hole bored in the side at a convenient distance from the bottom and stopped with a plug during the prepara- tion of the solution. The crucible is filled with the heavier metal (lead or bismuth) so that the level of the molten metal is just above the hole, the zinc is then added, covered with a protecting layer of fused salt or charcoal, and the crucible maintained at the temperature at which the solubility is to be determined. The contents are stirred about erery 10 minutes.The sample of the top layer is taken by bailing out a sufficient portion. The plug is then knocked out of the side of the crucible, and after the top layer has run out, a sample of the bottom layer is bailed out, A table of the composition of the two layers at temperatures from 266-900" is given. When the results are stated graphically, taking the temperature for abscisszle and the percentage of the two layers as ordinates, two points are obtained for each temperature : one the solubility of bismuth in zinc, the other the solubility of zinc in bismuth, and by prolonging these two until they meet, the temperature is determined a t which the two metals will mix in all proportions. The critical temperature for bismuth and zinc lies between 800-850", that for lead and zinc between 900-950".The curves are analogous to those obtained by Alexkeff for non-miscible liquids. E. C. It. Metaplurnbates. By M. HOEHNEL (A~cla. Plaurm., 1896, 234, 397--400).-Calcium metaplumbate (Abstr., 1896, ii, 248) is much more stable than the metaplumbates of sodium and potassium ; by digesting it with a solution of the acetate of a heavy metal, the meta- plumbate of that metal can be prepared. The following were obtained in this way : metaplunabate of xime, ZnPbO, + 2H,O, reddish-brown, crystalline ; of copper, CuPbO,, black, amorphous ; of mungunese, grey- black, crystalline ; of lend, PbPhO,, reddish-brown, amorphous, and identical with lead sesquioxide. By UBALDO ANTONY AND T. BENELLI (Guaxettcc, 1896, 26, ii, 97-107, 362--362).-The authors have examined the action of water of various C.P. B. Potable Waters which have flowed through Lead Pipes.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 37 4 '09 2'32 4-09 1.36 1.84 ~ 1-77 degrees of purity on lead, and have obtained analytical results which are summarised in the accompanying table. ~~ ~ Parts of lend per 100,000. Water alone, unfiltered ....................... Water alone, filtered ............................. Water containing chlorides, unfiltered ..... Water containing chlorides, filtered . . . . . . Water containing sulphates, unfiltered ..... Water containing sulphates, filtered ........ 1 8'19 3 -00 1-36 0 -68 3.41 2.05 2 12.98 4 -09 2.73 1 *50 6'83 3 '41 3 __ 8.19 2'07 0'68 0.67 2'05 1 '64 Water was allowed to remain in contact with lead mire for five days, each 150 C.C.of water being in contact with 285 square cm, of metal. The amount of lead in the unfiltered and filtered water was then determined. The column headed 1 gives tthe numbers for distilled water free from air,-first for the pure water, then for water cont,aining 0.049 gram of sodium chloride per litre, and finally for water con- taining 0.49 gram of sodium sulphate per litre; column 2 gives the corresponding data for distilled water aerated by agitation with air ; column 3 shows the results obtained with water continuously aerated by passing 1 litre of air through it per hour, whilst column 4 gives the data for distilled water through which 1 litre of a i r and 400 C.C. of carbonic anhydride were passed per hour throughout the experiment.The lead was determined by the process previously described by the authors (Abstr., 1895, ii, 549). The authors next experimented on the solubility of lead in water containing various dissolved substances, with the-result,s summarised in the accompanying table. ~ Parts of lead per 100,000. Water used. ~ 1 ' 2 Distilled water alone .............................. 8'19 Distilled water with NaCl ........................ 1.36 3 '41 CaHCO, solution alone ........................... ~ 2'45 CnHCO, solution with NaCl ............. ...I 2.05 CaHCO, solution with Na2S04 .............. , ' 2.18 CaS04 solution alone ............................ 6 '83 &SO4 solution with NaCl ....................... I 5.46 CaSO, solution with Na,SO, ..................... 1 4.78 Distilled water with Na,SO,..................... I 12-98 2'75 6-83 3'14 3'41 3 -32 6.83 6.57 5.87 3 - _ _ - 8 '19 0 '68 2.05 2'63 2 -35 2-05 3-41 3 '51 3-69 4 4 -09 4.09 1 '84 5.70 3.40 3'16 1 -35 1.50 1-77 The experiments were conducted under conditions similar to those prevailing in the earlier experiments. Columns 1, 2, 3, and 4 refer t o the solutions named in the first column (1) free from air ; (2) saturated38 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. with a i r ; (3) continuously aerated by a current of a i r ; and (4) continuously aerated by a current of air and carbonic anhydride; the quantities of sodium chloride and sulphate present in the various samples of water were the same as before. I n the experiments with solutions of calcium hydrogen carbonate, each litre contained 0.04 gram of CaO as carbonate, whilst in the tests with calcium sulphate, each litre of water contained 0.095 gram of CaO as sulphate.W. J. P. Double Chlorides. By RAOUL VARET (Cowpt. vend., 1896, 123, 421--423).-The double chlorides formed by mercuric chloride 2HgCI,,MCI2 + nH20, and HgCI,,MCI, + mH20 are all more or less dissociated when their solutions are submitted to dialysis. The author finds that when dilute solutions of mercuric chloride and various met'allic chlorides are mixed, there is a development of heat which varies in different cases from 0.80 to 1.36 Cal., but generally approximates somewhat closely to 1.0 Cal. The double salts may be regarded as derived from two complex unstable acids, H,HgCI, and H2Hg2C16. Solutions of cupric or cadmium chloride give practically no thermal disturbance when mixed with solutions of other metallic chlorides, and when solutions of the double chlorides of copper or cadmium are dialysed, the proximate constituents can be completely separated.It follows that these double salts exist as such in the solid state only. C. H. B. The Components of Monazite. By G. PAUL DROSSRACH (Bey., 1896, 29, 2452-2455).-The monazite examined came from the Blue Mountains. It was finely powdered, and then decomposed with sul- phuric acid ; from the solution, the thorium was separated by fractiona- tion, and then a large excess of sulphuric acid was added. The erbium metals remain in solution, whilst the cerium metals are precipitated ; their precipitation is rendered more complete by partially neutralising the liquid with soda, for with sodium sulphate, they form double salts which are quite insoluble in a saturated solution of that salt.The solution of the cerium metals is then treated with potassium hydroxide and permanganate, which precipitates the cerium as the dioxide, together with some of the didymium ; the latter is extracted, with dilute nitric acid : strong nitric acid then extracts the cerium, leaving the manganese dioxide. The lanthanum and didymium in solution are converted into nitrates, and these are fractionally precipitated with sodium hydroxide ; didymium is first precipitated, as the basic nitrate, whilst the lanthanum remains in solution. Perhaps the two didymium precipitates obtained contain different elements.The erbium elements in solution are precipitated with oxalic acid ; the oxalates are converted into the hydroxides, and these into the nitrates, which are then fractionally precipitated with magnesia. Yttrium remains in solution ; from the precipitate, ytterbium can first be separated by the basic nitrate method, and erbium next fractionally precipitated with dilute sodium hydroxide, when the solution is foundINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 39 to contain what is possibly a new element, with an atomic weight in the neighbourhood of 100. C. F. B. Analyses of Steel,-By GIOVANNI GIORGIS and UGO ALVISI. (Gaxxettcb, 1896, 28, ii, 167-1 78).-The authors have analysed a number of specimens of soft steel, the mechanical properties of which have been studied by Biadego (Rivista Tecniccc L'l?zdzcst?ia, 1895, 47, 52; 1896, 2, 6, 7).W. J. P. Steel.-By FRANZ MYLIUS, FRITZ FOERSTER and GEORG SCHOENE (Zeits. nnoiy. Chena., 1896, 13, 38--58).-Iron Caybide in Steel.-The iron carbide was at first extracted from tool-steel by electrolysis. Anodes of steel plates or rods are subjected to a current of 1 ampere per quarter-decimetre in a bath of concentrated zinc sulphate containing 0.1 per cent. of free acid. The electrolysis proceeds without any appreciable evolution of hydrogen, but the anode becomes coated with a grey skin which must be occasionally rubbed off. The residue ob- tained consists of a grey powder which contains from 7 to 9 per cent. of carbon and about 90 per cent. of iron. It is not, however, pure carbide ; for whilst the steel dissolves completely in hot hydrochloric acid, this residue contains a small quantity of insoluble carbonaceous material, The carbide was also extracted with twice normal, and with normal sulphuric acid a t the ordinary temperature, washed as quickly as possible with water, alcohol, and finally with ether, and dried at 120" in a current of hydrogen, care being taken to exclude air as much as possible during the operations.Four experiments with the same steel gave products which contained from 6.5 to 7.2 per cent. of carbon, and were not completely soluble in hot hydrochloric acid, but yielded a small carbonaceoas residue ; this residue is formed by the oxidation of the damp carbide on exposure to air. I n order to obtain an iron carbide completely soluble in hydrochloric acid, the steel is extracted on a filter bed of asbestos with sulphuric acid in an apparatus so arranged that the extraction is performed in an atmosphere of hydro- gen.The residue is washed in the same apparatus with water, alcohol, and ether in an atmosphere of carbonic anhydride, and dried at 100" in a current of carbonic anhydride. This product is almost completely soluble in hydrochloric acid ; the residue, which amounts to 0.1 per cent., consists of silica. It gave on analysis-6.5 per cent. C, 91.96 per cent. Fe, 1.1 per cent. l\ln, 0.23 per cent. Cu, 0.02 per cent. Si, and traces of sulphur, phosphorus, arsenic and nickel. When heated to redness in a current of nitrogen or hydrogen, it lost only 0.4 per cent. in weight. I T O ~ carr*bide, when dry, is not altered by exposure to air.When dried at 100" in a current of hydrogen, and then exposed t o air, it glows and yields iron oxide ; the same phenomenon occurs occasionally when it is dried at a low temperature in carbonic anhydride or nitrogen. When heated to redness in hydrogen, i t is not pyrophoric; but the hydrogen must be completely displaced by carbonic anhydride or nitrogen to render it stable on exposure to air. When damp, it is rapidly oxidised on exposure to air, yielding a brown powder, which consists of a mix- ture of oxide of iron and the carbon compound C,,H,O, described by40 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICBL PAPERS. Bourgeois and Schiitzenberger (this Journal, 18'75,7SS) and by Zabudzky (Abstr., 1882, 427, 660). This compound is most easily obtained by treating the carbide with a solution of ammonium sulphate in dilute sulphuric acid.The carbide is only slightly decomposed when heated with water a t 145", but when heated a t 400" to 430" i n a current of steam and nitrogen for half an hour, i t increases 13 per cent, in weight and yields a black residue containing oxides of iron and free carbon together with a combustible gas consisting for the most part of hydrogen. When heated at a red heat in a current of steam for half a n hour, it increases 29 per cent, in weight, yields a black powder of ferrosoferric oxide and a gaseous mixture of hydrogen, carbonic oxide and carbonic anhydride. It is not appreciably attacked by very dilute acids ; when treated with one-tenth normal hydrochloric acid:at SO", ft distinct evolution of hydrogen is observed.It is very gradually dis- solved by normal hydrochloric acid, and 1 gram after remaining sealed up in a vacuum tube for 10 days with normal hydrochloric acid gave only 2 5 C.C. of a combustible gas. I n concentrated hydrochloric acid, it is easily soluble and leaves only a minute residue which is insoluble in water, but easily soluble in alcohol or ether. In no case did the authors observe the formation of amorphous intermediate carbonaceous pro- ducts during the dissolution. An analysis of the gas evolved on dis- solving the carbide in hydrochloric acid gave 92.3 per cent. H, 6.3 per cent. hydrocarbons, 1.4 per cent. N. The ratio of the combined hydrogen to the carbon very nearly approaches that required for a member of the series CnH,,l+, and the density of the hydrocarbon is about the same as that of pentane.Although the iron carbide is not altered by heating to redness, it melts at a white heat in an atmo- sphere of nitrogen, and carbon is deposited. The cast iron regulus thus obtained contains 4.36 per cent. of caybon ; it is very brittle, shows a radial fracture like that of '' spiegeleisen," and contains no graphite. In order to prove that the iron carbide is present in the steel as a definite chemical compound, the authors extracted samples of the steel with various acids of different strengths. Normal acetic acid yielded the best results, over 90 per cent. of the carbon present in the steel being obtained as carbide ; whilst with N x 4 hydrochloric acid only 25 per cent.of the carbide mas obtained. The product, in all cases, contained the same percentage of carbon, Samples prepared from different sorts of steel gave the same composition onanalysis as did also a sample prepared from carbonised iron, made in the laboratory from pure electrolytic iron which was carbonised by means of pure acetylene. It is evident from the above results that the carbide is a definite chemical compound of the formula Fe,C. Only in one reaction does it show a behaviour different from that which one would expect from a compound of the formula Fe,C, which should decompose when treated with acids according to the equation Fe,C + 6HC1= 3FeC1, + CH4 + H2. E. C. R. Crystallised Martin-slag. By A. HARPF ( J c ~ ~ L Him., 1896, ii, Ref. 37 ; from astew. Zeits.f. Berg- umd Huttenwesen, 1895, No. 7).-INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 41 Crystallised slag from the Martin-furnace at the iron and steel works a t Donawitz, gave the following results on analysis :- SiO,. FeO. h1,0,. MnO. CaO. MgO. Fe. Total. sp. gr. 30.75 60.23 2.07 5.10 1.30 1-10 0.G7 100.62 4.280. This shows the material to be fayalite. Some of the crystals are tabular, others are columnar; they show the forms b (OlO}, c ( O O l ) , tl { l l O ) , s {102), and x (104). By NAGENDRA CH NAG (Zeh. ccz20vg. Clma., 1896, 13, 16-18. Compare Durrant, Proc., 1896, 96 and 244).-When precipitated, cobalt carbonate is treated with bromine in presence of potassium hydrogen carbonate, carbonic anhydride is evolved, and a green solution is formed, from which a green compound, which does not contain bromine, is precipitated by shaking the solu- tion with alcohol and ether.The new compound is very unstable and has not yet been isolated, but it appears to be an oxidation product probably corresponding t o the ferates. A nickel compound was not obtained under like conditions. When either cobalt or nickel carbonate is treated with sodium acetate and bromine, a deep orange-red solution is obtained. The nickel solution when boiled gives a violet precipitate and a neutral apple-green solution. The cobalt solution gives no precipitate when boiled. These orange-red compounds appear to be lower oxidation products, for when potassium hydrogen carbonate is added to the brown cobalt salt solution containing an excess of bromine, the green solution is obtained.E. C. R. L. J. S. New Cobalt and Nickel Salts. Constitution of Cobalt, Chromium and Rhodium Bases. By SOFUS M. JORGENSEN (Zeds. anovg. Clt,em., 1896, 13, 172-i90 ; see also Abstr., 1895, ii, 47; 1896, ii, 424).-The author has determined the relative quantities of the compounds formed in the preparation of Erdmann’s cobalt triamine nitrite (J. pr. Clwnt., 1866, 97, 412), and gives a table of the results. Cobalt carbonate (10 grams) dissolved in hydrochloric acid (50 c.c.), was treated with varying quantities of sodium nitrite and 30 per cent. ammonia and the mixture oxidised in various ways ; the dark brown liquor obtained, was filtered from the insoluble matter and evaporated to dryness in a draught. The residue was dissolved in 50-70 C.C. of cold water, whereby a second residue was obtained, and a dark brown solution which, when treated with dilute nitric acid, yielded the xantho-nitrate. The insoluble residues were washed with cold water until free from chlorine, whereby the croceo- and xantho-chlorides were removed, and the residue free from chlorine was extracted with hot water containing some acetic acid, when the triamine nitrite was dissolved.This was separated from the croceo-diamine nitrite and other sparingly soluble impurities by frac- tional crystallisation from very dilute acetic acid ; the bulk of the croceo-diamine nitrite was obtained in the last extraction of the residues. The last two salts are more soluble the more concentrated the acetic acid used. Of the salts of the composition Co(NH,),(NO,),, only the ordinary triamine nitrite and the croceo-diamine nitrite were obtained,42 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.The best yield of these salts, amounting to one-fourth of the cobalt used, is obtained by employing 27 grams of sodium nitrite and 200 C.C. of 20 per cent. ammonia and passing air through the mixture for two hours and then allowing the mixture to remain for 3 days in an open dish. The relative quantities of the materials employed, the dilution, and especially the method in which the oxidation is effected, have a great influence on the composition of the products obtained. B t y e r e n t f owns of the triccmine n i t y i t e ccnd the d i n i t i - o t w h n i n e chh%de.-The triamine nitrite crystallises,. according to the conditions, in needles or in rhombic tablets.The dinitrotriamine chloride crystallises in quadratic tablets, in octahedra, in elongated prisms and in other forms ; all these modifications when precipitated with hydrochloric acid are converted into quadratic tablets. The dinitrotriamine chloride is dissociated when dissolved in water, but only to a small degree a t the ordinary temperature : when heated with water containing a few drops of acetic acid on the water bath, it yields the triamine nitrite according to the equation Z(NO,),Co(NH,),Cl= (N0,),Co(N€€,),N0,+Co(NH,),(N02)CI,. The author was unable to obtain an isomeric triamine nitrite by adding sodium nitrite to the solution, and the only compound isolated was ammonium cobalt dinitrite. A c t i o n of d i l u t e ucids o n croceocobult-diuminecobcLZt nitrite.-Croceo- cobalt-diaminecobalt nitrite is converted by prolonged treatment with hydrochloric acid at the ordinary temperature into a dark brown crystalline powder which consists of %he chloronitro-tetramine chloride and c?~Zo~onit~otetrc~minecobccZt-dictn~i~.zecobcLlt nit?*ochlos*icle, NO,CoCl( NH,),CI, (NH3),Co( NO,),.The latter salt is separated by washing the precipitate with water, in which it is insoluble: it is then washed with alcohol (95 per cent.), dried over sulphuric acid, and purified by dissolving it in water and precipitating with hydrochloric acid. When heated with sodium nitrite, it is quantitatively reconverted into the croceodiamine nitrite. The above constitution is proved by the following reactions. When heated with hydrochloric acid, it yields the chloronitrotetramine chloride, and with dilute nitric acid, the aquoxantho-nitrate.When treated with water containing acetic acid, it yields aquoxantho- salts, Silver nitrate precipitates all the chlorine as silver chloride. When heated with water, ammonium nitrate and ammonia, it yields xanthonitrate and flavonitrate. It is also obtained by mixing a solution of the chloronitrotet'ramine chloride in water containing a small quantity of acetic acid with a solution of the ammonium-diamine nitrite in water and hydrochloric acid. E. C. R. Action of Chromic Acid on Thiosulphuric Acid. By ANTONIO LONGI (Gaxxettcc, 1896, 26, ii, 119--141).-1n view of the fact that Longi and Bonavia (Abstr., 1896, ii, 625) have shown Diehl's inter- pretation of the reaction between a chromate and a thiosulphate to be erroneous, the author has examined the reaction in detail.On adding a mineral acid and pot'assium dichromate t o a dilute sodium thiosulphateINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 43 solution, the reaction which takes place is in accordance with the equs- tion 2H2Cr0, + 6H,S20, = 3H,S,0G + Cr,(OH), + 2H,O, small quanti- ties of sulphuric acid being simultaneously formed in accordance with a secondary reaction expressed by the following equation, 3H,S,oG + 14H,CrO4 + 16H,O = 13H,SO, + 7Cr,(OH)G. Hydrogen sulphide is also produced, and it is shown that both sodium thiosulphate and tetrathionic acid give this gns when small quantities of an acid or a chromic salt are added to their solutions ; more hydrogen sulphide is obtained at high than at low temperatures, and tetrathionic acid is more stable than the thiosulphate, for sodium thiosulphate gives hydrogen sulphide when treated with hydrogen peroxide or acetic acid, or when carbonic anhydride is passed through its hot solution.W. J. P. Formation of Antimony Cinnabar. By JOHN H. LONG (J. Amel.. Chem. SOC., 1896, 18, 342-347. Compare Abstr., 1895, ii, 399).-It has been previously shown that antimony cinnabar, obtained by boiling a solution of antimony chloride or tartrate with sodium or calcium thiosulphate, has the composition Sb,S,. On boiling solutions of antimony salts with hydrogen sulphide or an alkali sulphide and sulphurous anhydride, the amorphous sulphide mixed with free sulphur is always formed.A thiosulphata precipi- tates the cinnabar red product from either acid or neutral solutions of antimony salts, the addition of a few drops of ammonia, however, pre- vents the precipitation. Antimonious oxide remains unaltered when boiled with a thiosulphate, but on adding a small quantity of hydro- chloric acid, the red sulphide is slowly formed; only a small portion, however, of the oxide can be converted into sulphide by this method, notwithstanding the amount of acid added. Antimony oxychloride readily gives the cinnabar-red precipitate on boiling with a thiosulphate solution, evan without the addition of acid. J. J. 8. Action of Alkali Sulphides on Auric Sulphide. By UBALDO ANTONY and ADOLFO LUCCHESI (Gacxxettcc, 1896, 26, ii, 350-353).- Auric sulphide, Au, S,, dissolves in sodium monosulphide solution a t 3-4" giving an odourless, reddish liquid which, however, rapidly becomes yellow and acquires the characteristic odour of the polysulphides. On pouring the odourless solution into absolute alcohol, an oily heavy mass is deposited which rapidly changes into a mass of white needles ; the latter consist of sodium sulphcmwite Na,AuS2, which is a compara- tively stable substance and apparently results from the reduction of the oily sulphaurate, Na,AuS3. Sodium sulphaurite is soluble in water, and the solution gives precipitates with solutions of metallic salts ; siluev sulphawite, Ag,AuB, is obtained as a heavy reddish precipitate.Similar results are obtained with potassium monosulphide. W. J. P. Purple of Cassius. By UBALDO ANTONY and ADOLFO LUCCHESI (Gaxxetta, 1896, 26, ii, 195--196).-0n adding a smaller quantity of mercurous chloride t o a solution of auric chloride than is required by44 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.the equation 3HgCl + AuCI, = SHgCI, + Au, metallic gold is deposited ; but if excess of mercurous chloride be added, that which remains unchanged assumes the characteristic colour of purple of Cassius ; similar results are obtained with cuprous chloride. Further, if barium sulphate and mercurous chloride are suspended in water and excess of auric chloride then added, the barium sulphate takes up the gold and becomes the colour of purple of Cassius. Since these several salts can assume the colour of purple of Cassius, it follows that the true purple of Cassius is not a compound but merely stannic acid mechanically coloured with metallic gold.W. J. P. New Double Salt of Platosemidiamine. By DAGMAR SCHOU (Zeits. anoyg. CJLem., 1896, 13, 36 -37)-A pZatosenLiclianai.lze clilode ccwbonate 2Pt(NH,),C12, Pt,(NH,)4C12C0,, is obtained by mixing a solution of potassium ylatinochloride in water at 40" with a mixture of ammonium hydrogen carbonate cnd water, and then passing carbonic anhydride through the solution until i t acquires an indigo blue colour and some quantity of a blackish-blue precipitate is deposited. The solution is precipitated with alcohol, and the precipitate washed successively with water and alcohol, and dried by exposure to the air. It forms small crystals and aggregates, is sparingly soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol and ether, is gradually decomposed by cold hydrochloric acid, and, by boiling with the acid, is converted into platosemidiamine chloride. When boiled with ammonia, a small quantity remains undissolved, and the solution when saturated with hydrogen chloride and treated with potassium platinochloride gives a precipitate of Alagnus's green salt. When treated with a slight excess of silver nitrate, a yellow solution of platosemidiamine nitrate is obtained. E. C. R. Iridio-ammonium Compounds. VI. By WILHELM PALMAER (Zeits. ccnoy. Chem., 1896,13,2 1 1-228; see also Abstr., 1889,35 2 ; 189 I, 402 and 11 65 ; and 1896, ii, 179).--l.1.idiotet.1.ccnaine diclJorochloYide, Ir(NH3)4C13, H,O, has been obtained in very small quantities by the action of ammonia on iridium chloride (Abstr., 1896, ii, 179). It is extracted from the mixture thus obtained, together with ammonium chloride, by means of cold water, and is separated from the am- monium chloride by fractional crystallisation from water, or by crystallisation from 40 per cent. alcohol. It cry stallises in aggregates of thin, yellowish-white needles, or, when slowly crystallised, in bright yellow prisms belongin.. to the monoclinic system (6 : b : c = 0-72078 : 1 : 0.65354 ; /3 = 53" l?. The water of crystallisation is not entirely removed by heating a t 100". It is soluble in 15 parts of water at the ordinary temperature, and has the electric conductivity p= 104.5 at 25" (V=lOOO). When heated, it yields ammonia and ammonium chloride and a residue of metal remains. With concentrated sulphuric acid, one-third of the chlorine is evolved as hydrogen chloride. The dichZorosuZp~~cte, [Ir(NH3),C12],S0,,2H20, obtained by treating the preceding compound with concentrated sulphuric acid, crystallises in thin, lustrous, bright yellow scales, gives off ammonia when heated,MINERALOGICAL CHEltIISTRY. 45 and is sparingly soluble in water ; the solution has a neutral reaction. The clici~Zo~oci~Zo~~oi~iclite, 3Ir(NH,),Cl, + 3IrCl,, is a leather-coloured precipitate, insoluble in cold water, and is attacked by concentrated sulphuric acid at 100". The insoluble double salt of the empirical formula Ir(NH,),Cl,, obtained by the action of ammonia on iridium chloride (Zoc. cit.), is partly grey and partly leather-coloured. The grey compound is attacked by concentrated sulphuric acid at 1 OO", the leather-coloured compound partly at 110" and partly at 100" ; hence the grey com- pound is the double salt of aquopentamine chloride, and the leather- coloured compound the double salt of pentamine or tetramine chloride and iridium trichloride. The reactions of the tetramine salts are described in detail. The bromide is precipitated in bright yellow, rhombic crystals, the CLZCYO- chloride in orange-red, four-sided tablets, the platinochloride in bright yellow aggregates. The solutions of the tetramine salts give a violet colouration with chlorine water. Finally, the author gives a complete YesumE of the chemical and physical properties of the pentamine, aquopentamine, hexamine, and tetramine compounds of iridium, and compares them with the corres- ponding compounds of chromium, cobalt, and rhodium. 8. C. R.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205019

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

J O U R N A L C. F. RAKER, Ph.D., B.Sc. A. G. BLOXAM. 0. H. BOTHAMLEY. A. C. CHAPMAN. A. W. CROSSLEY, M.Sc., Ph.D. T. EWAN, B.Sc., Ph.D. M. 0. FORSTER, Ph.D. W. D. HALLIBURTON, M.D., B. Sc., A. HARDEN, MSc., Ph.D. L. M. JONES, B.Sc. L. DE KONINGH. H. CROMPTON. F.R.S. OF A. LAPWORTH, D.Sc. A. R. LING. D A. LOUIS. N. H. J. MILLER, Ph.D. E. C. ROSSITER. R. ROUTLEDGE, B.Sc. M. J. SALTER. L. J. SPENCER, M.A. J. J. SUDBOROUGH, Ph.D., D.Sc. J. F. THORPE, Ph.D. M. W. TRAVERS. E. W. WHEELWRIGHT, B.A., Ph.D. w. J. POPE. 'THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY, ABSTRACTS O F PAPERS ON PHYSICAL, INORGIQNIC, MINERALOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, AGRICULTURAL, ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. AND _____._ __ - Qammiffee af H. E. ARMSTRONG, Ph,D., F.R.S. J. DEWAR, LL.D., F.R.S. WYNDHAM R. DUNSTAN, M.A., F. R. S. A. VERNON HARCOURT, M.A., F.R.S.R. MELDOLA, F.R.S. W. RAMSAY, Ph.D., F.R.S. @ubIEc&an ; W. J. RUSSELL, Ph.D. , F.R.S. J. MILLAR THOMSON, F.R.S. T. E. THORPE, LL.D., F.R.S. W. A. TILDEN, D.Sc., F.R.S. W. P. WYNNE, D.Sc., F.R.S. &bitor : SuXr-dYitor : C. E. GROVES, F.R.S. A. J. GREENAWAY. 1897. Vol. LXXII, Part 11. L O N D O N : GURNEY & JACKSON, 1, PATERNOSTER ROW. 1897.RICHARD CLAY AND SOXSS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNGAY.C 0 N T E N T S. ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PUBLISHED IN OTHER JOURNALS :- PART 11. Geneyal and Physiccd Chemistry. PFLUGER (A.). LANDOLT (HANS HEINRICH). TRATJBE ( HERMANN). Indices of Refraction of Metals a t Different Temperatures . Bebaviour of Circularly Polarising Crystals in a State of Powder . . . . . . . . The Characteristics of Optically Isomeric com- pounds .. EIJKMAN (JOHAN FREDERIK). Refractometric Observations . . . . . . . . . . . WALDEN (PAUL). Influence of Linking on the Rotatory Power . . . ARNOLD (W). Luminescence . . . . . . . . TOWER (OLIN FREEMAN). Peroxide Electrodes . . . . < . BRUGNATELLI (LUIGI). Santonin and its Derivatives . . . . . LOVSN (JOHAN MARTIN). Theory of Liquid Chains . . . . . SMITH (W. A. ). Peroxide Electrodes . . . . . . . . ZELINSKY (NICOLAI D. ) and SERGEI G. KRAPIWIN. Electrolytic HOLMAN (SILAS W.) R. R. LAWRENCE and L. BARR. Melting Yoints of . . . . . SCHLAMP (A.). Determination of Specific Heats by means of the Electric DUSSY (J.). Specific Heat of Viscous Snlphur . . . . . . . BARTOLT (ADOLFO) and ENIUCO SntAccIATr. Specific Heat a t constant BARTOLI (ADOLFO). Selection of the Unit of Heat .. . . . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUG~NE). Cyanic acid . . . . TAMMANN (GUSTAV). Thermodynamical Surfaces of a Substance in the Solid and Liquid States . . . . . . . . . . LINEBARGEIL (CHARLES ELIJAH). Specific Gravities of Mixtures of Normal BARTOLI (ADOLFO). Compressibility Co-efficients of the CnH2,+2 Hydro- carbons . . . . . . BARENT (ST.). Capillaiy BLhaviour of the Crystal’Faces of Rock Salt and Sylvine towards the Mother Liquors . . . . . . BERTHELOT (MARC ELLIN) and GUSTAVE ANDRB. Co-efficients of Division WILDERMANN (MEJER). Degree of Dissociation of Electrolytes at 0” . . RAOULT (FRANQOIS MARIE). Influence of the Temperatnre of the Cold PATBRNO (EMANUELE). Parabromotoluene as a ‘Solvent in Cryoscopic Researches .- . . . . . . . . . . PAT ERN^ (EMANUELE). Veratrole as a Solvent in Cryoscopic Researches . AMPOLA (G.) and E. CARLINFANTI. Nitrobenzene as a Solvent in Cryosco- pic Researches . . . . . . . . . . . . . PATERNO (EMANUELE). Behaviour of Phenol as a Solvent in Cryoscopy - Behaviour of Solutions of Salts and Acids in Methylic Alcohol Aluminium, Silver, Gold, Copper and Platinum Current . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume of the C,&Hzn+2 Hydrocarbons . . . . . . Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . of Phosphoric Acid between Ether and Water . . . . . Jacket on Cryoscopic Measurements . . . . . . . 1-2 PAGE ii, 1 ii, 1 ii, 2 ii, 2 ii, 3 ii, 3 ii, 4 ii, 4 ii, 4 ii, 5 ii, 5 ii, 6 ii, 6 ii, 6 ii, 7 ii, 7 ii, 7 ii, 8 ii, 8 ii, 9 ii, 9 ii, 10 ii, 11 ii, 11 ii, 12 ii, 12 ii, 12 ii, 13iv CONTENTS.GARELLI (FELICE). The Cryoscopic Behaviour of Substances similar in Composition to the Solvent . . . . . . . . . . DRESER (HEINRICH). Osmotic Pressure of Ether and Chloroform in the Nerve Cells . . . . . . RLUMCKE (ADOLF). Labile Equilibrium of Sait Solutions . . . . MAGNANINI (OAETANO). Hypothesis of the Coloration of the Ions . . SPRTNG (WALTH~RE). Transparency of Solutions of Colourless Salts . . DONNAN (FREDERICK GEORGE). Autocatalysis . . . . . . CARRARA (GTACOMO) and I. ZOPPELARI. Velocitv of Decomposition of some Sulphur and Phosporons compounds by Water . . . . MORO (NATALP, VTANRLT~O). Velocity of Formation of Alkali Xanthates NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS). Velocity of the Reaction between Feiric Chloride and Stannous Chloride .. . . . . . . . . . HOITSEMA, (C.). Explosions . . . . . . . . . BARKER, (G.). The Theorv of Corresponding States . . . . . RETGERS (JAN WILLEM). Isomorphism. X11 . . . . . . RRICKMEYER (R.) Isomorphism of Alkali Salts . RECKIJNGHAUSEN (MAX VON). A New Shaking Apparak~s for the Labora: tory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRAURE (ISIDOR). Refraction and Densitv . . . . BRITISH ASSOCIATION COMMITTEE Sect. B. Report. Action of ‘Light 01; Dyed Coloiirs . . . . . JAEGER (WILHELM) and’R. WACRSMUTH. Cadmium Standard Cell , . GUNTZ (ANTOINE). Heat of formationof Lithium Hydride . . . . LxMontT (PAUL). Thermochemistrp of Cyanamide . . . . DEL~~PINE (MARCEL). Thermochemistry of Hexamethylenetetramine and EULER (HANS). Dependence of the Dissociation of some Acids on Tem: BECKMANN (ERNST OTTO).The Determination of Molecular Weights, Iv: RAOULT WRANCOIS MARIE). Exact Cryometry : Application to Sodium Chloride Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . RAOULT (FRANOOTS MARIE). Exact Cryometry : a Correction . . . SCHIFF (Hum) ‘and U. MONSACCHI. Expansion during the Dissolution of Ammonium Salts and of Sodinm Thiosulphate . . . . . . NATANSON (T,ADTST,AUS). KAWALKI (W.), nelntionship of the Rate of Diffusion to the Initial‘Con: centration of Dilute Solutions . . . . . . . . HEDIN (SVEN GUSTAV). Determination of Isosmotic Concentrations . BERTHELOT ( MA.RCELT,IN PIERRE EUGENE) and PAUL VIEILLP,. Explosive STERN. (0.). Tnflverce of Pressure on the Inversion ‘Constants of some LANG (VIKTOR VOX). Crystal Svmmetry . . . . . , . DELAUNEY. Atomic ‘Weights of the Elements .. FLAWITZUY (FTAVTAN). Hypothesis of the Atomic’llotion of theElements JAUBRRT (GEORGE F.). A new form of Turbine for use in Laboratories : B R ~ ~ H L (JULIUS WILHELM). Stereochemical Spectrometric Researches, I. ALRERDA VAN EKENSTETN (W. ), W. P. JORISSEN, and LODEWYK THEODORUS REICHER. Changes of Rotation in the passsqe from Amide to Lactone . BTARD (ALEXANDRE L ~ N ) . Spectrum of Chlorophyll . . . . HEMPTINNE (ALEXANDER VON). Chemical action of Rontgen Rays . . GT‘ADSTONE (JORN HALL) and WALTER HIBBERT. Action of Metals and their Salts on Rontgen Rays . . . . . . . . . [Alkali Ethvlic as-Dithiocarbonates] . . . . . . . GOODWIN (H. M‘.). Hydrolysis of Ferric Chloride . . . . . its Nitroso-derivatives , . . . . . . perature and the Heat of Dissociation .. . Laws of Irreversible Processes Properties nf Acetylene . . . . , . . . . RClaS . , . . . . . . . . . . . . and their Genesis . . . . . . . . TAYLOR (A. E.). Irreversible Cells . . . . . DELBPINE (MARCEL). Hexamethylenetetramine Salts . . . . METZNER ( R E N ~ ) . hnwERs (KARL) and IT. ORTOX. Cryoscopic Researches . . Heat of Formation of Selenic acid and Selenates . . PAGE ii, 14 ii, 14 ii, 14 ii, 14 ii, 14 ii, 15 ii, 15 ii, 16 ii, 16 ii. 17 ii, 17 ii, 17 ii, 17 ii, 18 ii, 19 ii, 85 ii, 85 ii, 86 ii, 86 ii, 87 ii, 87 ii, 88 ii, 88 ii, 88 ii, 89 ii, 89 ii, 90 ii, 90 ii, 91 ii, 91 ii, 92 ii, 92 ii, 92 ii, 93 ii, 98 ii, 129 ii, 129 ii, 130 ii, 130 ii, 131 ii, 131 ii, 131 ii, 132 ii, 132CONTENTS. V BODLANDER (GUIDO). Abnormal Freezing Point Depressions .. . LEDUC ( ANATOLE). Compressibility of certain Gases a t 0" and under nearly BAKKER (G.). ZALOZIECKI (ROMAN). New Method of Determining the Specific Gravity of LE CHATELIER (HENRI L.). Some Abnormal Cases of Solubikty . . . LESCCEUR ( HENRI). . WARDER (ROBERT BOWNE). Speed of Etherification as compared with Theory . . . RAPMAN (BOHUSLAV) and O T ~ O K ~ R ~ U L C . 'Catalytic Hyhrol ysis by Metals BEMMELEN (JACOBUS MARTINUS VAN). Absorption. Water i n Colloids, especially in the Hydrogel of Silicic Acid . . . . . . . BAKKER (G.). Theory of Corresponding States , . . . . . WINKLER (CLEMENS). The discovery of New Elements during tlie last quarter of a Century, and Questions relating thereto . . . . . Coos (ELLEN P.). Optical Activity of Aspartic acid in Aqueous solution .METZNER ( R E N ~ ) . Selenic Anhydride . . . . . MICHAELIS (HUGO). Automatic cut-off of Gas on Stoppage of the Wste;, TASSILLY. Apparatus for filtering and drying Substances unstable in TAMMANN (GUSTAV). Change of the' Refractive Index by 'the 'Neutrali- sation, the Formation, and the Dilution of Solutions . . . . TRAUBE (ISIDOR). Atomic Refractions of Carbon, Hydrogen, Oxygen, and TRAUBE (ISIDOR). Atomic Refractions of Nitrogen . . . . . . BRUHL (JULIUS WILHELM), Spectrometric Determinations . . . . RRUHL (JULIUS WILHELM). Hydrazine, Hydrogen Peroxide, Water . . GUYE (PHILIPPE A.) and P. A. MELIKIAN. Normal Kotatory Dispersions . TROWBRIDGE (JOHN) and THEODORE WILLIAM RICHARDS. Spectra of TROWBRIDGE (JOHN) and THEODORE WILLIAM RICHARDS. kultiple ' Spectra of Gases .. . . - WIEDEBURG (OTTO). Potential Differences be t i e e n k c t a l s and Eiectrolyte; SOKOLOFF (ALEXEI P. ). Experimental Investigations on the Electrolysis of Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . CARRARA (GIACOMO). Electrolytic Behaviour of Solutions of some Salts and Acids in Methylic Alcohol . . . . . . . . BEKTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUGENE). Specific Heat of gaseous Ele- nients and their Atomic Constitution . . . . . . DEMERLIAC (R. ). BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUGENE). Thermochemical Method foE the Determination of the Equivalents of Acids and Bases . . . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUGENE). Thermochemical RelatiGns between the Different Modifications of Ordinary Glucose . . . REINGANUM (MAX). Pressure Differences produced by Isothcrmal Distilla- tion .. . . . . . . . . . . . . MULLER-ERZBACH (WILHELM). Vapour Piessnre of Compounds of Calcium Chloride with Water . . . . . . . NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS) and k. Ivf. GOODWIN. Internai Friction of Mer- cury Vapour . . . . . . . . . . . . . LE CHATELIER (HENRI LOUIS). Some Peculiarities of Solubility Curves . WOHL (ALFRED). Law of Contraction on dissolving Sugar in Water . . VIARD (GEORGES). Rate of Reduction of Chromic Acid by Phosphorous BO~SBAUDRAN (PAUL EMILE LECOQ DE): Ciassification of Chemical Elements Atmospheric Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . Liquids . . . . . . . . . I BATHRICK (H. A,). Precipitation of Salts . . . . . . Potential Energy and i i r i a l of Molecular Forces . BANCROFT (WILDER DWIGHT). Solution and Fusion . . . The Neutrality of Salts a i d Coloured Indicators SEUBERT (KARL).Unit of Atomic Weights . . . . . . SCHuLrzE (HERMANN). A New Stirrer . . . . . . . Supply . . . . . . . . . presence of Air . . . . . the Halogens . . . . . . . . . . . Argon . . . . . . . Variation of Melting Points with'the Pressure acid . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 133 ii, 133 ii, 134 ii, 134 ii, 134 ii, 135 ii, 135 ii, 136 ii, 136 ii, 136 ii, 137 ii, 137 ii, 137 ii, 138 ii, 138 ii, 169 ii, 169 ii, 169 ii, 170 ii, 197 ii, 197 ii, 197 ii, 198 ii, 198 ii, 198 ii, 199 ii, 199 ii, 200 ii, 200 ii, 200 ii, 200 ii, 201 ii, 201 ii, 202 ii, 202 ii, 203 ii, 203 ii, 203 ii, 204 ii, 'LO4 ii, 205vi CONTENTS. TRAUBE (ISIDOR). Methods of determining the Molecular Weights of BOLTWOOD (BERTRAM B.). A SiAple 'Automatic Sprengel Pump .. GLADSTONE (JOHN HALL). Relation between the Refraction of the Elements GUYE (PHILIPPE A.) and EMILY ASTON. Influence of Temperature on Rotatory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . GUYE (PHILIPPE A.) and J. GUERCHGORINE. Rotatory Power and Structure GRAMONT (ARNAUD DE). Spectrum of Metalloids in fused salts : Silicon . LIEBENOFF (C.) Theory of Lead Accumulators . . . . . . LOEB (WALTHER). Theory of Lcad Accumulators . . . DEWAB (JAMES) and JOHN AMBROSE FLEMING. Electrical Resistivity of Pure Mercury a t the Temperature of Liquid Air DEWAR (JAMES) and JOHN AMBRosE FLEMING. E1ecti:ical 'Resi'stivity of Bismuth a t the Temperature of Liquid Air . . . . . . ABEGG (RICHARD). Dielectric Constants a t Low Temperature . . . LUTHER (ROBERT). Electromotive Force and Partition Equilibrium .. BOLTWOOD (BERTRAM B. ). Molecular Conductivity of Rubidium and Czsium Chlorides . . . . . . . . . COEHN (ALFRED). Electrolytic Solution and separation of Carbon . . FOERSTER (FRITZ) and 0. SEIDEL. Electrolysis of Copper Sulphate Solu- tions . . . . . . . OCHs (K.). Is a Diaphragm known that will prevent diffusion bui not the' passage of a current 1 MARSHALL (DOROTHY). Heats of Vaporisation of Liquids at' their Roiling' Points . . . FUCHS (PAUL). Determination of the' Rise of Boiling Point' in Molecular' Weight Determinations . . . . . . . . . . . GROSHAN~ (J. A. ). Corresponding Temperatures . . . . . . HEYCOCK (CHARLES THOMAS) and FRANCIS HENRY NEVILLE. Complete Freezing Point Curves of Binary Alloys containing Silver or Copper, DAHMS (ALBERT).Freezing Points of Binary Mixtiires . . . . BILTZ (HEINRICH). Determination of the Molecular Weights of some LADENBURG (ALBERT). Racemism and t'he heat changes produced when SUTHERLAND (WILLIAM). Spontaneous change of Oxygen into Ozone, and JAKOWKIN (ALEXANDER A.). Dissociation of Chlorine Hydrate in Aqueous Solution a t 0" . . . . . . . . . . . . . LINEBARGER (CHARLES ELIJAH). Apparatus for the Rapid Determination of the Surface Tension of Liquids . . . . . . . . LINEBARGER (CHARLES ELIJAH). Surface Tension of Mixtures of Normal SPEYERS (CLARENCE LIVINGSTON). Sbme Thoights abok Liquids . . HUFNER (CARL GUSTAV). Determination of the Diffusion Coefficients of PERMAN (EDGAR PHILIP), WILLIAM RAMSAY, and J. ROSE-INNES. Atiempt STORTENBEKER (WILLEM). Solubility of Hydrated Mixed Crystals .. CIAMICIAN (GIACOMO LUIGI) and FELICE GARELLI. Solid Solutions . . LEY (HEINRICH). Constitution of Salt Solutions . . . . . . AMBRONN (HERMANN) and MAX LE BLANC. Isomorphous Mixtures . . P~LABON (H.). False Equilibria of Hydrogen Selenide . CLARKE (FRANK WIGGLERWORTH). Third Annual Report of t h e Commitee on Atomic Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . BRUHL (JULIUS WILHELM). Spectrochemistry of Nitrogen . . . . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN). Apparatus for examining the Spectra of Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homogeneous Liquids . . , . . . . . and their Chemical Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . together with another Metal . . . . . . . . Inorganic Substances . . . . . . . . . Liquids are mixed. I1 . . . . . . . . . a remarkable type of dissociation .. . . . . Liquids . . . . . . . . t some Gases in Water . . . . . . . . to determine the Adiabatic Relations of Ethylic Oxide . . . WETZRL (J.). New form of Vacuum Pump . . . . . . PAGE ii, 205 ii, 205 ii, 237 ii, 237 ii, 238 ii, 238 ii, 239 ii, 239 ii, 239 ii, 240 ii, 240 ii, 240 ii, 240 ii, 241 ii, 241 ii, 243 ii, 244 ii, 244 ii, 244 ii, 245 ii, 245 ii, 245 ii, 246 ij, 246 ii, 246 ii, 247 ii: 247 ii, 247 ii, 249 ii, 249 ii, 250 ii, 250 ii, 251 ii, 251 ii, 251 ii, 251 ii, 251 ii, 297 ii, 298CONTENTS. vii PAGE LOCKYER (JOSEPH NORMAN). HARTLEY (WALTER NOEL). ELM (KARL). Theory of Accumulators . . . . . . . . ii, 300 DORN (ERNST) and B. VOLLMER. Action of Hydrochloric acid on Metallic LOOMIS (E. H.). Specific Gravity an4 El;?ctriEal conductivity of Normal Solutions of Sodium and Potassium Hydroxides and of Hydrochloric, FRJTSCH (CARL).Electrolytic Conductivity of Solid Substances . . . ii, 301 PETERSEN (EMIL). The number of Ions in some Ammonio-cobalt MALMSTROM (R. ). 'Measurement of great Electrolytic Resistances with a Constant Current . . . . . . . . . . ii, 302 GOLDSTEIN (EUGEN). Colours producid by the Cathode Discharge in some Salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 302 DRUDE (PAUL). Electrical Anomaly and Chemical Constitution . . . ii, 303 HEMPTINNE (ALEXANDER DE). Chemical action of Electrical Oscillations . ii, 303 SCHNEIDER (BERNHARD VON). Melting Points of some Organic compounds ii, 304 HARKER (A. J.). Determination of Freezing Points . . ii, 304 COPPET (LOUIS CASIMIR DE). Former determinations of Freezing 'Points .ii, 305 LOOMIS (E. H.). Freezing Points of Dilute Aqueous Solutions. 111. . . ii, 305 AMPOLA (G.) and C. RIMATORI. Aniline in Cryoscopy . . . . . ii, 306 AMPOLA (G.) and C. RIMATORI. Dimethylaniline in Cryoscopy . . . ii, 306 SPERBER (JOACHIM). Calculation of Heats of Dissociation and Combination based on a theory of Valency and Affinity . . . . . . ii, 307 BUGARSZKY (STEFAN). Change of Free Energy in the formation of In- soluble Mercury compounds . . . . . ii, 307 THIESEN (MAX), KARL SGHEEL, and 'H. ~IESSELHORST. Absolute deter- KANITZ (ARISTIDES). Internal Friction of'salt Solutions and Mixtures . ii, 308 OSTWALD (WILHELM). The Formation and Changes of Solids . . . ii, 308 EMICH (FRIEDRICH) Imflammability of Explosive Mixtures of Gases .. ii, 309 SZYSZKOWSKI (BOHDAN). Affinity Constants and Constitution of Organic acids . . . . . . . ii, 310 NOYES (ARTHUR AMosj and R.' S. 'WAS'ON. ' Veiocity of the Reaction between Ferrous Chloride, Potassium Chlorate, and Hydrogen Chloride ii, 31 1 KNOBLAUCH (Osc. ). Velocity of Foymation and Decomposition of Ethereal Salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 311 GUPE (PHILIPPE A.) and L. CHAVANNE. Molecular Dissymmetry and the Rotatory Power of active Homologous Compounds . . . . . ii, 357 GORDON (C. M.). Measurement of the capacity of Polarisation . . . ii, 357 SMALE (FREDERIC J.), Determination of the Dielectric Constants of some Salt Solutions by the Electrometric Method . . . . . . ii, 357 BAUR (E.). Electrical Conductivity of Nitramide . . . . .. ii, 358 BUCHERER (ALFRED H. ). Electromotive Force and Partition Equilibrium . ii, 358 DEL~~PINE (MARCEL). Heat of formation of Formaldehyde . . . . ii, 359 RIVALS (PAUL). Solutions of Trichloracetic acid . . . . . . ii, 359 STOHMANN (CARL ADOLF FRIEDRICH) and EMIL HAUSSMANN. MEYERHOFFER (WILHELM). Modification of the Beckmann Apparatus . ii, 360 LOOMIS (E. H.). Measurement of Freezing Point Depressions . . . ii, 361 HOFF (JACOBUS H. VAN'T) and H. M. DAWSON. Freezing Point Depres- sions of Magnesium Chloride . . . . . . . . . ii, 361 RAOULT (FRAN~OIS MARIE). Influence of Siiperfusion on the Freezing Points of Aqueous Solutions of Sodium Chloride and Alcohol . . . ii, 362 Unknown Lines observed in the Spectra of Spectrum of Cyanogen as produced and modi- Certain Minerals .. . . . . . . . . . . ii, 298 fied by Spark Discharges . . . . . . . . . ii, 298 LOB (WALTHER). Theoryof Accumulators . . . . . . . ii, 300 Sodium a t Low Temperatures . . . . . . ii, 301 Sulphuric, Nitric and Oxalic acids . . . . . . ii, 301 compounds . . . . . . . . . . ii, 302 TREY (HEINRICH), Birotation of' Glucose . . . . . . . . ii, 299 mination of the Expansion of Water . . . . . . ii, 307 WALD (F. ). Chemical Proportions . . . . . . . ii, 311 Calorimetri Investigations : Heat of Combustion of Amides and Anilides of the first members of the series of Dibasic acids . . . ii, 359... V l l l CONTENTS. BECKMANN (ERNST) [with C. SCHULTEN and H. PFEIFFER]. Deterinination of Molecular Weights, V. . . . . . . . . . . DEMERLIAC (R.). Application of the Clapeyron Formula to the Melting Point of Benzene , .AMAUAT MILE HILAIRE). ?erification of the;an her Waals Law of Corre: AMAUAT (EMILE HILAIRE). Van der Waal's Law 'of Corresponding Con- ditions and the Determinatioxof Critical Constants. . . . . DUHEM (PIERRE). Liquefaction of Mixtures of Two Gases . . . . GUYE (PHILIYPE A.) and CHARLES JORDAN. Simplified Formula for calcu- . TAMMANN (GUSTAV). Partition Coefficients and Abnormal Diffusion . . OGG (A.). Equilibrium between Amalgams and Electrolytes . . . NERN~T (W ALTHER). Cheinical Equilibrium, tic., of Metallic Mixtures BODTKER (EYVIND). Influence of Water on the solubility of Hydratei LENOBLE (E.). New Method Proposed by 'Etaid for the'Curve Represents: PALMAER (WILHELM). Relation between the Velocity of Inversion and the PAUER (J.).Absorption Spectra of some Compounds 'in the Gaseous and HAAUN (ERNST). Internal Resistance of Galvanic Cells . . . , LIEBENOFF (C.). Theory of Lead Accumulators . . . . . . NERNST ( WALTHER). Electrolytic Decomposition of Aqueous Solutions . NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS) and CHARLES G. ABBOT. Determination of Osmotic LOWENHERZ (RICHARD). Saturated Solution of Magnesium Chlbride and Potassium Sulphate, or of Magnesium Sulphate and Potassium Chloride . . . JONES (HARRY CLARY) and E. MACKAY.' Study'of Wate; Soiutiohs of some of the Alums . . . . . . KUILILOFF (BASIL B.). Use of t i e Mass Reaction Law d the Examination of Organic Additive Products. The Reaction between Picric acid and &Naphthol in Aqueous Solution , . . . . . . . . LEEUWEN (J.DoCTERs VAN). Transition of Seignette Salt and of the Cor- responding Ammonium compound . . . . . . . . BOC~OJAWLENSKY (A. ) and GUSTAV TAMMANN. Influence of Pressure on the Velocity of Reactions in Homogeneoue Fluid Systems BUCHBOCK (GUSTAV). Velocity of the Hydrolytic Decomposition of' Car: RYDBERU (JOHANNES ROBERT). Stud$ of Atomic Weights . . . . LORENZ (RICHARD). Study ofAtomic Weights . . . . . . LOEW (E. ). A Graphic Representation of the Periodic System of the Ele- ments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WALD (F,). Chemical Proportions. IT. . . . . . . . BARUS (CARL). Lecture Experiment with Liquid Carbonic Anhydride . FISCHER (EMIL). Apparatus for simultaneously Heating and Shaking Sealed Tubes . . . . . . . GIBSON (JOHN). Ccemical Actio; of 'Ligh't . . .. . . . GAUTIER (ARMAND) and H. H~LIER. Action of Light on Gaseous Mixtures with special reference to Hydrogen and Chlorine . . . . . GUYE (PHILIPPE A.). Isomerism of Position and Rotatory Power . . DRUDE (PAUL). Two Methods for the Measurement of the Dielectric Constant, and Electrical Absorption with Rapid Vibrations . . . GORE (GEORGE). Influence of Proximity of Substances on Voltaic Action RICHARDS (THEODORE W.) and JOHN TROWBRIDGE. Effect of Great Current- strength on the Conductivity of Electrolytes . . . . . . BURNIE (WILLIAM BECKIT). Thermo-electric Properties of some Liquid Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POHSOT (A.). Exact Cryometry . . . . . . . sponding Conditions . . . . . . . . lating the changes in density of Liquids with the Temperature . Compounds in Alcohol and Ether tion of the Solubility of Salts .. . . Concentration of the Hydrogen Ions . . . . . . . Liquid States . . . . . . . . . Pressure by means of Vapour Pressure Measurements . . . . bony1 Sulphide . . . . PAGX ii, 362 ii, 363 ii, 363 ii, 363 ii. 364 ii, 364 ii, 365 ii, 365 ii, 366 ii, 366 ii, 367 ii, 367 ii, 367 ii, 393 ii, 393 ii, 394 ii, 394 ii, 395 ii, 396 ii, 396 ii, 39'1 ii, 397 ii, 398 ii, 398 ii, 399 ii, 399 ii, 400 ii, 400 ii, 400 ii, 401 ii, 437 ii, 437 ii, 437 ii, 438 ii, 438 ii, 439 ii, 439CONTENTS. ix MILNER (S. ROSLINTGON). Heats of Vaporisation of Tiquids . . . PETROVITCH ( MICHEL). Dynamics of Homogeneons Endothermic and Exo- therniic Chemical Reactions . . . . . . . . . Du1fE;M (PIERRE). Gradual Change and Therniodynaniics .. . . PONSOT ( A . ) . . PONSOT (A.). Means of recognising a good method of Cryoscopy . . MASSOL (GUSTAVE). Heat of Formation of Zinc Hydroxide . . . . MATIGNON (CAMILLE). Thermochemistry of the Sodio-acetylenes . . FORCRAND (ROBERI' DE). Heat of Formation of Sodio-acetylenes . . ARTH (GEORGES). Calculation of the Calorific Power of Coals by Dulong's Law . . . . . . . SPERBER (JOACEIM). Calculation of the Co-efficient of Expansion of Gases based on a Theory of Valency . . . . . MILNER (S. ROSLINQTON). Variation of the Dissociation Co-efficient w i t i Temperature . , . . . . . . . . MEYERHOFFER (WILHELM). Non-concentrating Sdlntions . MYLIUS (FRANZ) and ROBERT FUNK. Solubilities of several readily SJlubie Salts . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHIFF (Huao). Influence of Water on the Solubility 'in Ether of certain Compounds .. . . . . . . . . MEYERHOFFER ( WILHELM). Application of the Laws of Chemical Equili- LACHAUD (MARCEL). Precipitation of Organic Compounds by Bases . . TRYLLER (HEINRICH C.). A new Laboratory Turbine . . . . . DIEPOLDER (EMIL). A new Extraction Apparatus . . . . . . BOISBAUDRAN (PAUL S MILE LECOQ DE). Examination of some Spectra . , LOCKYER (JOSEPH NORMAN). Iron Lines present in the hottest Stars . PAUER (J.), Absorption of Ultra-violet Rays by Gases and Liquids . . MOURELO (Jos13 RODILIGUEZ). Colour of the Phosphorescence of Strontium DOELTER (CORNELIUS). Behavibhr of: Min'erals with the X Rays . . ZECCHINI (F.). Refractive Powers of Mixtures of two Liquids . LUMIBRE (AUGUSTE), LOUIS LUMIJ~RE, and ALPHONSE SEYEWETZ.Use of Aldehydes and Ketones in the presence of Sodium Sulphite for LUGGIN (H. ). Photoelectric Phenomena and Photographic Processes . , BREDIG (GEORG). Thermal Conductivity and Ion Motion . . . . STACKELBEKG (ED. VON). Distribution of a Current among the Ions in a solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CARRARA (GIACOMO). Electrolytic Dissociation in Acetone Solution . CARRARA (GIACOMO). Electrolytic Dissociation of Methylic Alcohol and of Water dissolved in it . . . . . . HEMPTINNE (ALEXANDER DE). The Chemical Action of Electr&l Oscil: lations. 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . GORDON (VICTOR). Variation with Temperature of the Transference Ratios of Cadmium in Aqueous Solution . . . . DEWAR (JAMES) and JOHN AMBROSE FLEMING. Electrical Resistivity of Electrolytic Bismuth a t low temperatnres and in Magnetic Fields .DEWAR (JAMES) and JOHN AMBROSE FLEMING. Dielectric Constant of Ice LUGININ (WLADIMIR F.) and IVAN KLABUKOFF. Develbpment of Heat by the Action of Bromine on Unsaturated Compounds . . . . AUWERS (KARL). Cryoscopic Observations on acid Amides . . . . PAT ERN^ (EMANUELE) and G . AMPOLA. Maximum Depression of the Freezing Point of Mixtures . . . . . . . . . . GARELLI (FELICE). Abnormal Freezing Point Depressions . . . . BRUNI (GIUSEPPE). Cryohydrates . . . PIONCHON (JOSEPH). Molecular Volumes of Cry s t a k e d Car'bohy'drates ; Reduction of the Freezing Point of an Aqueous Solution ~ ~ a r M . 4 " (GUSTAV). ~ e ~ o c i t y o i Soiidification . . . brium to Complex Inorganic Compounds . . . . .LACHAUD (MARCEL). Precipitation of Dextrin by Soils . . . LACHAUD (MARCEL). Study of Capillary Affinity . . . . Sulphide . . . . . . . . developing the latent Photographic Image . . . . and Alcohol a t very low Temperatures . . ' PAGE ii, 439 ii, 439 ii, 439 ii, 440 ii, 440 ii, 440 ii, 440 ii, 441 ii, 442 ii, 442 ii, 442 ii, 442 ii, 442 ii, 444 ii, 444 ii, 445 ii, 445 ii, 445 ii, 445 ii, 446 ii, 446 ii, 469 ii, 469 ii, 469 ii, 469 ii, 469 ii, 470 ii, 470 ii, 470 ii, 471 ii, 471 ii, 471 ii, 473 ii, 473 ii, 474 ii, 474 ii, 475 ii, 475 ii, 476 ii, 476 ii, 477 ii, 477 ii, 478X CONTENTS, TRAUBE (ISIDOR). Extension of the Law of Avogadro to Homogeneous NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS) and WILLIS RODNEY WHITNEY. Velocit’y of Dis- FOCK (ANDREAS). Solubility of Mixed Crystals and magnitude of the‘ RANDALL (WYATT W.).Permeation of Hot Platinum by Gases . . . MEYRR (GEORG). Diffusion Constants of some Metals in Mercury . . KUSTER (FRIEDRICII WILHELM). Unit of Atomic Weights . . . . BRAUNER (BOHUSLAV). Rasisof Atomic Weights . . . . . . HAHDIN ( WILLETT LEPLEY). Determination of the atomic masses of Silver, Mercury and Cadniitim by the Electrolytic method . . . SCHREINEMAKERS ( FRANS ANTOON HUBERT). Equilibrium in systems of three Bodies with two Liquid Phases . . . . . . . . SCHREINEMAKERS ( FRANS ANTOON HUBERT). Equilibrium in the system, KURILOFF (BASIL B,). Application of the Phase Law to ‘Researches on Organic Additive Prod tic ts . . . . . . . , . COHEN (ERNST). Explanation of the deviations from the normal course of reaction in the case of solutions .. . . . . . HENRIET (H.). Mercury Pump without stopcocks or movable joints . . CHABAUD. Mercury Pump without stQpcoclts or movable joints . . . WALTER (JOHANN). A new Bottle for washing Gases . . . . RUNGE (CARL) and FRIEDR. PASCHEN. Series Spectra of Oxygen, Sulphur, and Selenium . . . . . . . . . . . . JONES (A. C.). Some Emission Spectra of Cadmium, Zinc, and the Haloid compounds of Mercury, and some other metals . . . . . BEnrsALEcH (GUSTAV A.). New Lines in the Spark Spectrum of Aluminium . . . . - . . . , . . . LEWIN (LOUIS). Spectroscopic invesiigation of the Blood . . . . TRAuBE ( HERMANN). Crystalline form of optically active substances . P ~ B R A M (RICHARD) and CARL GLUCKSMANN. Connection bet.ween volume change and specific rotation of active solutions .. . . . . ANDREAS (ERNST). Production of Electricity by chemical means . . FUCHS (PAUL). Laboratory Electrolytic Cells . . . . . . . LOB (WALTHER). Use of Porous Carbon Cylinders in Electrolytic Experi- ments . . . . . I . . . . WIEDEMANN (ERNST EILHARD GUSTAV) and GERHARD CARL SCHMIDT: Electrolytic conductivity of dilute gases NOVAK ( VLADIM~R). Specific Electrical Conductivities and Freezing Points of solutions of Water in Formic acid , . . . . . . CATTANEO ( CARLO). Electrical Conductivi’ty of Salts in various solvents . . . . . . DRUDE (PAUL). New Physical Methdd of’detekninkg 6onstitntion . . CELLIER (L.). Conductivity of Carbon for Heat and Electricity . . . WAIDNER (C. W.) and F. MALLORY. Comparison of Rowland’s Mercury Recalculation of Rowland’s Value for the Mechanical Eqni: .. JONES (HARRY CLARY). Boiling Point Apparatus for use with Solvents SABATIER (PAUL). Thermochemistry of Copper compounds . . . VARET (RAOUL). Thermochemistry of Mercury salts . . . . . FRANCHIMONT (ANTOINE PAUL NICOLAS). Melting point of Organic sub- stances . . . . . . . . . . . . . KUENEN (J. P.). Condensation and Critical Phenomena of some substances andmixtures . . . . . . . . . . . BOOT (J. C.). A new form of Pyknometer . . . . . . . Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . BRUNER (LUDWIG). Soiubility of Super-cooled Liquids . . solution of a Solid in its own solution . . . , Crystal Molecule . . . . . . . . . . Water, Sodium Chloride, Ethylene Cyanide . . . . . GRAMoNr (ARNAUD DE). Spectrum of Carbon . . . . . . . Thermometer with a Griffiths’ Platinum Thermometer valent of Heat in terms of the Paris Hydrogen Thermometer .. DAY (W. S.) of Low and High Boiling Points . . . . . . . . ROSE-INNES (J.). Isotherrnals of Isopentane . . . . . . PAGE ii, 478 ii, 478 ii, 479 ii, 479 ii. 482 ii, 482 ii, 482 ii, 482 ii, 483 ii, 483 ii, 483 ii, 484 ii, 484 ii, 485 ii, 485 ii, 486 ii, 533 ii, 533 ii, 534 ii, 534 ii, 534 ii, 534 ii, 534 ii, 535 ii, 535 ii, 536 ii, 536 ii, 536 ii, 5 3 i ii, 537 ii, 539 ii, 538 ii, 539 ii, 539 ii, 540 ii, 541 ii, 542 ii, 542 ii, 544 ii, 544CONTENTS. xi HEYDWEILLER (ADOLF). Contraction of some Organic compounds on solidification . . . . . . . . . . . . GROSHANS (J. A. ). Voluine of Vapour produced from one Cubic Centimetre BEHN (U. ). Reciprocal Diffusion of Electrolytes in Dilute Aqueous solutions .. . . . . . . . . MARINI (L. ). Diffusion Coefficients o f Sodium Chloride solutions of various concentrations . . . . . . . . . . . WHETHAM (W. C. DAMPIER). The Ionising power of solvents . . . BAUR (E.). Affinity Constants and Heat of Dissociation of somrj Nitrogen acids . UUTOIT (PAuLj and EMILY 'ALICIA ASTON. Relation 'between the Poly: merisatioii of Liquids and their power of Dissociating Electrolytes . MYERS (J. E.) and FERDINAND BRAUN. Decomposition of Silver salts by Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEITEL (ADOLF C.). Decomposition of Triglycerides by bases . . . LONG (JOHN HARPER). Inversion of Sugar by salts . . . . . FAMTJLARI (SEBASTIANO). Washing Bottle for Gases . . . . . of a Liquid at the Roiling Point .. . . . . . . Inorganic Chemistry. MASSON (ORME). NEWLANDS (JOHN ALEXANDER REINA). MEPER (VICTOR) and MAX VON RECKLINGHAUSEN. Hydrogen and of Carbonic Oxide . . . . . ESTREICHER (THADDAEUS). Behaviour of Halogen Hydrides a t Low Tem- peratures . 1 . . EAKLE (ARTHUR S.). Crysiallography of' Iodates and Periodates . . ANDREWS (LAuNcELoT W.), Reduction of Sulphuric acid by Copper as a Function of the Temperature . . . , . . . I BRTJYN (CORNELIS ADRIAAN LOBRY DE). Free Hydrazine L. . . . HARER (FRITZ). Oxidation by means of Hydroxylamine . . . . ANGELI (ANGELO). Nitrohydroxylamine . . . . . . . LOSANITSUH (SIMA M. ) and MILORAD Z. JOVITSCHITSCH. Elecdrolysis of Solutions of Ammonia containing Salts and Bases . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF) and LUDWIG KAUFMANN. Hyponitrous acid HANTSCH (AETHUR RUDOLF).Isomerism of the Compounds N,0,H2 . MUTHMANN (WILHELM) and A. CLEVER. Nitrogen Pentasulphide . . STOKES (HENRY N.). Trinietaphosphiniic acid and its Deeomposition Products . . . . . . . . . . . MUTHMANN (WILHELM)' and A. CLEVER. Compounds of Phosphorus with Selenium . . . . . . . . . . . KAHLENBERG (LOUIS) and OSWALD SCHREINER. Boric acid and its Salts OLSZEWSKI (KARL). Attempt to Liquefy Helium . . . . . . VILLARD (P.). PHILLIPS (FRANCIS C. ). A form of Silver obtained on the Reduction df the WAIT (CHARLES E.) Oxidation of Siiver . . . . . . . . REBUFFAT (ORAZIO). Hydraulic Cements . . . . RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM) and H. G. PARKW. Atomic iveight of Magnesium . . . . . . . , . . . . . MYLIUS (FRANZ) and ROBERT FUNK. Corrosion Phenomena of Zinc Plates MYLIUS (FRANZ) and ROEERT FUNK.* 'Elehroiytic 'Refining bf Cadmium . LANE (ALFRED CHURCH). Crystallised Slags from Copper Smelting . . SPRING (WALTH~RE) and L. ROMANOFF. Solubility of Lead and Bismuth i n T i n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does Hydrogen find its Proper Place at the Head of Does Hydro& fi'nd its Proper Slow Oxidation of' Group I. or a t the Head of Group VII. ? . . . . Place a t the Head of Group I. or a t the Head of Group VII. ? . Combination of Argon with Water Sulphide by Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . SMITS (A). Magnesium Nitride . . . . . . . . . KRAUT (KARL). Zinc Carbonate . . PAGE ii, 544 ii, 545 ii, 545 ii, 545 ii, 545 ii, 546 ii, 546 ii, 547 ii, 547 ii, 547 ii, 548 ii, 19 ii, 19 ii, 19 ii, 21 ii, 21 ii, 22 ii, 22 ii, 23 ii, 24 ii, 25 ii, 25 ii, 26 ii, 26 ii, 28 ii, 29 ii, 30 ii, 31 ii, 31 ii, 32 ii, 32 ii, 32 ii, 33 ii, 33 ii, 34 ii, 34 ii, 35 ii, 35 ii, 36xii CONTENTS.HOEHNEL (hi.). Metaplumbates . . . . . . . . through Lead Pipes . . . . . . . . . DROSSIUCH (G. PAUL). The Components of Monazite . . . . HARPF (A.). Crystallised Mzrtin-slag . . . . . ANTONY ( U ~ A L D O ) and T. BENELLI. Potable Waters which have flowed TARE r ( t t a o u ~ ) . Double Cilloriies . . . . . . . . . GIORGIS (GIOVANNI) and UGO ALVISI. Analyses of Steel . . . . MYLIUS (FRANZ), FRITZ FOERSTER, and GEORG SCHOENE. Steel . . JORGENSEN (SOFUS MADS). Constitution of Cobalt, Chromium and Rhodium Bases . . . . . LOXGI (ANTONIO). Action df Chromic acid on Thiosulphuric acid . . LONG (JOHN HARPER).Formation of Antimony Cinnabar . ANTONY (UBALDO) and ADOLFO LUCCHESI. Action of Alkali Sulphides on Auric Sulphide . . . . . . . . - . . . ANTONY (UBALDO) and ADOLFO 1,uccHEsr. Purple of Cassius . . . S c ~ o u (DAGMAR). New Double Salt of Platosemidiamiiie . . . . PALMAER (WILHELM). Iridio-ammoniuiu compounds . . . . HIRTZ (H.) and VICTOR MEYER. Slow Oxidation of Hydrogen and Carbon . . . . . . . . . . HULETT (GEORGE AuG.). Purification of Water by Distillation . . . DEFREN (GEORGE). Nitrites in the Air . . . . . . . . STOKES (HENRY N.). Tetrametaphosphimic acid . . . . . SCHLcESING (TH., jun.). Uniforinity in the Distribution of Argon in the Atmosphere . . . . DUBOIN ( ANDR~). Method of preparing Doubie Siiicates of Potassium and other Metals . . .. . . . . . . . ERDMANN (HUGO) and PAUL KGTHh’ER. Rubidium Dioxide , . . ERDMANN (HUGO) and PAUL K~THNER. . SULC (OT‘roIcAR). Electrolytic Silver Peroxide . . . . PICCINI (AuGusTo). Peroxides in their Relatianship to the Periodic VARET (RAOUL). Double Bromiies . . . . . . . . . BIERNACKI (VICTOR). Aluminium amalgam . . . . . . . WERNER (ALFRED) and AKTURO MIOLATI. The Constitution of Inor- DUFAU (EM.). Nickel Dioxide and its Ac‘id Pi-operties :’ Barium’Nickelitd CAhirmLL (EDWARD D.). Diffusion of Sulphides through Steel . . . CAMPBELL (EDWARD.) and S. C. BABCOCK. Influence of Heat-treat- . NAG (NAGENDRA CH.). New Cobalt and Nickel Snit,: . . . . Double Salts of Rubidium . System of the Elements . . . . . . . . . ganic Compounds ment and of Carbon on the Solnbility of Phosphorus in Steels .BLYTH (T. R.). Bismuth Oxyiodide . . . . . . . . FRANCHOT (R.). Kascent Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . CHRBTIEN (PAUL). . OTTO (MARIUS). Ozone and Phosphorescencc . . . . . BESSON (JULES ADOLPHE). Action of some Hydrogen Compounds on’ LEDUC (ANATOLE). Densities of Nitrogen, Argon, and Oxygen, and the Composition of Atmospheric Air . . . . . . . . . DEFREN (GEORGE). Presence of Nitrates in the Air . . . . . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN) and GUSTAVE ANDHI?. Transformations of Pyro- GRENET (L.). EKect of the Presence of Boric Acid in Giass and Enamels 1 HABER (FRITZ) and A. WEBER. Combnstioii of llluminating Gas on Cooled Surfaces . . HASENCLEVER (ROBERT WILHELM). The beveiopment bf the Soda Manu- facture and Allied Industries i n the last 25 years .. . . . GKJNTZ (ANTOINE). Lithium Nitride . . . . . . . . . LEBXAU (PAUL). Beryllium Oxide . . . . SCHiiTZENBERGER (PAUL) and 0. BOUDOUARD. Earths of th; Yttria Group in Monazite Sands . . . . . CROOKES (WILLIAM). The Alleged New Eiement, Lucium . . . . Action of Sulphuric acid on Iodine and Iodic acid Thionyl Chloride . . . . . . . . . . phosphoric Acid . . . PAGE ii, 36 ii, 36 ii, 38 ii, 38 ii, 39 ii, 39 ii, 40 ii, 41 ii, 41 ii, 42 ii, 43 ii, 43 ii, 43 ii, 44 ii, 4-1 ii, 93 ii, 94 ii, 94 ii, 94 ii, 96 ii, 96 ii, 96 ii, 98 ii, 98 ii, 99 ii, 99 ii, 99 ii, 100 ii, 100 ii, 101 ii, 101 ii, 102 ii, 138 ii, 138 ii, 139 ii, 139 ii, 140 ii, 140 ii, 140 ii, 141 ii, 141 ii, 142 ii, 143 ii, 144 ii, 144 ii, 144... CONTENTS. X l l l PACE MORSE (HARMON NORTHRUP). Reduction of Permanganic Acid by THOMAS (VICTOR).Absorption of Nitric Oxide by Ferrous Bromide . . ii, 145 GUICHARD (M.). Molybdenum Iodide . . . . . . . ii, 145 SABANERFF (ALEXANDER P. ). Structural Isomerism in Inorganic Cornpounds ii, 170 VABER (FRITZ) and A. WEBER. Combustion of Con1 Gas in Gas Enqincs . ii, 170 GIESEL (FRITZ). . . . ii, 170 Manganese Dioxide . . . . . . . . ii, 145 DUFAU (EM). Crpstalline MagnesiumChromite . . . . . . ii, 145 LEVAT. The Tempering of Steel in a Solution of Phenol . . . ii, 145 artificial colouring of Crystals of the Haloid Salts of the Alkali Metals by means of Sodium and Potassium Vaponr SENDERENS (JEAN BAPTISTE). Metallic Precipitation . . . . . ii, 171 DUDLEY (WILLIAM L.). Nickelonickelic Hydroxide . . . . . ii, 171 CHESNEAU (GABRIEL).Sulphides of Cobalt and Nickel . . . . ii, 172 RECOURA (ALBERT). acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 172 WYRUBOFF (GREaoIRE k.), The Sil&otungstates . . . . . . ii, 173 HALLOPEAU (L. A. ). Antimoniotunqstates . . . . ii, 178 RHADURI (IYOTIBHUSHAN). Conversion of Hypochlorites into Chlorates . ii, 206 TAYLOR (ROBERT LLOYD). Hvpoiodous acid and Hypoiodites . . ii, 207 PBLAEON (H.). Absorption of Hydrogen Sulphide by Melted Sulphur . ii, 207 METZNER (RENI~). Action of Ammonia on’Tellurium Tetrachloride : Tellu- BESSON (JULES ADOLPHE). Action of Hydrogen Sulphide and Hydrogen Selenide on Phosphorus Oxychloride . . . . . . ii, 208 NAUMANN (ALEXANDER) and E. G. MUDFORD. Action o f Chiorine and Steam on Red-hot Carbon . . . . . . . . . ii, 208 BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN PIERRE EUGENE).Helium ii, 209 KREUTZ (FELIX). Artificial Coloration of Crystals of the Haloid Saits of the Alkali Metals by Sodium or Potassium Vapour . . . . . ii, 210 HERTY (CHARLES H.) and HOMER V. BLACK. Alkali Trihaloids . . . ii, 210 DITTE (ALFRED). Action of Halogen Hydracids on Solutions of the corrc- sponding Alkali Salts . . . . . . . . . . ii, 210 DITTE (ALFRED). Action of Alkali Hydroxides on Solutions of the corre- sponding Halogen Salts . . . ii, 210 COLSON (ALBERT). Action of Hydroge; Chloride o n Alkali Sulphates . ii. 211 COLSON (ALBERT). Decomposition of Metallic Snlphates by Hydrochloric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 211 GTJNTZ (ANTOINE). Action of Lithium on Carbon and certain Carbon com- BARTLETT (EDWIN J.) and WILLIAM F.RICE. Silver Hydride. . . . ii, 212 WARREX (HENRY NEPEAN). Calcium Carbide, a New Reducing Agent . ii, 212 WARREN (HENRY NEPEAK). Action of Boron on Iron and Steel, and Errors . . . . . ii, 213 PETXT (PAUL). Action of dissolved Carbonic Anhydride on Iron . . . ii, 21 3 DURKEE (FRANK W .). Action of Water of the Hubb Coal Mine on Cast Iron ii, 213 CAMPBELL (EDWARD D.). Pure Carbide of Iron . . . . . . ii, 214 TALBOT (HENRY P.). Volatility of Ferric Chloride . . . . . . ii, 214 OHALMOT (GUILLAME J. 1,. DE). Silicide of Chromium . . . . ii, 214 DEFACQZ (ED.). Reduction of Wolfrnmite by Carbon in the Electric Furnace ii, 214 GAWALOWSKI (A.). Recovery of Uranium from Residues . . . . ii, 214 PICCINI (AUGUSTO). Alums of Vanadium Trioxide . . . . . . ii, 215 LEA (MATTHEW CAREY).An Experiment with Gold . . . . . ii, 216 GRANGER (A. 1. Action of Phosphorus on Platinum . ii, 215 BODENSTEIN (MAX) Decomposition and formation of Hydrogen ’Iodide . ii, 252 BODENSTETN (MAX). Decomposition of Hydrogen Iodide by Light . . ii, 252 THIERRY (MAURICE DE). Atmospheric Ozone on Mt. Rlanc . . ii, 253 JORISSEN (W. P. ). Triethylphosphine and of Benzaldehyde . . . . . . . ii, 253 IHLE (RUDOLF). So-called ‘ Autoxidation ’ . . . . . . ii, 253 BESSON [JULES ADOLPHE.). Pyrosulphuryl Chl6ride . . . . . Ii, 254 A new acid containing Chromium : Sulphochromic OTTO (MARIUS). Density of Ozone . . . . . . . ii, 207 rium Nitride . . . . . . . . . ii, 208 pounds . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 212 in rron Analysis caused by the presence of Boron Product!on of Active Oxygen by the slow Oxidation ofxiv CONTENTS. PAGE TANRET (CEARLES).MUTEMANN ( WILHELM) *and E. SEITTER Nitrogen Sulphide . . ii, 255 BERTBELOT (MARCELLIN) and GUSTAVE A N D R ~ . Metaphosphoric acid . ii, 256 WEINLAND (R. F.) and 0. RUMPF. Sulphoxyarsenates (Thioarsenates) . ii, 257 RAMSAY (WILLIAM) and JOHN NORMAN COLLIE. and Argon ii, 258 HAGENBACH (AUGUST). BRAUNER (BOHUSLAV). Argon, Helium, and Prout's Hypothesis . . ii, 259 JARRY (R.). Ammonium-silver Chlorides . . . . . . . . ii, 259 MULDER (EDUARD) and J. HRRINGA. Silver Peroxynitrale . . . ii, 260 POLLACCI (EGIDIO). Solubility of Calcium Carbonate and Phosphate . . ii, 260 WALKER (JAMES) and SYDNEY A. KAY. SABATIER (PAUL). Action of Cuprous Oxide on Silver Nitrate Solutions ii, 261 CHALMoT (GUILLAME J.L. DE). Silicides of Copper and Iron . ii, 262 GUXTZ (ANTOINE) and ARTHUR MASSON. and Carbonic Oxide on Aluminium . , . . . . ii, 262 THOMAS (VICTOR). ROSZKOWSKI (JAN). . . . . . ii, 263 WERNER (ALFRED). Nomenclature of Cobaltamine Compounds . . . ii, 263 WERNER (ALFRED) and ARNOLD KLEIN. GRANGER (A. ). Chromium and Manganese Phosphides . . ii, 265 JONES (HARRY CLARY) and E. MACKAY. WEINLAXD (RUDOLPH F. ) and 0. 'LAUENSTEIN. Fluoroxyiodates . ii, 312 P~LARON (H.). PAWLEWSKI (BRONISLAW). Sdphuryi Chioridk . ii, 313 HILLMAYR (WILHELM). The Freezing Point of Dilute Sulphuric acid * . ii, 313 MESSINGER (CARL). Sodium Thioselenide . . . . . . . ii, 313 ANDREOCCI (AMERICO). Nitrogen Sulphide . . . . . . . ii, 315 MESSINGER (CARL). Selenoarsenates . . , . ii, 314 MOISSAN (HENSI).Conversion of Diamonds into Graphite in a Crooked Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . i i , 3 1 5 RAMYAY (WILL1AM)'and'JOHN NORMAN COLLIF:. Helium and Argon. 111. Experiments which show the inactivityof these Elements . . . ii, 315 RAYLEIQH (JOHN WILLIAM STRUTT, LORD). Amount of Argonand Helium tained in the Gas from the Bath Springs . . . . . ii, 316 SMITHER (F. W. ). Drying and Deliquescence of certain Salts . . ii, 316 BUCCA ( LORENZO) and GIUSEPPE O~DO. Micrographic Study of some Italian Cements . . . . . . . . . . . . . i i , 3 1 6 MYLIUS (FRANZ) and ROBERT FUNK. Hydrates of Cadmium Sulphate . ii, 316 SCH~TZENBERGER (PAUL) and 0. BOUDOUARD. Earth contained in Mon- azite San& . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 317 URBAIX (G.) and E. BUDISCHORSKY. The Earths in Monazite Sands .. ii, 318 HARTLEY (WALTER NOEL) and HUGH RAMAGE. Occurrence of Gallium in the Clay-ironstone of khe Ceveland District of Yorkshire : Determina- tion of Gallium in Blast-furnace Iron from Middlesbrough , . ii, 318 SENDERENS (JEAN BAPTISTE). Action of Iron on solutions of Metallic HOFMANN (KARL A.). Metallic Ainmonium derivatives . . . . ii, 320 ZEHENTER (JOSEF). Double Chromates . . . . . . . . ii, 322 B~ssox- (JULES ADOLPHE). Stannic Chlorobromides . . . . . ii, 322 BAUBIGNY (HENRI). Action of Heat on Antimony Tetroxide . . . ii, 322 Action of Dilute Nitric acid on Nitrates in presence of Ether . . . . . . . . ii, 255 Homogeneity of Helium Attempt to separate the two constituents of Clb: . . . . . . . veite Gm by Diffusion . . . . ii, 258 The so-cdled " Hypoiodite of Magnesia " .. . . . . . . . . . ii, 261 Action of Carbonic Anhydride Action of Nitrogen Oxides on Ferrous Chloride and Organic Compounds which prevent the Precipitation 1 : 6-Dichlorotetramminocobalt Convenient Method of Purifying Conditions of the Direct Combination of Hydrogen a n i Bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 262 of the Hydroxides of Iron, Cobalt, and Nickel Salts (Chloropraseo-salts) . . . . . . . . ii, 264 Water . . . . . . . . ii, 312 Sulphur . . . . . . . . . . ii, 312 . . . . . . . . . . Nitrates . . . . . . . . ii, 319 HOFMANN (KARL A.). Ferric Alkali Salts of Sulphurous acid . . . ii, 319 MATTHEY (EDWARD). Liquation of certain Alloys of Gold . . . . ii, 323CONTENTS. xv PAGE GRANGER (A.). Action of Phosphorus on Gold .. . . . . ii, 323 MIOLATI (ARTURO). Mixed Platino-haloids . . . . ii, 333 LETTERMANN (W.). Preparation of Hydrogen from Iron and Water . . ii, 368 FASBAKY (J. ). Commercial Production of Tellurium . ii, 368 LEPEL (FRANL VON). Oxidation of Nitrogen by Means of E1ectric'Spa;ks or the Electric Arc . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 369 THIELE (JOHANNES). Constitution of Nitramide . . . . . . ii, 369 HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF). Nitraniide . . . . . ii, 369 DIVERS (EDWARD). Hyponitrous acid . . . . . . . . ii, 369 BESSON (JULES ADOLPHE). Hypophosphorous Oxide . . . . ii, 370 FRANCK (LEON) [and in part E~TINGER]. ii, 370 BONNEFOI (J.). Compounds of Ammonia and of Methylamine with Halogen Salts of Lithium . . . . . . . . . ii, 371 GRANGER ( A.). Silver Diphbsphrde .. . . . . . . . ii, 371 STRTJVE ( HEINRICH). Magnesium Phosphates . . , . ii, 372 MCINTOSH (DOUGLAS). Solubility of Mercuric Chloride' . ii, 372 MOURLOT (A.). Effects of a High Temperature on Copper, Bismuth, Silver, DELAFONTAINE (M. MARC). Fergusonite ketals : Philippium . . . ii, 373 KONOWALOFF (DMITRI t'.). Aluminium Amalgam . . . . . ii, 374 CHRISTENSEN (ODIN T.). Formation of Manganese Compounds . . . ii, 374 HICKS and O'SHEA. Preparation of Pure Iron . ii, 374 MOISSAN (HENRI). Iron and Carbon . . . . . . . ii, 375 ENGEL (RODOLPHE CHARLES). Metastannyl Chloride . . . . . ii, 376 FUESE (OTTO). Crystalline Thorium Nitrate . . . . . ii, 377 DELAFONTAINE (M. MARC). Separation of Thoria from Zirconia . . . ii, 377 THOMAS (VICTOR). Bismuth Dichloride . . . . .. . ii, 377 THOMAS (VICTOR). Action of' Air and Nitric:Peroxidk on Bismuth Bromide and Iodide . . . . . ii, 377 BACH (A,). Function of Peroxides in Phenomena of Slow Oxidation . . ii, 401 ENGLER (CARL) and W. WILD. The so-called Rendering Active ("Activi- rung") of Oxygen and the Formation of Peroxides . . . . . ii, 402 YEIRCE (A. W.). Existence of Seleniuni Monoxide . . . . . ii, 403 HIBBR (JOSEPH GILLINGHAM). Atomic weights of Nitrogen and Arsenic . ii, 403 BLEIER (OTTO). Combustion of Nitrogen . . . . . . . . ii, 404 HENTSCHEL (W.). Nitrogen Chloride . . ii, 404 SZARVASY (EMERICH) and CARL MESSINGER. Mole'cular Weight 'of Arsen- amphideCompounds . . . . . . . ii, 404 KELLEY (JEROME) and EDGAR FRANCIS SMITH. Ac'tion b f aiid Vapours on SZARVASY ( EMERICH). Arsenic 'Monoselenide and the Vapour Density of WILLIAMS (WILLIAM CARLETON).Amount o f Carbonic Anhydride in the FERREIRA DA SILVA (ANTONIO JOAQUIM). Constitution oi th;! Metallic SPEZIA (GIORGIO). Influence of Pressure on the Solubility of Quartz in BAUBIGNY (HENRI) and PAUL RIVALS. Action of Potassium Perman- ESCALES (RICHARD). Preparation of Aluminium Chloride . . . . ii, 407 JUPTNER (HANNS VON). Saturation of Iron with Carbon . , . . ii, 407 HALL (VERNON J.). Ferric Hydroxide in Precipitation . . . . ii, 408 SCHAFFER (HERBERT A.) and EDGAR FRANCIS SMITH. bromide . . . ii, 408 MCILHINEY (PARKER C.j. Action of 'Ferric Chloride on' Metallic'Gold . ii, 408 MOISSAN (HENRI) and JAMES DEWAR. Liquefaction of Fluorine . . ii, 446 HENTSCHEL (W. ). Composition of Nitrogen Chloride .. ii, 447 BESSON (JULES ADOLPHE). Action of Water on Phosphoryl Chlokde' . ii, 447 Diamonds in 'steel Tin, Nickel, and Cobalt Sulphides . . . . . . . ii, 372 Production of Iron Carbide by. Dirlct Corndination of Metallic Sulphides . . . . . ii, 405 Selenium . . . . . . . . ii, 405 Atmosphere . . . . . . . . ii, 405 Carbonyls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 406 Water . . . . . . . . . ii, 406 ganate on Cupric Bromide . . . . . . . . . ii, 407 CHARPY ( GEORGES). Constitution of Metallic k l o y s . . . ii, 406 Tungsten Hexa-xvi CONTENTS. WEINSCHENK (ERNST). Graphite, Graphitite, and Graphitoid . , . MURMANN (ERNST). Purification of Commercial Potash and Soda . . SENDERENS (JEAN BAPTISTE). Action of Hydrogen on ,Soluhons of Silver Nitrate : Purification of Hydrogen .. - . . . . . OSMOND (FLORIS). Alloys of the Silver-Copper Group . . . . . MOURELO (Jos13 RODRIGUEZ). Phosphorescent'stro'ntium Sulphide . . TASSILLY. Basic Salts of Cadmium . . . . . . . . . HARTH (THEODOR). Mercury Haloid Double Compounds . . . . WYROUBOFF (GREGOIRE) and AUGUSTE VICTOR LOUIS VERNEUIL. Purifica- tion of Cerium . . . . . . GRANGER (A.). Compounds of Phosphorus miih Iron, Nickel, a i d Cdbalt' JORGENSEN (SOFUS MADS). Constitution of Cobalt, Chromium, and Rhodium Bases . . . . . . . . . SABANBEFF (ALEXANDER P.). Colloidal Tungitic Acid . . . . . K R ~ S S (GERHARD). Thorium . . . . . . . . . COSSA (ALFONRO). Constitution of Platosemiamine Compounds . . . GAUTIER (8. J. ARMAND) and H. HELIER. Action of Light on mixtures of Chlorine and Hydrogen .. . . . . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUG~NE). Action of Light on mixtures of Chlorine and Hydrogen . . . . . . GAUTIER ($MILE JUSTIN ARMAND). Action' of 'Light on mixtures of Chlorine and Hydrogen . . . . . . . . JORISSEN (W. P.). Rendering Oxygen active during the slow oxidation of Sodium Sulphite PFEIFFER (GEORGE J.). Tables' of the Specific Weight of Solutions of METZNER (REN~). Action of Telluric Chloride aiid Fluoride on the cor- METZNER (REN~~). Combination of Tellur'ic Bromide and Iodide with the BESSON (JULES ADOLPHE). Phosphorus Iodides . . . . . . REMMELEN (JACOBUS M. VAN), A. SIMON-THOMAS, and EDUARD A. Calcium Fluoride in a Fossil Elephant's Bone from the Tertiary . . . . . . . . . . . REMMELEN (JACOBUS MARTINUS VAN) and EDUARD A. KLORBIE.Ab- sorption of Calcium Fluoride, Lime and Phosphates in Fossil Bones . ZECCHINI (F.). Action of Zinc on Hydrogen Chloride dissolved in Organic Solvents . . . . . . . . . . SABATIER (PAUL). Basic Cupric salts and Brown Cup& Hydroxide . . FRANQOIS (MAURICE). Action of Ammonia on Mercurous Iodide WYROUBOFF (GREGOIRE N. ) and AUGUSTE VERNEUIL. AtomiciWeight of VILLIERS (ANTOINEj. A Process of Oxidation and Chlorinahon '[by Man: gnnese Salts] . . . . . . . . . . . BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Oxidising action of Manganese Saits : Constitu- tion of Oxydases . . . . . . . . . . . LIVACHE (AcH.). Function of Manganese in certain Oxidations . . . WERNER (ALFRED). Constitution of Inorganic Compounds. IX. Triam- mine and Diammine Cobaltic Salts GUICRARD (M. ). Reduction of Molybdic Anhydride by Hydrogen .. RORENHEIM (ARTHUR). Salts of Sulphomolybdic acid . . . . . POCHARD (E.). Maganimolybdates . . . . . . . . . HALLOPEAU (L. A.). Zirconotungstates . . . . . . . . LESINSKY (JOSEPH) and CHARLES GUNDLICH. Thorium compounds . . POUGET. Potassium Sulphantimonites . . . . . . . . SOMMERLAD (HERMANN). Preparation of Silver Sulphantimonites and Sulpharsenites by a dry method . . . . . . . . . LE CHATELIER (HENRI LOUIS). Lithium Borate . . . . O,SMOND (FLORIS). Silver-Copper Alloys . . . ATHANASESCO (NICOLES). Basic Nitrates . . . . . Sulphur in Carbon Bisulphide . . . . responding Hydracids . . . . corresponding Hydracids . . . . . . . . . KLOBBIE. Cerium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GARNIER (JULES). Fluidity of fused Nickel . . . . .PAGE ii, 447 ii, 448 ii, 448 ii, 448 ii, 449 ii, 449 ii, 450 ii, 451 ii, 451 ii, 451 ii, 452 ii, 453 ii, 453 ii, 456 ii, 456 ii, 457 ii, 486 ii, 486 ii, 486 ii, 487 ii, 488 ii, 488 ii, 489 ii, 489 ii, 490 ii, 490 ii, 491 ii, 491 ii, 492 ii, 492 ii, 492 ii, 493 ii, 493 ii, 493 ii, 496 ii, 496 ii, 497 ii, 498 ii, 498 ii, 499 ii, 499 ii, 500CONTENTS. POUGET. Silver Sulphantimonites . . . . . . . . . BERTHELOT (MAKCELLIN PIERRE El-GBNE). The commencement of the combination of Hydrogen with Oxygen . . . . . . . RICHARZ (FRANZ). Electrolytic Formation of Persulphuric acid . . . LEDUC (ANATOLE). Atomic Weights of Nitrogen, Chlorine, and Silver . MOISSAN ( HENRI). The different varieties of Carbon (Amorphous, Graphite Diamond) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONSTAM (EMIL JOSEPH) and ARTHUR VON HANSEN.Electrolytic prepara- tion of a new class of Oxidising Substances WELLS (HORACE LEMUEL) and H. W. FOOTE. Doubie Halogen s i t s of Cssium and Rubidium . . . . . . . . . . MULDER (EDUARD). Silver Peroxynitrate ADLER (MAX). Precipitated Calcium Carbonate . . * SABATIER (PAUL). Action of Cupric Hydroxide on Silver Nitrate Solution FOERSTER (FRITZ). Preparation of Thallium by electrolysis . . . HOFMANN (KARL A.) and E. C. MARBURG. Compounds of Hydrazine with Mercury salts . . . . . . . . . . . . CARNOT ( ADOLPHE) and’GonTaL. Condition in which elements other than Carbon exist in Iron and Steel . . . . . . . . . . MOI~SAN (HERRI). Chromium . . . . . . . . . WEINLAND (RUDOLPH F.) and KARL SOMMER. Arsenothiomolybdates . HOFMASN (KARL A.). Hydroxylamine-ammonia compounds of Uranic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . DENNIS (LOUIS MUNROE) a n i A. E. SPENCER. Zirconium Tetraiodide . WELLS (HORACE LEMUEL) and H. W. FOOTE. Double Fluorides of Zirco- nium with Lithium, Sodium, and Thallium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mineyalogical Chemistry. DOELTER (CORNELIUS). Behaviour of Minerals when submitted to the BETUERS (JAN ‘ W I L k j . Heavy Liquids for the Separation of Minerals . MOISNAN (HENRI). Diamondiferous Sand from Brazil . . . . . MERRILL (GEORGE PERKINS). Free Gold in Granite . . . . . SCHL(ESINO (TH. jun.). Nitrogen and Argon in Fire-damp and in the Gas from the Rochebelle Coal Seam . . . . . . PECKHAM (STEPHEN FARNUM) and LAURA A. LINTON. Trinidai Pitch . TRAUBE (HERMANN). Rutile, Cassiterite and Zircon .. . . FRANCHET (LOUIS). Reniform Limestone from Villejuif PRATT (JULIUS HOWARD). Northupite, Pirssonite, Gaylussite and Hank: site from Borax Lake, California . . . . . . . . FRANCHET (LOUIS). Mysorine (Anhydrous Copper Carbonate) . . STOKES (HENRY GILLERT). A Green Mineral from Brisbane, Queensland DAVISON (JOHN M.) Wardite, a new Hydrous Basic Aluminium Phosphate CLARKE (FRANK WIGGLESWOKTH). Constitution of the Silicates . . PHILIPPI (E.). Microcline from the Spessart . . . . . . . LONWINSON-LESSIXG (FRANZ). Pyrophyllite from ‘the Urals . . . WINCHELL (N. H.). Crystal of Labradorite from Gabbro . . . . GLINKA (K. D.). Alteration of Glauconite . DOELTER (CORNELIUS). Artificial Production of Rocks’ by Fusion in the Presence of Various Agents . . . .. . . . . FAIRBANKS (HAROLD W.). Analcite-diabase from California . . . BERTOLIO (S.). Comendite, a new Rhyolite . . . . . . . COVTE (JOHN HENRY), Green Slate from Llanberis . . . . . WOLFF (JOHN ELIOT). Theralite from CostaRica . . . . . . COHEN (EMIL WILHELM). Meteoric Irons [Rhabdite and Schreibersite] . MERRILL (GEORGE PERKINS). The Meteorite of Hamblen Co., Tennessee . X-Rays . . . . . . . PALACHE (CHARLES). Crocoite from Tasmania . . . . . OELS (M.). Rocks and Asbestos from Corsica . . . . . LORWINSON-LESSING ( FRANZ). Altered Vesuvian Lava . . xvii PAGE ii, 500 ii, 548 ii, 549 ii, 549 ii, 549 ii, 550 ii, 551 ii, 551 ii, 552 ii, 553 ii, 553 ii, 554 ii, 555 ii, 556 ii, 556 ii, 557 ii, 558 ii, 558 ii, 45 ii, 45 ii, 46 ii, 46 ii, 46 ii, 47 ii, 47 ii, 47 ii, 48 ii, 49 ii, 49 ii, 50 ii, 50 ii, 50 ii, 53 ii, 53 ii, 53 ii, 54 ii, 54 ii, 54 ii, 55 ii, 55 ii, 55 ii, 56 ii, 56 ii, 56 ii, 58xviii CONTENTS.PAGE HILGARD (EUGEN WOLDEMAR). MIXGAYE (JOHN C. H,). Artesian Waters of N.S. k7ales . . . . ii, 58 HARRINGTON (BERNARD JAMES). Advances in Mineralogical Chemistry . ii, 102 CURRAN (J. MILNE). Selenium associated with Gold and Bismnth : Gra- phitic Slate, and Water from New South Wales . . . . ii, 102 PITTMAN (EDWARD F. ). Two new Mineral substances from Broken 'Hill, HOFFMANN (G. CHRISTIAN). [An; imony Ochre, Celestite, Galena, Graphite, Tetrahedrite, Meymacite, and Anthraxolite from Canada] . . . ii, 103 LIERRICH (A.). Bauxite and Emery . . . . . . . . ii, 104 CHRISTOMANOS (ANAsrAsIos c.). Greenockite from Laurion .. . ii, 104 IIALL (EDGAR), Origin of Malachite . . . . . . ji, 105 CARNOT (ADOLPHE). Blue Apatite from ilo:,tebras . . . ii, 105 KLOCKMAKN (FRIEDRICH). " Mangankiesel from the'Harz . ii, 105 SMYTH (CHARLES HENRY, jun.). The Genesis of the Talc Deposits 0; St. Lawrence Co., New York . ii, 105 WEINSCHENK ( ERNST). Minerals o i the Griss-Venediger 'in the Hohc Tauern . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 106 MERRILL (GEORGE 'YERKINS). Disintegration and Decomposition of 'Dia- base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 107 JOHN (CONRAD H. VON). Dust which fell [in Austria-Hungary] in February, 1896 . . . . . . . . . ii, 108 WINCIIELL (NEWTON H;). The Arlington Iron . . . . . ii, 109 BAMBERGER (MAX). Discovefy of Argon in the Gases of a Spring a t BAILEY (EDGAR HENRY SUMMEKFIELD) and MARY A.RICE. Water from FRESENJUS (CARL KEMEGIUS) and ERNST HINTZ. Thermal Spring a t Wiesbaden . . . ii, 109 LUDWIG (ERNST). Carbonated Water from Seifersdorf (Ausdrian'Silesia) . ii, 110 LUDWIG (ERNST). The Constantin-Spring in Gleichenberg (Styria) . . ii, 110 CASE (E. C.). Deposit from a Chalybeate Water . . . . . . ii, 110 SCHULTEN (AUGUST BENJAMIN, BARON DE). Artificial Piresonite. Simultaneous Production of Northupite, Gaylussite, and Pirssonite . ii, 146 CESARO (GIUSEPPE). Valleite, a Xew'Orthorhombic Amphibole . . . ii, 147 SCHNERR (H,). The Garnet Group . . . . . . . . . ii, 147 LORD (E.). [Action of Hydrochloric acid on Titaniferous Augite] . . ii, 147 LACROIX (ALFRED). Endomorphic Alterations of Granitic Magma in BOUCHARD (CH. )and ALEXANDRE DESGREZ.Gas from the Mineral Waters RETGERS (JAN WILLEM). Heavy Liquids for the Separation of Minerals . ii, 179 BAUER (MAX). Occurrence of Rubies in Burma . . . . . ii, 179 RAMMELSBERG (CARL FRIEDRICH). Chemical nature of Vesuvian [Idocrase] ii, 180 KAMMELSBERG (CARL FRIEDRICH). Theory of Plagioclase mixing . ii, 180 BECKE (FRIEDRICII). Relation between Dynamometamoiphism and LIPP (ANDREAS). Analysis of Water from a new Iodine spring . . ii, 181 WASHINGTON (HENRY S.). ii, 216 WEED (WALTER H.) and LOUIS V. PJRSSON. Rock from Montana . . . . . . ii, 216 LYONS (ALBERT BROWN). Composition of Hawaiian Soils and Rocks . ii, 217 FOOTE (WARREN M. ). The Sacramento Mountains Meteorite . . ii, 218 HOWE (JAMES LEWIS) and H. D. CAMPBELL [Water] from Chichan-Kinab, Yucatan . . . .. . . . . . . ii, 218 JORISSEN (ARMAND). Molyidenum, Selenium, &c., in Coal from Lidge . ii, 265 HEBERDEY (P. PHILIPP). Artificial Antimonite [Stibnite] and Bismuth Crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 265 The Geologic Efficacy of Alkali Carbonate Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 58 N.S.W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 102 Perchtoldsdorf, near Vienna . . . . . . . . ii, 109 a Mineral Spring in Mitchell Co., Kansas . . . . . . ii, 109 NICOL (W. 1. Anhydrite in Ontario . . . . . . . ii, 147 Contact with Limestone . . . . . . . . . . ii, 148 of Bagnoles de 1'Orne . . . . . . . . . ii, 148 FAKTOR (Fa.). Mineral Water of Kralitz . . . . . . . ii, 148 Molecular Volume . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 181 Igneous Rocks from Smyrna and Pergamon . Missourite : a new LeuciteCONTENTS.xix PEARCE (RICIIARD). A Tellurium Mineral from Colorado . . . . FRENZEL (AUGUST). [Bismutosmaltine, Wolframite, Agricolite, &c.] . . WEIBULL (MATS) and AUG. UPMARK. So-called Dicksbergite . . . IGELSTROM (LARS JOHAN). Dicksbergite from Dicksberg, Wermland . . NITZE (H. B. C.) Monazite . . . . . . . . . . . KATZER (FRIEDRICH). [Mispickel, Vivianite, &c., from Bohemia] . . IGELSTROM (LAM JOHAN). Munkforssite, Bliabergite and Ransatite, three new Swedish Minerals . . . . . . . . . . . BODENBENDER (GUILLRRMO). Wolframite from Argentina . . . . WEINSCHENK (ERNST). Meerschaum from Eskishehir, Asia Minor . . BODENBENDER (GUILLERMO). [Halotrichite, Dioptase, and Rhodochrosite from Argentina] . . . . . . . . WEINSCHENK (ERNST). Mineral Vein‘s i n ‘the Serpentines of the Austrian Alps .. . . . . . . GONNARD i FERDINAND). Augite Crystals from the Central Piateail [of France] . . . . . . . . . . . . . WEINSCHENK (ERNST). Fuggerite, a new mineral from the Fassathal . BACKSTROM (HELGE). Manganandalustite from Vestan% . . . . RIES ( HEINRICH). Clay . . . . . . . . . . . COHEN (EMIL W.). . LASPEYRES ( EKNST ADOLPH HUGO,. Stony Constituents of the Meteoric Iron of Toluca, Mexico . . . . . . . . BREUKELEVEEN (M. VAN). Composition or the’Gas evolved from the water of a well near Enkhuisen . . . . . . . . . SMOOT (L. E. ). Mineral Tallow from Danby, kermont . . . . . BUCK (GEORGE C.). . SJOGREN (S. A. HJALMAR). Copiapite and Botryogen from Falun . . SJOGREN (S. A. HJALMAR). Tilasite or Fluor-adelite from Lhngban .. SJOGREN (S. A. HJALMAR). Mauzeliite, a New Antimony Mineral from SJOGREN (S. A. HJALMAR). Analyses and Constitution of Vesuvian [Ido- SJOGREN (S. A. H~ALMAR).’ Aiteration bf Chondrodite, Tremolite, and Dolomite into Serpentine a t the KO mine, Nordmark . . . . RINNE ( FRIEDKICH). I’hysico-chemical Investigation of Desmine SJOGREN (S. A. HJALMAR). Analyses and Constitution of Axitiite . . NORDENSKIOLD (OTTO) Edingtonite from Bohlet, Sweden . . . . PEEK (GEORGE N.). Analysis of a variety of Ilmenite . . . . . DOELTER (CORNELIUS). Synthetical Studies . . . . . . . SMITHER (P. W.). Analyses of Infusorial Earth . . . . . . SMOOT (L. E.). An Alum Water from Lea Co., Virginia . . . . STOBER (F.). Artificial Cotunnite . , . . . . . . . LOUIS (HENRY). Altaite from Burma .. , . . . . , MALLET (FREDERICK RICHARD). Nemalite from Afghhnisthn . . . SANDBERGER ( FRTDOLIN VON). [Brown Spar from Goldkronach, Bavaria]. RAU (0.). A Neutral “ Phosphoreisensinter ” . . . . . . . HUSSAK (EUGEN) and GEORGE T. PRIOR. Derbylitc from Tripuhy, Brazil . PRIOR (GEORQE T.). Composition of Zirkelite . . . . . . SJOGREN ( STEN ANDERS HJALMAR). Celsian, a Barium Felspar correspond- ing with Anorthite . . . . . . . . . . . HINTZE (CARL). Phenaltite from Silesia . . . . . . . CHAVES Y PSREZ DEL PULGAR (FEDERICO) and FEDERICO RELIMPIO Y ORTEGA. Beryl containing Cesium from Galicia . . . . . LACROIX (ALFRED). Gonnardite . . . . . MERRILL (GEORGE PERKINS). Asbestos add AYbestiform Minerals . . O’REILLY (J. P.). Mica from Co. Dublin . . . . . . . . 2-2 JOWA (L.).Artificial Gypsum . . . . . . . . TENNE (C. AUGUST). Leonite from Leopoidshall , . . . . Meteoric Iron from Locust Grove, North Carolina SJOGREN (S. A. HJALMAR). Periclase from Lhngban . . . . CARNOT ( ADOLPHE). Composition of Turquoise . . . . . Analysis of Dolomitic Marble from Texas, i%d. . Jakobuberg, Sweden . . . . . . . . . crase]. . . . . [Stilbite] . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 265 ii, 266 ii, 266 ii, 266 ii, 267 ii, 267 ii, 267 ii, 268 ii, 268 ii, 269 ii, 269 ii, 269 ii, 270 ii, 270 ii, 271 ii, 271 ii, 271 ii, 272 ii, 272 ii, 272 ii, 324 ii, 324 ii, 325 ii, 325 ii 325 ii, 325 9 ii, 326 ii, 326 ii, 326 ii, 327 ii, 328 ii, 328 ii, 328 ii, 329 ii, 329 ii, 329 ii, 409 ii, 409 ii, 409 ii, 410 ii, 410 ii, 410 ii, 411 ii, 411 ii, 411 ii, 412 ii, 412 ii, 412 ii, 412xx CONTENTS.WEINSCHENK (ERNST). [Forsterite, Hornblende, Nontronite, Batavite, and Garnet froin Bavaria] . . . . . . LOVISATO (DOMENICO). Tourmaline from Caprha, Sardinia . . . . LOVISATO ( DOMENICO). [Hedenbergite and Epidote] from Sardinia . . JUDD (JOHN WESLEY). Simple Massive Minerals . . . . . HARRINGTON (BERNARD JAMES). Andradite from Ontario . . . . CHAVES Y PgREZ DEL PULGAR (FEnERICO). Synthesis of Iron Silicates . CHAVES Y P~REZ DEL PULGAR (FEDERICO). Analysis of a Barytes Rock BAILEY (EDGAR HENRY SUMYERFIELD) and W. M. WHITTEN. Gypsum Rocks from Kansas . . . . . . . . . . . MIDDLETON (JEFFERSON). Clay . . . . . . . . . . HOLLAND (PHILIP) and EDMUND DICKSON. Permian and Triassic Rocks from near Liverpool . , . . . . . . . . . COHEN (EMIL W.).Meteoric Iron from Forsyth Co., Georgia . . . DERBY (ORVILLE ADELBERT). The Bendeg6 Meteorite . . . . . KALECSINSZKY (ALEXANDER VON). [Hungarian Ores, Waters, &c.]. . . KYLE (JUAN J. J.). Argentine Waters . . . . . THADD~EFF (KOKSTANTIN). Composition and SpecificGravity of Sulfoborit;! IGELSTROM (LARS J.). Gersbyite and Munkrtidite . . . . . . FEDOROW (E. VON). Garnet from the Turjinsk mines . . MIRAT (SANTIAGO BONILLA). Aualysis of a Meteoric Stone whilh fell a t Madrid, February 10th) 1896 . . . . . . . . . . MARTIN (W. J., Jun.). Platinum . . . MEUNIER (STANISLAS). Asphaltic Rocks and the Origin of Asphaltum . ISTRATI (CONSTANTIN I.). Roumanite [Runianite] . . . . . . ISTRATI (CONSTANTIN I.). Ozocerite from Moldavia . . . . L CROIX (ALFBED).Marcasite, &c., Pseudomorphs after Pyrrhotite . . T%RMIER (PIERRE). Bournonite from Iskre . . . . . , . FRENZEL (AUGUST). Sylvanite from Kalgoorlie . . . . . HOFFMANN (U. CHRISTIAN). [Scheelite, Tetradymite, Alt'aite, Stromeyerite, Danaite, &c., from Canada] . . . . . . . . HOVEY (EDMUND OTIS). [Coral Limestones from Florida] . . . . LAUNAY (L. DE). [Origin of Iron Ores] . . . . . . BACKSTROM (HELGE). A Mineral allied to Pinakiolite, from LAngban . LACROIX (ALFRED). Crystallised Mineral formed in leaden coffins . . SCHULTEN (AUGUST BESJAMIN DE). Synthesis of Hanksite . . . CHRUSTCHOFF (KONSTANTIN VON). Isometric Crystals of Silica . . . LACROIX (ALFRED). Formation of Zeolites . . . . . . . HOGBOM (ARVID GUSTAF). Beryl in a Pseudomorph after Beryl . . . LINDsTROM (GVSTAF).Edingtonite from Bohlet, Sweden . . . , LEPIERRE (CHARLES). Constitution of Analcite . . . . . . SCHNERR (K. H.). [Analysis of Ilvaite] . . . . . . . . LACROIX (ALF~~ED). Action of Volcanic Fumeroles on Serpentine . . MERKILL (GEORGE PERKINS). [Chrome-diopside, Hornblende, and Pleo- PIRSSON (LOUIS V.). [Augite from Montana] . . . . . . SMITH (GEORGE OTIS). Fayalite . . . . . . . . naste from Montana] . . . . . . :. . BAUER (MAX). Jadeite from " Tibet '" . . . . . . HOLLAND (THOMAS H.). [Augite from Madras] . . . 1 . HANAMANN (JOSEPH). River Waters of Bohetnia ' . . . MABERY (CHARLES FREDERIC) and OTIS T. KLOOZ. American Kaolins . ASTON (EMILY ALICIA). ROBINSON (A. E. ) and CHARLES FREDERIC MABERY. Mineral Waters'from Pennsylvania . . . . . . .LANDERO (CARLOS F. DE). Argehtifekms 'Gold from Lower California . RAMMELSBERG (CARL FRIEDRICH). Arsenic compounds of Iron, Nickel, and Cobalt . . . . . . . . . . . . . P~WOZNIK (EDUARD). Composition of Nagyagite . . . . . MAJORANA (QUIRIWO). Formation of Cuprite by electrolysis of Copper Sul- phate . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . COHEN (EMIL W.). Meteoric Iron . . . . . . Water from Wells in the Nubian Desert PAGE ii, 413 ii, 414 ii, 414 ii, 414 ii, 415 ii, 415 ii, 415 ii, 415 ii, 415 ii, 415 ii, 416 ii, 416 ii, 417 ii, 417 ii, 457 ii, 458 ii, 458 ii, 458 ii, 458 ii, 501 ii, 501 ii, 502 ii, 502 ii, 502 ii, 503 ii, 503 ii, 503 ii, 504 ii, 504 ii, 504 ii, 505 ii, 505 ii, 505 ii, 506 ii, 506 ii, 507 ii, 507 ii, 507 ii, 507 ii, 508 ii, 508 ii, 508 ii, 508 ii, 509 ii, 509 ii, 509 ii, 509 ii, 510 ii, 559 ii, 560 ii, 560 ii, 660CONTENTS.xxi LIEBRICH (A.). Formation of Bauxite and allied minerals . . . . AUTENRIETH ( WILHELM). Occurrence of Iodine in Malachite . . . CESARO (GIUSEPPE) and H. BUTTGENBACH. BUTUREANU (VASILE C.). PENFIELD (SAMUELEWIS) and H. W. FOOTE. RINNE ( FRIEDRICH). PRATT (JULIUS HOWARD) and H. W. FOO~E. 'Wellsite, a new mineral HOGBOM (ARVID GUSTAF). [Orthoclase, Melanite, and Zircon ircm Alno] EMERSON (BENJAMIN KENDALL). [Babingtonite, Biotite, Almandine m d LOVIRATO (DIOMENICO). Garnet from Sardinia . SMEETH ( WLLIAM FREIIERICK). Perlitic Pitchstone frorn'New'South Wales ' RIVA (CARLO). Quartz-mica-diorite from Val Cauionica . . . . . SAHLBOM (NAIMA). Dyke rocks of Alho . . . . . . . . G ~ M B E L (C.WILHELM VON). Green earth from Monte Baldo . FRESENIUS (CARL KEMIGIUS) and HEINRICH FRESENIUS. Water of the' NUSSBERGER (GUSTAV). Mineral waters of Cariton Graubunden . . . VALENTIN (JEAN). Fluorite from Argentina . . . . . . RAMMELSBERG (CARL FRIEDRICH). Formula of Apatite . . . TURI (GINo). Analpsis of Serpentine . . . . . . . A basic Sulphatc? of Copper Constitution and classification of Sulpharsenites Rceblingite, R new silicate from Franklin Furnace . . . . . . . . . . Chabazite with Crystal water, Crystal-carbon-bisul- RIES (HEINRICH). Monoclinic Pyroxenes of New York State . . HELMHACKER (R.). ' Meerschaum . . . . . phide, &c. . . . . . . . . Gedrite from Massachusetts] . . . . . . . BRUN (A.). The Gabbros of Arolla . . . . . . . . Adler Spring a t Wiesbaden .. . . . . . Plqsiologica E Chemisty 9. HALDANE (JOHN SCOTT) and JAMES LORRAINE SMITH. Oxygen Tension of Arterial Blood . . . . . . . . SCHNYDER (LOUIS). Muscular Power and'Gaseous kkiii~olism . . . VOIT (ERWIN). The lowest Limit of Nitrogenous Metabolism . . . WICKE (A.) and HUGO WEISKE. Influence of Fat on Metabolism . . PERELHARING ( CORNELIS ADRIANUS). Preparation of Pepsin . ROSENTHAL (WERNER). Bromine in the Animal Body after the Administra: THOMPSON (WILLIAM H.). Effects of Injection of' Peptone illto theCjrculation WALLER (AUGUSTUS D.) and Miss 8. C. M. SQWTON. Action of Carbonic PEKELHARING ( CORNELIS ADRIANUS). Nucleo-prokeid in Rluscle . . TAMBACH (R.). Occurrence of Inosite in the Thyroid Gland . . . FRANKEL (SIGMUND). Chemistry of the Thyroid .. . . . HVTCHISON (ROBERT). Chemistry of the Thyroid Gland . . . . MULLER (FRIEDRICH). Chemistry of the Mocin of the Respiratory Tract . LEIDI~ (EMILE). The Nucleins of Pus . . L E I D I ~ (EMILE). The Proteids of Purulent Urine (Pyin'and'Mnck) . . SCHLOSSMANF (A). Proteids of Milk and the Methods for their Separation BENJAMIN (R.). Action of Rennet . . . . . DGRING (FRANZ). Estimation of Sulphnr in Animal Tissues, and in the 'Hair' HALDANE (JOHN SCOTT), It. H. MAKGILL and A. E. MAVHOGORDATO. FRANKEL (SIGMUND). Physiological Action of the Suprarenal Capsules . MOKACZEWSKI ( WACLAW VON). The Significance of Chlorides in Anamia. KROMRR (NICOLAI). Action of Carbon Bisulphide on Hzmoglobin . . SCANZONI (FRIEDRICH VON). Absorption of Dextrose in the small Intes- FARNYTEINEP, ( ERNST).Absorption of Peptone in the small'htestine, and the Effect of Drugs on the Process . , . , . . . . tion of Bromine compounds . . Anhydride on Muscle . . . . . . . . of Animals of different Ages . . . . . . . . . Physiological Action of Nitrites . . . . PAVY (FREDERICK WILLIAM). Phloridzin Diabetes . . . . tine and the Effects of Drugs on the Process . . . PAGE ii, 660 ii, 561 ii, 561 ii, 561 ii, 562 ii, 562 ii, 562 ii, 563 ii, 563 ii, 564 ii, 564 ii, 565 ii, 565 ii, 566 ii, 566 ii, 566 ii, 567 ii, 567 ii, 567 ii, 568 ii, 569 ii, 569 ii, 51 ii, 69 ii, 59 ii, 60 ii, 60 ii, 60 5 , 60 ii, 61 ii, 61 ii, 61 ii, 61 ii, 61 ii, 62 ii, 62 ii, 62 ii, 62 ii, 63 ii, 63 ii, 63 ii, 63 ii, 64 ii, 64 ii, 64 ii, 111 ii, 111xxii CONTENTS. K~BNER (HEINRICH).Changes in Cane-sugar in the Alimentary Canal . HALL (WIKFIELD SCOTT). Iron in the Animal Organism . . . . LINDEMANN (LUDWIG) and RICHARD MAP. Value of Rhamnose in the Normnl and Diabetic Organism . . . . KOLIWH (RUDOLF) and RICHARD BURIBN. The Proteids’ of Leucsmic Urine . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUBOIS (RAPHAEL). Luciferase, or the Light-producing Enzyme of Animals and Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . CAMERER (WILLIAM) and FRIEDRICH SOLDNER. Analyses of Human, Cows’, and Mares’ Milk WINTER (J.). Constancy of the l?reez& Points of Milk Ind othe; TENBAUM (ERNEST). Excretion of Calcium in Diabetes . NEESEN (FRIEDRICH). Mercury Air Pump for the Estimation of the Gases i f the Blood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WINTERNITZ (HUGO). The Blood of New-born’ Animals .. . . HANBIOT (MAURICE). A New Enzyme in the Blood . . . . . MOORE (B.) and D. P. ROCKWOOD. Absorption of Fats . . . . AMTROR (CARL) and JULIUS ZINK. Chemistry of Animal Fa& , . . SCHENCK (FRI~DRICH). Muscular Work and Glycogen . . . . . HAMMARSTEN (OLOF). BONDY~SKI (STANTSLAS) and V. HUMNICKI. Fate of Cholesterol in the Animal Organism KLEINE (FRIEDRICH KARL). Behaviour ’of Formanilide in the Animai STOCKMAN (RALPH) and i. D: W. GREIG. Ingestion and Excretion of Iron TERRAY (PAUL voN). GEBHARDT (FRANZ VON). Influence on Metabolism of dividing the Nutri- COHNSTEIN (WILHELM) and HUGO ~ICHAELIS. Changes of the Fat of ROSEMAN (RUDOLF). Course of Excretion of Nitrogen in Man . . . JOLLES (ADOLF). . SMITH (J. LORRAIN) and JOHN SCOTT HALDANE. The Causes of Absorp- BARRATT (WAKELIN). Elimination of Water: and Caibodic Anhydride WEISS (J.). Influence of Great Altitude on the Formation of Hamoglobin WEISKE (HUGO). REID (EDWARD WAYMOUTH). A Diffusion Apparatus . . . . . MULLER (MARTIN). Amount of Nucleon in Human Muscle . . . WING (HENRY H.). Influence of Fat in the Food on Milk . . . . WITTMAACK (KARL). Amount of Nucleon in Cow’s, Human, and Goat’s Milk . . . . . . . . . . SIEGFRIED (MAX A.-). Phosphorus in Human and Cow’s Milk WALLER (AUGUSTUS D.). Action of Acids and Alkalis on the Elkctrdtonih Currents ofNerve , . . . . . . . . . . PEMBREY (MARCUS SEYMOUR). Deep and Surface-temperature of the Body after Section of the Spinal Cord VERAGUTT (OTTO). Effect of a meal on the Nitrogen of theurine . . GARROD (ARCHIBALD EDWARD).The yellow colouring matter of Urine . HUPPERT (KARL HUGO). Albuminosuria . . . . . . . GREIG (DAVID M.). Fibrinuria . . . . MORNER (CARL TH.). Multiple Intes’tinal Concretions in Man . . . MORAZEWSKI (WACLAW TON). Chlorides and Phosphates of the Blood in Disease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Liquids . . . . . . . . KLUG (FERDINAND). Gastric Digestion . . . . . SCHULZ (FR. N.). Fat in the Blood during Hunger . . . . BOGDANDOFF (E.) The Fat of Flesh . . . . . . MEDVEDEFF (AN.). Oxidation in the Tissues . . . . . Influence of Calcium Salts on Fibrin ’ormation Organism . . . . . . . in Health . . . . . . . . inent into several meals . . . . . . . Chyle in the Blood. . . . . . . . . Influence of Atmospheric Oxygen on ‘Metabolik Occurrence and Detection of Nucleohiston in Urine .tion of Oxygen by the Lungs from the Skin . . . . . Influence of Inanition on the Bones and Teeth . . . PAGE ii, 111 ii, 111 ii, 112 ii, 112 ii, 112 ii, 112 ii, 112 ii, 113 ii, 149 ii, 149 ii, 149 ii, 149 ii, 150 ii, 150 ii, 151 ii, 152 ii, 152 !!, 152 11, I52 ii, 153 ii, 153 ii, 153 ii, 182 ii, 182 ii, 112 ii, 182 ii, 183 ii, 218 ii, 219 ii, 219 ii, 219 ii, 219 ii, 219 ii, 220 ii, 220 ii, 220 ii, 220 ii, 220 ii, 220 ii, 220 ii, 221 ii, 221 ii, 221 ii, 221CONTENTS. xxiii HALDANE (JOHN SCOTT), R. H. MAKGILL, and A. E. MAVROGORDATO MOTT (FRF,DERICK WALKER) and WILLIAM DOBINSON HALLIBURTON. Physiological action of Choline, Neurine, and allied Substances . . PHILLIPS (CHARLES D. F.) and MARCUSEYMOUR PEMBERY. Physiological action of Hydrastine Hydrochloride .. . . . . , . R~GNARD (PAUL) and TH. SCHLIESING, JUN. Argon and Nitrogen in the Blood . . . . . . . . . . . . JOLLES (ADOLF). . BOUROT and FERDINAND JEAN. Digestibility of Cacao Butter and of VOIT (FRITZ). . CHAVEAU (JEAN BAPTISTE AUGUSTE). Source of Muscular Energy . . CHAUVEAU (JEAN BAPTISTE AUGUSTE) and P. LAULANI~~:. Source of MAIRET (ALBERT) and VIRES. Coagulating and Toxic properties of Liver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOORE (B.). Active Physiological Substance of the Suprarenal Gland . MOORE (B.) and D. P. ROCKWOOD. The Reaction o i the Intkstine in ReIn- REID (EDWARD WAYMOUTH). Comparison o f the Diffusion inio Serum, and the Abscrption by the Intestine of Peptone and Glucose . . . HENSEN (HANS). Permeability of Membranes for Putrefactive Processes .KAUFMAXN (MAURICE). Chemical Changes within the Organism of a Normal Animal . . . . . . . BODTRER ( EYVIKD). Decomposition of Proteid in 'thc Hum.au Organism . CH~UVEAU (JEAN BAPTISTE AUGUSTE). Transformation of Fat iuto Car- bohydrate in the Organism . . . . . BURIAN (RICHARD) and HEINRICH SCHUR. Forrnntion of Nnclck in Mammals . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHULZ ( FR. N.). Fat Estimation . . , . . . . . . SALKOWSKI ( ERNST LEOPOLD) and KATSUSABUR~ YAMAGIWA. " Oxidation- Bosv and DELEZENNE. Non-putrescibility of' Blood rendered Uncoagul- NEWBIGGIN (hf. I.). Pigments of Decapod Crustacea . ZALESKI (J.). Non-occurrence of Argon in the Colouriiig k & r of the NENCKI (MARCELLUS). Biological Relation of Chlorophyll and HLmo: globin . . . . . . . . . MARTELLI (DOMENICO).Composition and Nutritive Vniue df Tunny Preserved i n Oil . . . . . . . . . . . HOFMEISTEE (FRANZ). Formation of Urea by Oxidation . . . . TSUBOI (JIRo). Excretion of Nitrogen by the Intestine . . . . LUDWIG (ERNST). The Fat of Ovarian Dermoid Cysts . . . . . ZEYNPK (RICHARD TON). The Fat of Ovarian Dermoid Cysts . . . DENIG~S (GEORGES). A remarkable case of Alcaptonuria : Estimation of Alcapton (Homogentisic acid) . . . . . . . . . OVERTON (ERNST). Osmotic Properties of Cells in their bearing: on Toxi- ZUNTZ (LEO). Hammerschlag's Method of Estimating the Specific Gravity of Blood and Seruni . . . . . . . . . . SPIRO (KARL) and ALEXANDER ELLINGER. The Antagonism of Substances in the Blood which Accelerate and Hinder Coagulation . . * . WINTER (J.).Freezing Point of Milk . . . . . . . . HANRIOT (MAURICE). Non-identity of Lipases of Different Origin . . PFLUGER (EDUARD). Estimation of Sugar . . , . . . . BRODIE (T. GREGOR). Diphtheria Antitoxin . . . . . . . Physiological action of Kitrites . . . , . . . . MORNER (CARL TH.). Fermented Fish . . . . HANRIOT (MAURICE) and L. CAMUS. Estimation of Lipase . . . [Amount of Iron excreted in healthy Human Urine] Effect of Fresh Thyroid anh Iodothyrin on Bletabolism Butter from Cow's Milk , . . Muscular Energy . . . . . . . . . . . CRAMER (C. D.). Thrombosin . . . . . . . tionship to Intestinal Digestion . . . . . . . ferments " of the Tissues . . . . . . able by Leech Extract . . . . . . . . Blood . . . . cology and Pharmacy . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 221 ii, 222 ii, 222 ii, 222 ii, 273 ii, 273 ii, 274 ii, 330 ii, 330 ii, 330 ii, 330 ii, 330 ii, 331 ii, 331 ii, 331 ii, 331 ii, 332 ii, 332 ii, 332 ii, 333 ii, 333 ii, 333 ii, 333 ii, 334 ii, 334 ii, 334 ii, 335 ii, 335 ii, 335 ii, 336 ii, 236 ii, 337 ii, 337 ii, 337 ii, 377 ii, 378 ii, 378 ii, 378 ii, 378 ii, 379xxiv CONTENTS.MOSSE (MAX). Ethereal Hydrogen Sulphates in the Urine and the Influence of Drugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERNON (HORACE MIDDLETON). Relation of the Respiratory Exchange to KASSNER (GEORG). Increased Absorption of Oxygen by. the Blood and the KOEPPE (HANS). Osmotic Pressure as the cause of exchange between Red FAWCETT (JOHN) and W. HALE WHITE. Influence of &Tetrahydro- MARFORI (PIo). Change which some acids of the Oxalic series undergo in the Organism .. . . . . . . . STRAUSS (HERMANN). Occurrence of Hydrogen Sulphide a n i Indole in the Humanstomach . . . . . . . . . . . VINCENT (SWALE). Action of Suprarenal Capsules . . . . DORNIC (P.). Effect ot Work on the Qnality and Composition of Cows’Milk BARDACH (BRUNO). The reason why Milk coagulates when heated . . STORCH (KARL). The Proteids of Cows’ Milk . . . . . . . EBSTEIN (WILHELM) and ARTHUR NICOLAIER. Action of Oxalic acid RIAZANTSEFF (N. V.). The work of Digestion and the excretion of Nitrogen RIONKA (HEINRICH). Poisonous action of Sulphurous acid and its salts and the admissibility of their use in Foods . . . . . . E’IQUET (EDMOND). Action of Albumoses and Peptones in Intravascular Injections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VOIT (FRITZ). Behaviour of some varieties of Sugar in the Animal Organism .. . . . RICHMOND (HENRY DROOP). Coinposition’of Milk ‘and Milk Proiucts : LANDOLPH ( FRLDI~RIC). Analysis of Urine : Thermo-optically Positive and Negative Diabetic Sugar . . . . . . . . . . PFEIFFEK (F. W. THEODOR C.) and WILHELM EBER. Formation of Hip- GIACOSA ( PIERO). Amount of HEmoglobin in the Blood a t high altitudes .’ GAULE (JUSTUS). Absorption of Iron and synthesis of Hemoglobin . . HENRIQUES (VALDEMAR). Reducing substances in the Blood . . . NUTTALL (GEORGE H. F.) and HANS THIERFELDER. Animal life, without Bacteria in the Alimentary Canal . . . . . . . . . DUNLOP (JAMES CRAUFORD), DIAHMID N OEL-PATON, RALPH STOCKMAN, and IVISON MACADAM. Influence of muscular exercise, sweating, and massage on Metabolism . .. . . . . . . . . GEELMUYDEN (H. CHR.). Acetone ns R Metabolic product . . . . NOEL-PATON (DIARMID). Hepatic Glycogenesis . . . . . . MORACZEWSEI (WACLAW VON). DURING (FRANZ). The mineral matters in birds’ bones . . . . . MORNER (CARL TH.) The Sulphuric acid in Bone Ash . . . . . MACALLUM (A. B.). Distinction between Organic and Inorganic com- OSWALD (AD.). The amount of Jodine in the Thyrdid giand. . . . GLEY (EuG~NE). Presence of Iodine in the Parathyroid glandules . . MARSHALL (C. R.) and H. LL. HEATH. Physiological action of Chlor- THESEN (JORGEN EITZEN). Rehaviour of Phenylglycine and Phenylgly- cineorthocarboxylic acid in the animal body . . . . . . . VINCENT (SWALE). Physiological effects of extracts of Suprarenal capsules MARSHALL (C. R.). Antagonistic Action of Digitalis and Nitrites .STOKLASA (JULIUS). Phosphorus in Human and Cow’s Milk , Temperature in Cold-blooded Animals . . . . Therapeutic Use of Oxygen . . . . . . . . . Blood Corpuscles and Salt Solutions . . . . . naphthylamine on the Body Temperature . VOGET, (G. ). Physiological Action of certain Etherial salts . . . . . . and its derivatives on the Kidneys . . . . . . HIRSCHFELD (FELIX). Acetonuria . . . . . . . . EICHLOFF (ROBERT). Colostrum Fat . . . . . . . . puric acid in the Animal Orgmism , . . . . The mineral constituents of human organs pounds of Iron . . . . . . . . . . . HOWALD (W.). Iodine in the Hkrs . . . . . MATHEWS (ALBERT). Chemistry of Spermatozoa . . . . . hydrins . . . . . - . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 379 ii, 418 ii, 418 ii, 418 ii, 419 ii, 419 ii, 419 ii, 419 ii, 420 ii, 420 ii, 420 ii, 420 ii, 422 ii, 422 ii, 422 ii, 422 ii, 510 ii, 511 ii, 511 ii, 511 ii, 512 ii, 512 ii, 569 ii, 570 ii, 570 ii, 570 ii, 570 ii, 571 ii, 571 ii, 5 f l ii, 571 ii, 571 ii, 572 ii, 572 ii, 572 ii, 572 ii, 572 ii, 573 ii, 573 ii, 573 ii, 573 ii, 573CONTENTS.xxv SCHLOSSMANN (ARTHUR). Asses Milk . PRAVSNITZ (WILHELM). MOELLER (JOSEPH). Vegetable Matter in Huiiian Fices : KERMAUNER (FRITZ). Flesh in Human Faxes PRAUSNITZ ( WILHELM;. HAMMERL (HANS). * Bacteria of Human Faxes. FLINT (AUSTIN). Stercorin . CAMERER (WILLIAM). JEROME (WILLIAM J. SMITH.). RITTER (A. ) (Carlsbad). JAFFB (MAX). CAPALDI (ACHILLE). Kynurenic acid . SOLOMIN (P.). Kynurenic acid . HUPPERT (KARL HUGO). Alcaptonic acids .’ CASPARI (W.). Chronic Oxalic acid Poisoning ZUNTZ (NATHAN). Feeding Experiments with Turnip Leaves : JONG (J. H. DE). Clinical Significance of Lactic acid . Behaviour of Anirnai and qegetabie Foods in the Alimentary Canal . Chemical Coinposition of thk Faxes with different Diets The Nitrogenous Constituents of the‘Urine Uric acid formation in Man Urinary sediments and Gout Constituents of Urine precipitated by Phenylhydrakne PAGE ii, 574 ii, 574 ii, 574 ii, 574 ii, 574 ii, 574 ii, 575 ii, 575 ii, 575 ii, 575 ii, 575 ii, 576 ii, 576 ii, 576 ii, 576 ii, 576 ii, 577 Chernistyy of Vegetable Physio~ogy and Agvicultwe. NOBBE ( FRIEDRICH) and LORENZ HILTNER. Suitability of Nodule Bacteria of different origin for various kinds of Leguminosa . . . . BOURQUELOT (EMILP, ELII~). Action of the Oxidising Ferment of Mushrooms on various Oxidisable Compounds .. . . . . . . BOURQURLOT (EMILE ELII?). Action of the Oxidising Ferment of Mushrooms on Insoluble Phenols , . . . . . . . . . . WAIT (CHARLES E.). Occurrence of Titanium [in Plants] . . . . KROMER (NICOLAI). RITTHAUSEN (CARL HEINRICH LEOPOLD). Calculation of Proteids in Seed; from the amount of Nitrogen . . . . . . DEHI~RAIN (PIERRE PAUL) and E. DEMOUSSY. Oxidation of Organic Matte; in Soil . . . . . . . . . RITTHAUSEN (CARL HENRICH LEOPOLD) rind BAUMAXN. Fat by Moulds . . . . . . . . . . . B~CHAMP (ANTOINE). Changes which take &ce ‘in Milk, either Spon: taneously or during Culinary Processes . . . . . . EMMERLING (OSKAR). Putrefaction of Albumin . . . . EMMERLINO (OSKAR). A new Bacillus which forms Butpric Acid ‘from Glycerol .. . . . . . . . EMMERLING (OSKAR). The Cause of Poisoning by Curtains containing Arsenic . . . . . . . BURRI (R.) and ALBERT STUTZER. Denitrifying Bacteria and the Loss of Nitrogen caused by them . . . . . . . . . . BEHRENS (JOHANNES). Origin of Triinethylainine and the Spontaneous Development of Heat in Hops . . . . TAPPEINER (ANTON JOSEF ~ R A N Z HERMANN). Action of Phenylquinolinr~ and Phosphines on Lower Organisms . . . . . . . . MANGIN (LOUIS). Vegetation in Respired Air . . . . . KOSUT~NY (TAM&). Production of Vegetable Proteids . . . . MULLER (HERMANN). Effect of Nitrogen on Root Formation . . . STOKLASA (JULIUS). The Physiological Significance of Lecithin in Plants HERTRAND (GABRIEL). Coexistence of Lecasse and Tyrosinase in Certain LIPPMANN (EDMUND 0.VON). Nitrogenous Constituents of Beei Juice : MAYER (ADOLF). The Maximum of Plant Production . . . . . GAY (PAUL). Nutritive Value of Horse-Chestnuts . , , , . . FRANKFURT (S.). Composition of Wheat Gernis . . Constituents of the Seeds of Pharditis Nil k Destruction of , PESCH (F. J. VAN). Maize-germ Cake . . Fungi . . . . . . . . ii, 64 ii, 66 ii, 66 ii, 67 ii, 67 ii, 68 ii, 68 ii, 68 ii, 69 ii, 70 ii, 113 ii, 113 ii, 113 ii, 114 ii, 114 ii, 115 ii, 115 ii, 115 ii 115 ii, 116 ii, 116 ii, 117 ii, 118 ii, 118 ii, 119xxvi CONTENTS. STELLWAAG (Auousr). Molasses as Food for Cattle . . . . HILGARD (EUGENE WOLDEMAR). Recent Progress in Soil Examination . SMORAWSRI (ST.) and H. JACOBSON. Behaviour of Superphosphate and Basic Slag in Soil .. . PAGNOUL (AIMJ~). Assimilability of Nitric and Ammoniacal Nitrogen by Plants . . , . . . . JOFFRE (JULES). Agricultural Value bf Deteribrated Phosphatic Manures. BUCHNER (EDUARD). Alcoholic Fermentation without Yeaat Cells . . TANRET (CHARLES). Effect of Ammonium Nitrate on Aspergillus niger . PAUL (THEODOR) and BERNHARD KRONE. Behaviour of Bacteria towards ESCOMBE (F.). Chemistry of'the Memiranks of'lichens and Fung.'i . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Crystalline Nitrogenous Compounds in Seedlings . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Nitrogenous Compounds derived from the Proteid Substances of certain Conifers . . . . EINECRE (ALRER'I'). Analyses of the Juice of Different Varieties of Goose: berries, Currail ts, and Strawberries . . . . . . . . B~CHAMP (ANTOINE.) The changes which take place in Milk either span- HEYERINCK ( MARTINUS WILIIELM). Detection and Distribution of Glucasc, the Enzyme of Maltose , . . . . . . . . . . MORRIS (GEORGE HARRIS). Enzyme-action . . . . . . . GERMANN (H.). Fruit of Myroxobon Pcrcirce and of white Peru Balsam . PLUGGP; (PIETER CORNELIUS) niid A. RAUWERDA. Occurrence of Cytisiiie FERNEACH ( AuG.). KELLGREN (A. G.) and LARS FREDRIK NILSON. Swedish Foddei. Plants 1 WERENSKIOLD (FR.). Analyses of Norwegian Hay . . . . . . WOLL (FRITZ WILHELM AUGVST). Examination of Linseed Meal . . EMMERLING (OSKAR). Butylic Alcohol Fermentation . B~CHAMP (ANTOINE). The changes which lake place in Milk, either spon: EMMERLING (OSKAR). Fermentation produced by Moulds . BOURQUELOT ( EMILE ELIB) and H. H~RISSEY.Hydrolysis of Meleiitose BOURQUELOT (EMILE ELI^). Act'ion of the Oxidising Ferments of Mush: rooms on Phenols and Phenolic Ethers . . . . . . . PFEFFER (WILHELM). Selection of Orgrrnic Nutritive Substances . . MOLISCH (HANS). Crystallisation of Xanthophyll (Carotin) and Proof of its TSCHIRCH (WILHELM OSWALD ALEXANDER). ColouriDg matters contained in Leaves, and the Relationship of Chlorophyll to the colouring niatter of Blood . . . . . . . . . HILGARD (EUGEN WOLDEMAR). The Supply of Soii Nitrogen . . . HILGARD (EUGEN WOLDENAR) and ROBERT HILLS LOUGHRIDGE. Distri- bution of the Salts in Alkali Soils . . . . . . . . . HILGARD (EUGEN WOLDEMAR) and ROBERT HILLS LOUGHRIDGE. Growing BALLAND. Diminution of the Nitrogenous matter in Wheat in the DQpnrte- HENRY (WILLIAM ARNON).Value of Creamery Separator Skim' Milk for' G~RARD (ERNEST). Vegetable Lipase in Penicillitbm g?aucom . CAZENEUVE (PAUL), Soluble Oxidising Ferment and the " Breaking " of Wines . . . . . . . . . . . . . TSUKAMOTO (MICHITO). Formation of Mannnn in Aworphophallus konjak HANAI (T.). Physiological Observations on Lecithin . . . NAKAMURA (T.). Relative value of Asparagine as a Nutrient for PhEno: g a m s . . , . . . . , . . . . . . . Chemical Reagents . . . tancously or during Culinary Processes . . . . POLJANEC. Transpiration of the Potato . . . . . . . HERON (JOHN). The Tiinnin of Hops . . . . . . . in different Pspi1ionace:E . . . . . . . . Phosphoric acid in Barley and'Malt taneously or during culinary processes . . . . . . by Soluble Ferments . . . . . .. presence in Leaves . * . . . . . . 1 . . Sugar Beets on Alkali Soils . . . . . . . . . ment du Nord . . . . . . . . Pig Feeding . . - . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 119 ii, 119 ii, 120 ii, 120 ii, 121 ii, 154 ii, 154 ii, 155 ii, 155 ii, 156 ii, 156 ii, 158 ii, 183 ii, 183 ii, 184 ii, 185 ii, 185 ii, 185 ii, 186 ii, 186 ii, 187 ii, 187 ii, 188 ii, 222 ii, 223 ii, 223 ii, 223 ii, 223 ii, 224 ii, 224 ii, 225 ii, 226 ii, 226 ii, 227 ii, 227 ii, 228 ii, 274 ii, 274 ii, 275 ii, 275 ii, 275CONTENTS. xxvii PAGE NAKAMURA (T.), Relative Value of Asparagine as a Nutrient for Fungi . ii, 276 ISHIZURA (T.). Physiological Behaviour of Maleic and Fumaric acids . ii, 276 SUZUKI (U.). MIYACHI (T.). Can Old Leaves produce Asparagine by Starvation '1 . . ii, 277 SCHAER (EDUARD).New Kino from k y r k t i e a . . . . . . ii, 278 PAUL (BENJAMIN HORATIO) and ALFRED JOHN COWNLEY. LEVAT (L. A.). Action of Red Wines on Zinc . . . . ii, 279 HORNBERGER (R.). Cause of Increased Growth of Trees when thinne'd . ii, 280 BERTRAND (GABRIEL). The Coloration of the Sap of Beetroot, and the Soluble Oxidising Elements . . . . . . . . ii, 338 TANRET (CHARLES). Action of Ammonium Niirate on Aspergillus nigcr . ii, 338 LOPRIORE (G.). Action of Carbonic Anhydride on the Protoplasm of Living Plant-cells . . . . . . . . . . . . ii,338 ESCRLE. Amnnnt of Iodine in certain Alge . . . . . ii, 339 GROOM (P.). Relation between Lime and the Carbohydrates in Plants . ii, 339 ROSENSTIEHL (AUGUSTE). Sterilisation of the Musts of Fruits . . . . . . . . ii, 339 LEHMANN (PRANZ).Nutritive Value of Beetroot Leaves . . . . ii, 340 DECOUX (LOUIS) and LOUIS DRUMEL. ii, 341 REMY (THEODOR). Barley . . . . . . . . . ii, 341 VOGEL (J. HANS). The R8le'of Fat in Manures . . . . . ii, 341 TACKE (BRUNO). Action of Potash Salts on Peaty Soil . . , ii, 342 BOKORNY (THEODOR). Carbon Compounds as Food Material'for Bacteria . ii, 379 BUCHNER (EDUARD). Alcoholic Fermentation without Yeast Cells . . ii, 380 GOSIO (B,). Cause of Poisoning by Wall Papers containing Arsenic . . ii, 381 EMMERLING (OSKAR). Cause of Poisoning by Wall Papers containing Arsenic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 381 DEHI~RAIN (PIERRE PAUL). Reduction of Nitrates . ii, 381 REINITZER (FRIEDRICH). The Enzyme of Barley which Dissoives Cell 'Walls ii, 382 Formation of Asparagine in Plants under different con- ditions .. . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 277 INCE (WALTER H.). Tabasheer . . . . . . ii, 278 Columbian Ipecacnanha . . . . . . . . . . ii, 278 Brazilian and MAENO (N.). Physiological Action of Am'idosulphonic acid . . . ii, 279 Solubility of the Colouring Matter of Grapes : BEHRENS (JOHANNES). Preservation and Composition of Hops . . . ii, 340 Ordinary and Dried Superphosphate ESect of Potash Manuring on the Quzlity of Brewing MAERCKER (MAX). Action of Potassium Salts on Sandy Soil . . . ii, 341 KUTSCHER (FR.). Phosphorescence of Wood . . . . . . . ii, 381 GIRARD (AIM@. Composition and Analysis of Wheat . . . . . ii, 382 MALPRAUX (L.). Manure Value of Oil Cakes . . . . . . ii, 383 PARIS (JULES). Rat Guano from Eboli, Salcrno . . . . .. ii, 383 RAU (A.). Fermentability of Galactose . . . . . . . ii, 423 WEHMER (CARL). ii, 423 COATES (CHARLES E.) and W. R. DOTHON. HEINRICH (B.). centration of the Nutritive Solutions . . . . . . ii, 424 GIRARD (AIM&). Composition and Analysis of Wheats . ii, 425 HI~BERT (ALEYANDRE) and G. TRUFFAUT. Cyclamen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 426 Effect of Temperature on the Production of Free Oxalic acid in cultivations of Aspergillus niger . . . . . . Nitrogen assiniilstion in the Relation between the Transpiration of Plants and the con- GIGLIOLI (J.). Latent Vitality of Seeds . . . . . . . . ii, 423 Cotton Plant . . . . . . . . . ii, 424 VAUDIN (L.). Migration of Calcium Phosphate in Plants . . . . ii, 425 Physiological 'Study of the HEINRICH. Lime and Lupins .. . . . . . . . ii, 426 PAYNE (GEORGE F.). Mineral Constituents of the Water Melon . . . ii, 427 FLEISCHER (HERMANN ANTON MORITZ). Effect of Manures on the [Botanical] Composition of Crops . . . ii, 427 AEBY (JULIUS H.), R. DORSCTI, FR. MATZ, and' PA& WAGN'ER. Relative Manurial Value of, and the Preservation of Nitrogen in Stable Manuie ii, 428 PFEIFFEK (F. W. THEODOR C.), E. FRANCKE, C. GOTZE and H. THURNANN Decompositions during the Putrefaction of Nitrogenous Organic matter ii, 428 G~RARD (ERNST) and P. DAREXY. Fatty Matter of Beer Yeast . . . ii, 459xxviii CONTENTS. PAGE LINDNER (PAUL). Formation of “Fruit Ethers’’ by Yeasts in Green MAZ~. Fixation of Free Nitrogen by the Bacillus of Leguminous Nodules GERBER (C ). PY (G.). STONE (WINTHROP E.). The Carbohydrates of Wheat, Mati’ze, Flour’ and STONE (WINTHROP E.).Action of Enzymic ferments on Starches of dif- WEISBEKG (J.). Origin of Silica in Incrustations and Deposits of’the Beet- Solubility of Calcium Silicate in Saccharine sobs of Cameroon, Senegambia The function of Humic substances in the Fertility Malt and in Worts . . . . . . . . . ii, 459 ii, 459 . ii, 460 ii, 461 Bread. . . . . . . . . . . ii, 461 Function of Tannin in Plants and especially in Fruits . Analysis and Composition of Stick Liquorice . ferent origin . . . . . . . . ii, 461 root Sugar manufacture. Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 462 and German East Africa. Improved methods of Soil Analysis . . ii, 463 BOGGILD (B.). Analyses of Spurrey . . . . . . . ii, 462 wOH L m A m (FERDINAND) and H.KRATZ. GAUTIER (ARMAND). SCBLOESING (TH., Jun.). Fermentation in SolLd Ma’teriks . . . . ii, 513 of Soils . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 463 PFEFFER (W.). Formation of Diastase . . . . . . . . ii, 513 BERTKAND (GABRIEL). Oxydising action of Mmganese Salts : Coiistitution BOULANGER-DAUSSE (EM.). Action of Guaiacol on the germination of the spores of Aspergillus . . . . . . . . . ii, 514 BALLAND. Composition of Haricots, Lentils, and Peas . . . . . ii, 514 COUDON (H.) and L. BUSSARD. Composit.ion of Potatoes . . . . ii, 514 FLEISCHER (H. A. MORITZ). Effect of manuring peaty meadows on the amount of Water, Potash, and Phosphoric acid in the Crops . . . ii, 515 NAKAMURA (T.). Rehaviour of Yeast a t a high temperature . . ii, 577 LOEW (OSCAR). Behaviour of Yeast a t a high temperature .. ii, 578 YABE (K.). Two new kinds of Red Yeast . ii, 578 WENT (F. A.), ii, 578 EMMERLING (OSKAR). Decomposition of Fibrin by Streptococci . . ii, 578 ZOJA (LUIGI). Decomposition of Elastin by AnaProbic Ferments . . ii, 579 EMMRRLING (OSKAR). Fermentation of Fresh Grass . ii, 519 SUZUKI (U.). An important function of Leaves : . ii, E80 STROHMER (FRIEDRICH). Production of Sugars in Beetroot . . ii, 581 JESSEN-HANSEN (H.). different periods . . ii, 581 SUZUKI (U.). Behaviour of Active A1b;min a; Reser’ve Material 1 ii, 582 GODLEWSKI (EMIL). Nitrates . . ii, 583 GUSRIN (GABRIEL). tissue . . ii, 583 CURTIUS (THEODOR) and i. REINKE. the qreen parts of Plants . . ii, 584 B R ~ A L &MILE). Humus. . ii, 584 BEESON (J. L.). Occurrence of Amines‘ on the‘ Juice of the ‘Sugar-cane .ii, 584 TUCHOLKA (W. ), Bisabol-myrrha . . ii, 584 NEGAMI (K.). ii, 585 TAKABAYASHI, S. Poisonous action of Ammonium Salts on Plants . ii, 585 SJOLLEMA (B.). Injury t o ]::.ye by Perchlorate contained in Nitrates . ii, 585 ROZDEJCZER (KARL VON). Nitrogen Nutrition in Legurninma: . . ii, 586 PASSERINI (NAPOLEONE). Amount rff Nitrogen conveyed to different kinds of Soil by Red Clover . ii, 587 PASSERINI (NAPOLEONE). Experiments on the’effect of Magnesia on Wheat ii, 587 DURING (FRANZ). The Pentosans and Crude Fibre of various Foods . ii, 588 I~URRI (R. ) and ALBERT STUTZER. Nitrification in Soil . ii. 588 RONAME (PH.). some Nitrogenous Manures . . ii, 588 of Oxydases . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 513 Production of Carbon Bisulphide by Schizophyllum iobnturn Chemical and Bacteriological investigation of the The Carbohydrates of Rye, Barley, and Wheat, a t Formation of Proteids in Plants by the reduction of: A compound rich in Manganese *obtained from*woody ?he volatile reducing substance of Production of Ammoika from Vegeiable substances and Physiological action of Disodiuni Sulphite on Phaenogms .Nitrification of the Nitrogenous Matter of Soil ‘and ofCONTENTS. xxix PAGE DEHERAIN (PIERRE PAUL). Fixation and Nitrification of Nitrogen in KOWERSKI (STANISLAUS VON). * Increase of the Nitrogen of the Soil by DAFERT (FRANZ W.) and R. BOLLIGER. Conservation ' of Famiyard DEHI~RAIN ( PIENRE'PAUL): Drainage Waters MARTIN (L~oN). Drainage Waters . Arable soils . White Mustard Manure , Analytical Chemistry.WISLICENUS (WILHELM). Convenient form of Graduated Flask . . NORRIS (JAMES F.) and HENRY FAY. Iodometric Estimation of Selenious and Selenic acids . . . . . . . GOOCH (FRANK AusTINjand A. b. PEIRCE. Separation of Selenium and Tellurium . . . . . . . . . . . . . GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN) and W. C . MORGAN. Estimation of TelIuriuni by Precipitation as the Iodide . . . . . . . . . . ALLESSANDRI and GUASSINI. Nitrates in Water . . . . FAIRBAKKS (CHARLOTTE), Iodometric Method for the Estimation of Phosphorus in Iron . . . . . . . . . . . PFEIFFER ( FRANZ WILHELM THEODOR CHRISTIAN). Estimation Of Phosphates i n Precipitates . AUCHY (GEORGE). The Precipitation of Phosphomolybdaie in Steel' Anaiysis: BROWNING (PHILIP EMBURY). Interaction of Chromic and Arsenious An- PLANCHON (VICTOR) and VuAFLAm.Detection and Estimation of Borax in Butter . . . . . . . . . . . . LIEBRICH. Estimation of Silicon in Pig Iron . . . . . . . HALDANE (JOHN SCOTT). Detection and Estimation of Carbonic Oxide in Air . . - . . . . . . . . . . KREIDER (D. ALBERT) and J: L. BRECRENRIDGE. Separation and Identi- fication of Potassium and Sodium KUSTER ( FRIEDRICH WILHELM). Volumktric' Est'imation of Aikali Hy: droxides, containing Carbonates, and of Alkali Carbonates. Value of Phenolphthaleyn and Methyl-orange as Indicators . . . . . BROWNING (PHILIP EMBURY) and LOUIS C. JONES. Estimation of Cadmium as Oxide . . . . " ANTONY ( UBALDO) and T. BENELLI. Estimation of Lead in Potable Water; SMITH (EDGAR FRANCIS) and DANIEL L; WALLACE. Electrolytic Estimation of Mercury .. . . TARUGI (N.). New Met'hod bf Separatingthe Phosphates in the Ammonia: Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GOOCH (PRANK AUSTIN) and CHARLOTTE FAIRBANKS. Iodometric Estinia- tion of Molybdic acid . . . . . . . . . . YURGOTTI (ATTILIO). Application of the Blue Oxide of Molybdenum in Volumetric Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . DEFACQZ (E.). Reactions of Tungsten . BROWNING (PHILIP EMBURY). Reduction of Vanidic acid 'by Hydriodi; and Hydrobromic acids, and its Titration in Alkaline Solution with Iodine . . . . . . . MUTHMANN (J~ILHELM jand'F. MAWROW. Estimation of Bismuth . . TARUGI (N.). Platinum Amalgam and its Application iu Analysis . . COHN (PAUL) and FRANZ FLEISSNER. Separation of Palladium from Platinum . . . . . . . . . . LINTON (LAURA A.j.Technical Analysis of Asphaltum . . . . KETEL (B. A. VAN). Estimation of Glucose i n Urine . . . . . PAVY (FREDERICK WILLIAM). Estimation of Sugar in Blood . . . THIBAULT (PAUL). Polarimetric Estimation of Milk Sugar in Human Milk ELION (HASTOG). Gravimetric Estimation of Sugars, especially of Maltose, . . . . . . . . . hydrides . . . . . . . . . . . . by means of Fehling's Solution ii, 590 ii, 590 ii, 590 ii, 591 ii, 593 ii, 70 ii, 70 ii, 71 ii, 71 ii, 71 ii, 72 ii, 72 ii, 72 ii, 73 ii, 73 ii, 73 ii, 74 ii, 74 ii, 74 ii, 75 ii, 75 ii, 75 ii, 75 ii, 76 ii, 76 ii, 77 ii, 78 ii, 7 8 ii, 78 ii, 79 ii, 79 ii, 80 ii, 80 ii, 80 ii, 80xxx CONTENTS. DENIG~S (GEORUES). Rapid Process for the Detection of Formaldehyde in Milk . . . . . . . . . . . GLUCKSMANN (‘CARL).Estimation of Hydrocyanic acid in Officinal Waters GILDEMEISTER (EDUARD) and KARL STEPHAN. Palmarosa Oil . . . GASSMANN (CHARLES). Estimation of the Constituents of a Mixture of . , PLATT (CHARLES). Qualitative Examination of Acetanilide . . . GOMBERCJ (MOSES). Estimation of Caffeine . . . . . . . GEORGES. Estimation of Caffeine . . . . . . . . . LEDDEN HULSEBOSCH (MARIUS L. Q. VAN). Estimation of Caffeine in Tea KRAMERS (I. G,). Estimation of Quinine Salts by means of Sodium Nitro: KELLER (C. C.). Estimation of the Alkaloids i’n iVz& vomiea . . . SCHLOSSMANN (A.). separation of the Proteids of Milk . . . . . GEORGES. Estimation of Albumin in Urine . . . . . . . RIEGLER (E.). New Process for Estimating Albumin in Urine . . . DITTRICH (MAX). Methods of Rock Analysis .. BENNETT (A. A.) and L. A. PLACEWAY. Estimation of the Three Halogens Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine, in Mixtures of their Binary Compounds. BLAU (FRITZ). Action of Bromine on Metallic Chlorides, and a Method for the Estimation of both Halogens in the presence of one another . SKRAUP (ZDENKO HANNS). Jacobsen and Rrunn’s Method for the Purifi: cation of Hydrogen Sulphide containing Arsenic . . . . . POPE (FREDERICK J.). Estimation of Sulphides in Calcium Carkde . STANSBIE (J. H.). Estimation of Sulphur in Ores . . . . . . KONINCK ( LUCIEN ’LOUIS DE). Estimation of Sulphur in Ores . . . EDMUNDS (JAMES). Estimation of Sulphuric Acid or of Barium . . . PAGNOUL (AIMI~). [Estimation of Nitric and Ammoniacal Nitrogen in FRITSCH (PAUL). *Wet’ Method ’ for Estimating Carbon and Nitrogen ii DIBDIN (WILLIAM JOSEPH) and ROBERT GRIMWOOD.Analysis of Mdrtars LUCAS (MAURICE). Calorimetric Estimation of Lead . . . . . POPE (FREDERICK J.). Volumetric Estimation of Lead . . . GLADDING (THOMAS S.). Estimation of Iron and Aluminkmi Oxides in JOLLES (ADOLF). Estimation of the Iron in Blood for Clinical Purposes 1 FRIEDIIEIM (CARL). Volumetric Estimationof Xolybdenumandof Vanadium STILLMANR (THOMAS B. ). Solubility of Bismuth Sulphide in Sodium Sulphide : Estimation of Small Amounts of Bismuth in Anti-friction HABER (FRITzj and H. ’OECHELHAUSER. Estimation of Ethylene in the CLOWES (FRANK). Limiting the Explosive Proportions of Acetylene and Detecting and Measuring the Gas in the Air . . . . KISBLING (RICHARD). Estimation of Sulphur in the Gases produced by the Combustion of Petroleum .. . . . . . . . BOTTCHER (0.). Estimation of Ammoniacal Nitrogen in Artificial Manures OETTELL (FELIX). A New Method of Estimating Phosphorus in Phosphor- MEINEKE (C. ). Criticai Examination of Methods’ for ‘the ‘Estimatibn o’f CAMPREDON (LOUIS). GERLACH (MAX) and Max PASSON. Estimation of Readily Soluble Phos: BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN) and GUSTAVE A ~ T D R ~ . Phosphoric Acid : Esti- mation of Pyrophosphoric acid . . . . . . . . . SZARVASY (EMERIGH). Volumetric Estimation of Arsenic , . HONIG (MAX) and GUSTAVE SPITZ. Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Amines of the same Radicle KUBLI (MELCHIOR). Testing Quinine . . . . . prusside . . . . . . LUNGE (GEORG). Estimation of Sulphur in Pyrites . . . . Plants] . . .. . Organic Compounds . . . . . . . . . Phosphate Rock . . . . . Alloys . . . . . . . Presence of Benzene Vapour . . . . . . . . . bronze . . . . Phosphoric Acid . . . . . . phoric Acid in Basic Slags . . . . . . Estimation of Phosphorus in Cod* Ash Volumetric Estimation of Boric Acid PAGE ii, 81 ii, 81 ii, 81 ii, 81 ii, 82 ii, 83 ii, 83 ii, 83 ii, 83 ii, 83 ii, 84 ii, 84 ii, 84 ii, 84 ii, 121 ii, 122 ii, 122 ii, 123 ii, 123 ii, 123 ii, 123 ii,’ 123 ii, 123 ii, 124 ii, 124 ii, 125 ii, 125 ii, 125 ii, 125 ii, 126 ii, 127 ii, 127 ii, 128 ii, 128 ii, 157 ii, 157 ii, 157 ii, 157 ii, 158 ii, 158 ii, 158 ii, 159 ii, 159CONTENTS. xxxi WALTKE (WM.). Estimation of Sodium Carbonate, Silicate, and Borate in LOSCHE (PAUL). Pew Method of Estimating Pbtassium . . . . HAEFCICE (H.).New Method of Estimating Potassium . ATTERBERG (ALBERT). RUER (RUDOLF). Estimation of Potassium a t the Stassfurt Works . . BAUER (EMIL). Estimation of Potassium at the Stassfurt Works . . . TIETJENS and APEL. Estimation of Potassium a t the Works at Leopoldshall S tassfurt . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRECHT ( HEINRICH). Estimation of Potassium as Potassium Platinochloride HOLLARD (A.). Analysis of Commercial Copper by Electrolysis . DENIG~S (GEORGES). Nessler's Reaction as a Test for Mercury or Iodides SCHUYTEN (M. C.). Estimation of Mercury Salts by means of Sodium Dioxide . . . . . . . . HINTZ (ERNST) and HEKMANN WEBER. Estimation of Thorium in Thorite BURGASS (ROBERT). Use of Nitroso-&naphthol in Inorganic Analysis . AMSEL (HUGO). Assay of Chrome-yellow and Chronie-red .. . . DEFACQZ (ED.). Separation of Tungsten and Titanium . . . . . PARRY (ERNEST J.) and JOHN HENRY COSTE. Commercial Prussian Blue. JONES (F. W.) and F. A. WILLCOX. Analysis of Cap Composition . . MERCK (CARL EMANUEL). Molybdic acid a Reagent for Alcohol . . . FREYER (FRANZ). Estimation of Alcohol by means of the Ebullioscope : Influence of Extractive Matters . . . . . . . MAGALHA~S (ANTOINE Josf DA CRUZ). Detection of Caramel in Wine and its possible confusion with Cod-tar Colours . . . . . . BEESOK (J. L.). Simple and convenient Extraction Apparatus for the KONIG (FRANZ JOSEF). Reformation of the Present Methods for the GRUTZNER (BRUNO). Formaldehyde as a Reducing Agent. Estimatibn of COLSON (ALBERT). Polarimetric Estimation of Tartaric acid' .. . FRESENIUS (HEINRICH). Estimation of Fat in Milk . BRULL~ (RAOUL). Method of Establishing the Purity of Butter by de: termining the Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . FLECK (HERMANN). Separation of Trimethylamine from Ammonia . . PICHARD (P.). . Colour Reactioiis of Brucine : Detection of Nitrites in XILLER (EDMUND H.) and J. A. MATHEWS. Table of Factors . . . WISLICENUS (WILHELM). Convenient form of Measuring Flask . ANDREWS (W. W.). Some Extensions in the Plaster of Paris method in FOULK (C. W.). Effect of an Excess of Reagent in the Precipitation of HEMPEL ( WALTHER). Elementary Analysis under Pressure in a Closed HOLLARD (A.). Estimation of Arsenic, Antimony, and Foreign Metals i i GLASER (CHARLES). Estimation of Thoria. Analysis of Monazite Sand . .LASNE (HENRI).Estimation of Aluminium in Phosphates . . . . HANDY (JAMES OTIS). Analysis of Aluminium . . . . . . Ross (B. B.). Analytical Methods involving the use of Hydrogen Peroxide MATTHEWS (CHARLES G. ). Reducing Action of Chloroform on Fehling's Solution . . . . . . RICHMOND (HENRY DRO'OP). * Estimation of Alcohoi BORDAS (FRED.) and SIG. DE RACZKOWSKI. New method for the Estim'ation of Glycerol . . . . . . . . . DEFREN (GEORGE). Estimation o f Reducing Sugars in terms of Copper Oxide MORRIS (GEORGE HAXRIS). Estimation of the ready-formed Sugars of Malt Slags . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estimation of Potassium at the Stassfurt 'Works Analysis of Food Stuffs . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of Food Stuffs . . . . . Fonnaldehyde . . . . . . . . ROMIJN (GYSBERT).EsGmat'ion of Foimalhehyde . . . . . presence of Sulphites . . . . . . . . . KUBLI ( MELCHIOR). Testing Quinine' Snlphate . . . I Blowpipe Analysis . . . . . . . . . . Barium Snlphate . . . . . . . . . . Vessel . . . . . . . Commercial Copper by Electrolytic methods . . . . . PAGE ii, 159 ii, 160 ii, 160 ii, 160 ii, 160 ii, 160 ii, 160 ii, 161 ii, 161 ii, 161 ii, 161 ii, 162 ii, 162 ii, 163 ii, 163 ii, 163 ii, 164 ii, 164 ii, 164 ii, 164 ii, 165 ii, 165 ii, 166 ii, 166 ii, 167 ii, 167 ii, 167 ii, 168 ii, 168 ii, 168 ii, 188 ii, 188 ii, 189 ii, 189 ii, 189 ii, 190 ii, 190 ii, 191 ii, 191 ii, 192 ii, 193 ii, 193 ii, 193 ii, 193 ii, 194xxxii CONTENTS. HERON (JOHN). Invert-sugar, I. and 11. . . . . a 1 . KELIIOFER. Composition and Fermentability of Fruit Sugar .. . FARRTNGTON (E. H.). ULZER (FERDINAND) and RUDOLF DEFRIS. Behaviour of the Resin acids of Shellac in Gladding's and Twitchell's processes for separating Fatty and Resin acids . . . . DORMEYER (CARL). Estimation of Fats, Soaps; and Fatty acids in Animal organs . . . . . . . . . WALTKE (WY.). Eitimation. of Cree Fat in Soap WALTKE (Waf.). Estimation of the Percentage of Alkali and Fatty acids in Soap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KOSSLER (A.) and F. W. THEODOR C. PFEIFFER. Estimation of Fibrin in Blood. . . * . . . . . . . . . LING (ARTHUR R. ). Estimation of the Diastatic Capacity of Malt . . BHADURI ( IYOTIBHUSHAN). Decomposition of Mercurous Chloride and the Estimation of Free Chloriiie . . . . . . . . . . KREIDER (D. ALBERT). Estimation of Oxygen in the Air and in Aqueous Solution .. . . . . . . . . e . . PAGNOUL (AIMI~). Estimation of'0rganic and Ammoniacal Nitrogen . . FRANKE (E.), Estimation of Nitrogen in Guano . . . . . . PAGNOUL (AIMB). Analysis of Sodium Nitrate . . . . . . RIEGLER (E.). SCHMOEGER (MAY). Estimation of Citrate-solubie Phosphoric' Acid by PASSON (MAX). Estimation of Citrate-soluble Phosphoric Acid 'in Basic' Slag by means of Citric Acid . . . . . . . . . ZUNTZ (NATHAN) and JOH. FRENTZEL. Organic Analysis by Analysis of the Gases produced in the Berthelot Calorimetric Bomb . . . . PRAGER (ALBERT). Estimation of Potassium . . . . . . . D U P R ~ ~ (FREDERICK T. B.). Estimation of Potassium . . . . . KLUGE (FRITZ). Estimation of Lime in Raw Materials used in Cement making . . . . . . . . . .. . . . DENNIS (LOUIS MUNROE). Separation of Thorium from the other rare earths by Potassium Nitride . . . . . . . . . . GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN) and F. S. HAVENS. Separation of Aluminium from Iron . . . . . . GRUEBER, VON. Estimation of Sesqkoxides in Phosphates and Super-. phosphates . . . . . . . . . . . . . BREARLEY (H.). Estimation of Manganese in Spiegels . . . . . BORNTRAEGER (ARTHUR). Colorimetric estimation of Iron by means of Potassium Thiocyanate . . . . . . . . . . . RURUP (L.). Estimation of Tin and Copper in Tin Dross . . . . BROWNING (PHILIP EMBURY) and RICHARD J. GOODMAN. Use of Organic Acids for the estimation of Vanadium . . . . . . . . BARBET and JANDRIER. Estimation of Nitrites in Waters . . . . JELLER (RUDOLF). Apparatus for estimating small quantities of Marsh Gas in the Air of Mines .. . . . . . . . . . . LEYS (A). Estimation of Invert-Sugar . . . . . . . . LITTLETON (FANNIE T. ). Conditions affecting the Volumetric estimation SUXINGAR (H. ) and BERNHARD TOLLENS. Differen't methods of estimating Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIRSCHSOHN (EDUARD). Action of Stannous Chloride on Ethereal Oils . 1 LEIEB (Omo). Apparatus for Gas Analysis . . . . .. . . SPAETH (EDUARD). New Glass for collecting sediments . . . . SESTINI (QUIRINO). Estimation of Fluorine in Wines or Waters . . . VITALI ( DIOSCORIDE). Toxicological Examination for Free Ammonia . . CHBISTENSEN (A. C. ). Volumetric Estimation of Phosphoric and Arsenic acids Acidity of Milk increased by Boric acid BEYERINCK ( MARTINUS WILHELM). Detection of Glucase .. Sensitive Test for Nitrous Acid means of Molybdate Solution . . . HEID (J. GEORGE). Valuation of Borax . . . . . . . of Starch by means of a solution of Iodine . . . . PAUL (JOSEF). Estimation of Aldehyde in'Alcoho1 . . . . PAGE ii, 194 ii, 194 ii, 194 ii, 195 ii, 195 ii, 195 ii, 195 ii, 196 ii, 196 ii, 196 ii, 228 ii, 228 ii, 229 ii, 229 ii, 230 ii, 230 ii, 230 ii, 230 ii, 231 ii, 231 ii, 231 ii, 232 ii, 232 ii, 232 ii, 232 ii, 233 ii, 233 ii, 234 ii, 233 ii, 234 ii, 234 ii, 235 ii, 235 ii, 235 ii, 235 ii, 235 ii, 236 ii, 280 ii, 281 ii, 281 ii, 281 ii, 282... CONTENTS. XXXlll PAGE BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN) and GUSTAVE ANDR~. phoric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 283 J~RGENSEK (GUNNER). yolumetric Estimation of Boric acid . ii, 283 KRAUT (KARL).of Colemanite and Pandermite [Priceite] . . . . . . ii, 283 KROEKER (K.). ii, 284 MA‘FER (ADOLF). estimating Potassium . . . . . . . ii, 284 LUNGE (GEORG). Carbonates . . . . . . . . . . ii, 285 Estimation of Pyrophos- Estimation of Boric acid by Gooch‘s method and analyses Elementary analysis in the Bertheiot Calorimetric Bomb . Simplification of Schweitzer and Lnngwitz’s method of Estimation of Caus’tic Alkalis in the presence of Alkali JAWOROWSKY (A.), Delicate test for Copper . . . . . . ii, 285 PAUL (BENJAMIN HORATIO) and ALFRED JOHN COWNLEY. Detection Of Copper in Vegetable Substances . . . . . . . . . ii, 285 JOLLES (ADOLF). Estimation of Iron in Urine . . . . ii, 286 BORDAS (FRED.) and SIG. DE RACZKOWSKI. Wines by means of Steam . . . . . . . . . . ii, 286 KULISCH (PAUL).Detection and estimation of Cane-sugar in Wine . . ii, 287 GRUNHUT (LEO). Examination of Wine for Impure Starch Sugar . . ii, 287 FRESENIUS (WILHELM). Sweet Wines . . . . . . . ii, 288 ORCHARD (RONALD). Estimation of Formaldehyde . . . . ii, 288 LEONARD (NORMAN) and HARRY M. SMITH. of Formaldehyde . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 288 FILSINGER (F.). Toxicological detection of Hydrocyanic acid . . . ii, 288 HEHNER (OTTO) and CHARLES AINSWORTH MITCHELL. Stearic acid in Fats . . . * . . . ii, 289 WALTKE (WILLIAM). Estimation of Free Fatty acids in Fats and Oils . ii, 289 GAUTIEB (HENRI). Estimation of Potassium Hydrogen Tartrate in Wines ii, 289 P I ~ E R ~ A ( EUGENIO). Colour Reactions of Organic acids, principally Tartaric, Citric and Malic . . .. . . . . . ii, 289 STAHRE (LuDv.). Identification of Citric acid . . . . . . ii, 290 ii, 290 ii, 290 UMNEY (JOHN C.). Essential Oils of Black and White Peppermint . . ii, 291 CORNETTE. Detection of Rosin Oil in Fatty Oils . . . . . . ii, 291 SESTINI (QUIRINO). Rancidity of Olive Oil . . ii, 291 MOILPURGO (GIULIO). Discrimination between Boiled and Unboiled Linseed Oil . . . . . . . . . ii, 292 MASTBAUM (HUGO). The Iodinehumber o> Oiis . . . . . . ii, 292 VADAM. Micro-crystallographic Detection of Alkaloids . . ii, 292 HUPPERT (KARL H. ). DELACOUR (A.). Estimation of Caffeine in Tea, Coffee, &c. . . . . ii, 293 LOOF (GUSTAV). Estimation of Morphine in Opium . . ii, 293 KONINGH (LEONARDE). Modifications of De Vrij’s Chromate Process . ii, 293 DUNSTAN (WYNDHAM ROWLAND) and FRANCIS HOWARD CARR.Detec- DUNSTAN ( WYNDHAM ROWLAND) and THOMAS TICKLE. Estimation of GUNN (ALEXANDER). Estimation of total Alkaloids in Coca Leaves . . ii, 294 VIOLETTE (CHARLES). Detection of Aniline-blue in Bread . . ii, 295 AGUIAR (ALBERTO D’) and W. DA SILVA. JAWOROWSKY (A.). Reagent for detecting Albumin and Peptones in Urine ii, 295 FILSINGER (F.). Detection of Tussnh in Silk Fabrics . . . . . ii, 296 HANRIOT (MAURICE) and L. CAMUS. Estimation of Lipase . . . . ii, 296 MUTNIANSKI (M.). Barium Thiosulphate as Basis for Iodimetry . . ii, 342 NENCKI (MARCELLUS) and J. ZALESKI. Estimation of Ammonia in Animal Separation of Glycerol ‘from Estimation and Separation Estimation of GARNETT (HENRY). Testing Lemon Oil . . . . . JEDERMANN (ROBERT). Testing the purity of Rose Oil .. . . . KIPPENBERGER (CARL). Estimation of Antipyrine . . . . . . ii, 292 bases in Urine . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 293 Eruger and Wulff s method of estimating’ xanthine tion of Aconitine . . . . . . . . . ii, 294 Aconitine . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 294 Detection of Coal Tar Colours in Wines and their distinction from Caramel Colours . . . . ii, 295 BALLAND. Estimation of Gluten in Flour . . . . . . . ii, 296 LI~ONARD. Rapid Estimation of Organic Nitrogen . . . . . ii, 343 Secretions and Tissues . . . . . . . . . . ii, 343 3xxxiv CONTENTS. PAGE BRAUNS (REINHARD) Microchemical Reaction for Nitric acid . . . ii, 343 ZAMBELLI (LUIGI). Estimation of very small quantities of Nitrous acid , ii, 343 AUCHY (GEORGE). Estimation of Phosphorus in Steel and Cast Iron .. ii, 343 HERCZFELDER (ARMANDEZSO). Citrate Solubility of Phosphoric acid . ii, 344 PASSON (MAX). Citrate-soluble Phosphoric acid in Basic Slag . ii, 344 SANI (GIOVANNI). Phosphoric acid in Basic Slag . . . . . . . . . ii, 344 HOWE (JAs. LEWIS) and PAUL S. MERTINS. MERMET (ACHILLE ERNEST). Reaction of Carbonic’Oxide . . . . ii, 345 LAFAY (L.). Modified Method for the Qualitative Analysis of a Mixture HERZFELD (ALEXANDER) a n i A. ‘FORSTER. Detection and Estimation of small quantities of Magnesia in Limestones . . . . . ii, 345 GIORGIS (GIOVANNI). Estimation of Lead in Minerals . . . . . ii, 346 MURMANN (ERNST). Quantitative Analysis of Refined Copper . . . ii, 316 WEGSCHEIDER (RUDOLF). Estimation of Copper . . . . . . ii, 347 SODERBAUM (HENRIK GUSTAV). Acetylene as a Qualitative Reagent .. ii, 348 SOSTEGNI (LIVIO). Analysis of Copper Salts . . . ii, 348 PURGOTTI (ATTILIO). Quantitative Analysis with the’ Aid of Hydrazine DENNIS (LOUIS I~~UNROE). Separation of Thorium from the other Rare Earths by Means of Potassium Azoimide . . . . . . . ii, 349 GLASER (C.). Estimation of Thoria, and its behaviour with Oxalic acid and Ammonium Oxalate . . . . . . . . . ii, 349 ULZER (FERDINAND) and JULIUS BRULL. Estimation of Manganese in Cast Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii:350 GIORGIS (GIOVANNI): Estimation of Manganese and Chromium in Products of the Iron Industry . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 350 WDOWISZEWSKI (HEINRICH). Estimation of Tungsten in Ferro-tungstates ii, 351 BAUBIGNY (HENRI). Estimation of Antimony as Tetroxide .. . . ii, 851 HOLDE (D.). Estimation of Paraffin in the last Fractions of Brown Coal Tar and Crude Petroleuni . . ii, 351 GOSSART @MILE). Detection of ;he Adult‘eration of EsskntiaI Oiis . ii, 351, 352 KURILOFF (BASIL B.). Ethylic Acetate in admixture . . ii, 352 MANCUSO-LIMA (G.) and GIUSEPPE SGARLATA. in Wine, and indirect estimation of Mannitol in Mannitic Wines , . ii, 352 KRUGER (MARTIN) and BERNHARD TOLLENS. Pentosans by means of the Furfuraldehyde Reaction . . . . ii, 363 TARULLI (G.). Electrolytic Determination of Copper in Sugar Analysis . ii, 353 TARULLI (G.) and E. MAMELI-CUBEDDU. Sugars determined by the Electrolytic Process . . . . . . ii, 354 RIEGLER (E.). Estimation of Sugar in Animal Liquids . . . . . ii, 354 JASSOY (AGUSTA).Estimation of Sugar in Urine . . . . ii, 354 FRESENIUS (WILHELM) and LEO GRUNHUT. Estimation of the Caramel on the surface of Coffee Berries roasted with Sugar . . . ii, 355 DENIGBS (GEORGES). Estimation of Alcapton (Homogentisic acid) in Urine ii, 355 DACCOMO (GIROLAMI) and L. SCOCCIANTI. Estimation of Filicic acid in Officinal Preparations of the Male Fern . . . . . . ii, 355 Modification of the Method of Estimating the Soiuble Reinsch’s Test for Arsenic and Antimony. . . . . . . . . . ii, 344 of Bases . . . . . . . . . . ii, 345 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 349 Volumetric estimation of Ethylic Alcohol and Estiiatioh of Glycerol Estimation of Pentoses and . . . Reducing Powers of Various JAHR (EMIL). Qualitative examination of Butier . . . . . . ii, 355 RAUMER (VON).Detection of Margarine in Cheese . . . . . ii, 356 VIGNA (AGOSTINO). Estimation of Tannin in Wins . . . . . ii, 356 WAUTERS. Detection of “Saccharin” in Beers . . . . . . ii, 356 JOLLES (ADOLF). Urometer for small quantities of Urine . . . . ii, 356 BLEIER (OTTO), Apparatus for Gas Analysis . . . . . . . ii, 384 HABERMANN (JOSEF). Prepwation of Reagents free from Arsenic . . ii, 384 ERDMANN (HUGO). Simple method of Qnantitntive Analysis by nieai:s of the Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 384 BAUBIGNY (HENRI) and PAUL RIVALS. Separation of Clilorine and Bromine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 385CONTENTS. xxxv RIVIBRE (G.) and G. BAILHACHE. Study of Kjeldahl’s Process and its modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIEGLER (E.). Colorimetric estimation of Nitrous acid .. . . BREARLEY (HARRY) and RUDOLF L. LEFFLER. Estimation of Carbon in Ferrochronie . . P~LIGOT (M. ). Solhbili’ty 0; Poiassium Platiii’ochloride’ in Alcohol . . WARREN (HENRY NEPEAN). Estimation of Potassium . . . . LUNGE (GEORG). Testing Sodium Hydrogen Carbonate . . . . ASTON (EMILY) and L. NEWTON. Estimation of Zinc Oxide . . . LONGI (ANTONIO) and S. CAMILLA. Estimation of Manganese in Man. ganous and Permanganic solutions . . . . . . . . PIREKI?A (EUGENIO). Separation of Nickel from Cobalt and Iron an4 of Cobalt from Aluminium . . . . . . . . . . BREARLEY (HARRY). Separations with Slkali Acetates . . . MORGAN (Jonx JAMES). Estimation of Titanic acid . . . , . P F L ~ ~ E R (EDUARD). Estimation of Sugar . . . . . . , ULZER (FERDINAND) and HEIKRICH SEIDEL.Lactic acid . . HAMBURGER (HARTOG JAKOB). Estimation of added Water in Milk by VAUBEL (WILHELM). Assay of Commercial Xylidines . . . . . RIEGLER (E.). Estimation of Urea in Urine . . . . . . . VADAM. Differentiation of the Alkaloids by means of their microcrystal- PUCKKER (W. A.). Estirnaiion of Caffeine . . . . . . . FOUQUET (L.). Separation of Codeine and Morphine . . . . . GRANDVAL ( ALEXANDRE) and HENRI LAJOUX. Estimation of Morphine in Opium and in Opiates . . . . . . . . . . HESSE (OSWALD). Testing Quinine . . . . . . . . . MARTELLI (DOMENICO). Detection of Ground Olive Stones in Pepper . KASTLE (J. H.) and W. A. BEATTY. Detection of Halogens in Organic compounds . . . . . . . . - . LEVY (ALBERT) and FBLIX MARBOUTIN. Estimation of Oxygen dissolvei in Sea Water .. . . . . . . . PHILLIPS (FRANCIS C.). Estimation 0; Suiphur i n Cast-iron . . . AGLOT. Optical Method for the Estimation of Sulphuric acid . . . FIELDS (JOHN). Modification of the Gunning method for Nitrates . . PILOTY (OSCAR) and ALFRED STOCK. Quantitative separation of Arsenic SUMnlERs (BERTRAND S.). Estimation of Carbon in Pig Iron . . . DENNSTEDT (MAXIMILIANO). Simplification of Organic Elementary MILLER (EDMUND H.). Ferrocyaiiide of Zinc and Manganese . . . CEIAVES Y PI~REZ DEL PULGAR (FEDERICO) and FEDERICO RELIMPIO Y ORTEGA. Microc.hemica1 reaction for Didymium . . . TAGGART (WALTER T. ) and EDGAR FRANCIS SMITH. Separation of hat,-* ganese from Tungstic acid. FIELD (CHARLES) and EDGAR FRANCIS SMITH. Separation of Vanadium’ from Arsenic .. . . . . . . . . . . . MOPER (J. BIRD). Metal separations by means of Gaseous Hydrogen Chloride . . STONE (GEORGE C.). Soiubiiity of Bismuth Suiphide in’Alkali Shphjdes BENKERT (ARTHUR L.) and EDGAR FHANCIS SMITH. Separation of Bismuth from Lead. . . . . . . . . SCHIMMEL AND Co. Quantitative Testing bf E’thereal Oils , HILGER (ALBERT) and K. JANSEN. Chemico-legal Detection of Alkaioids’ and Narcotic substances . . . . . . . . VIUNON ( L ~ o ) . Apparatus for the Industrial Analysis of Gases . . . 3-2 the freezing-point method . . . . . . . . RAUMER (VON). Testing American Lard . . . . . . . line precipitates . . . . . . . . . . HOWARD (DAVID). Etimation of Quinine . . . . . . NIEBEL (W.). Detection of Horseflesh . . . . . . . and Antimony .. . . . . . . . . . Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . DENIGBS (GEORGES). Estimation of Mercury . . . . . . Estimation of Molybdenum PAGE ii, 385 ii, 385 ii, 386 ii, 386 ii, 386 ii, 386 ii, 386 ii, 387 ii, 387 ii, 388 ii, 388 ii, 389 ii, 389 ii, 389 ii, 389 ii, 389 ii, 390 ii, 390 ii, 390 ii, 890 ii, 391 ii, 391 ii, 391 ii, 392 ii, 392 ii, 430 ii, 430 ii, 431 ii, 431 ii, 431 ii, 431 ii, 432 ii, 432 ii, 433 ii, 433 ii, 433 ii, 433 ii, 434 ii, 434 ii, 434 ii, 435 ii, 435 ii, 436 ii, 463xxxvi CONTENTS. MUTHMANN ( WILHELM) and E, SCHRODER. Separation of Tellurium from Antimony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIEGLER (E. ). Extremely sensitive Reagent for Detection and Colorimetric Estimation of Nitrous acid . . . . . . . . . MURMANN (ERNYT). Combustion Boai with Partitions .. . . . MEUNIER (JEAN). Precipitation of Zinc as Sulphide . . . . . ROSSING (ADELBERT). Employment of Ammonium Carbonate in Water Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROMIJN (GYSBERT). Iodometric Estimation of Sugars . . . . . SQUIBB (EDWARD R.). Volumetric Estimation of Acetone . . . . ARGENSON (G,). Estimation of Acetone in Urine . . . . . . DENIGBS ( GEOI~GES). Extension of Legal’s reaction to Compounds contain- R I T T ~ (BI~LA VON). . GIRARD (AIMJ~). Analysis of Wheat . . . . . . . . DONOGANY (ZAKARI~S). Hzmochromogen as a Test for Blood . . PAWLEWSKI (BRONISLAW). The uncertainty of the Guaiacum Reaction for Active Diastase . . . . . . . . . ROSENTHAL ( ISIDOR). Estimation of Carbonic Anhydride in Atmospheric Air, and the dissociation of Sodium Hydrogen Carbonate .. . FISCHER (FERDINAND). Apparatus for Estimating Sulphur in Coal Gas . SCHROEUER VAN DER KOLK (J. L. C.), Microchemical Reaction for Nitric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . STRAUSS (HERMANN). Estimation o i Hy&ochloric acid in Gastric Juice . WINDISCH (WILHELM). Detection of tra5es of Fluorine in Beer . . SOLOMIN (P.). Detection of Soda or Borax in Milk . DEKIGBS (GEOXGES). Rapid Method for the Estimation of ‘Boric acid in M i l k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEILSTEIN (FEODOR F.) and 0. VON BLAESE. Estimation of Sodium in pre- sence of Potassium . . . . . . . LASNE (HENRI). Estimation of Alumina ih Phosphates . . . . GRUEBER (VON). Estimation of Alumina in Phosphates . . . . CUSHMAN (ALEXANDERAMSAY). New and rapid method for the quali- tatives eparation of Iron, Aluminium, Chromium, Manganese, Zinc, SCHNEIDER (LEOPOLD).Estimation of Carbon in Iron . . . . . SCHNERR (K. H. ). [Analysis of Ilvaite] . . . . . . . VIARD ( GEORGES). Estimation of Manganese in presence of Phosphoric acid DEMENT~~EFF (K.). Volumetric Estimation of Zinc . . . . . WAGNER (E.). Quantitative Analysis by Electrolysis . . . . . CARNOT (ADOLPHE) and GOUTAL. Employment of Cupric salts in the Analysisof Irons and Steels . . . . . . . . . . HOLLARD (A.). Electrolytic Analysis of Bronze and Brass . . . . GIESE (0. TON). ELLRAM (W.), New Reactions of Vanadic acid, Mblybdic acid, and Thio: cyanates . . . . . . . . . . TRUCHOT (P.). Est‘imation of Gold and Silver in Auriferous Minerals . VILLIERS (ANTOINE). Destruction of Organic Matter in Toxicology . .TRYLLER (HEINRICH C.). Estimation of Dry Matter in Peat . . . EISEXLOHR (HERMANN). Estimation of Paraffin . . . . . . AIGNAN (A.). Detection of Rosin Oil in Turpentine . . . . . FISCHER ( BERNHARD). R~HAL (AUGUSTE) and MAURICE FRANQOIS. Examination of Chloro: form . . . . . . . . . . . BRAUN (LUDWIG). RICHMOND (HENRY DROOP) and L. KIDGELL BOSELEY. Estiniatio; of Milk: sugar in Milk . . . . . . . . . . LINDET (LBoN). Estimation of Starch incereals . . . . . . MAYRHOFER (JOSEPH). Estimation of Starch in Sausage Meat . . . LEGER (EUG~CNE). Distinctive reaction for a- and &Naphthol . . . LEFBVRE (L~oN). Schiffs reactiou with “Acid Magenta ” . . . . ing the dcetyl group and their derivatives . . . . . Colour Reactions of the Aldehydes and Ketones .Nickel, and Cobalt . . . . . . . . . . . Electrolytic estimation of Lead Estimation of Chloroform in Viscera Estimation of Maltose in Worts PAGE ii, 463 ii, 464 ii, 464 ii, 464 ii, 465 ii, 465 ii, 466 ii, 467 ii, 467 ii, 468 ii, 468 ii, 468 ii, 468 ii, 516 ii, 516 ii, 516 ii, 516 ii, 517 ii, 517 ii, 517 ii, 518 ii, 518 ii, 518 ii, 518 ii, 519 ii, 519 ii, 519 ii, 519 ii, 519 ii, 520 ii, 521 ii, 522 ii, 522 ii, 522 ii, 522 ii, 523 ii, 523 ii, 523 ii, 524 ii, 524 ii, 524 ii, 525 ii, 525 ii, 525 ii, 526 ii, 526CONTENTS. xxxvii LEONARD (NORMAN), HARRY M. SMITH and HENRY DROOP RICHMOND. Distillation of Formaldehyde from Aqueous Solutions . . . . FRANCOIS (MAURICE). Estimation of Aldehyde in Ether . CUNI~YSE (L.) and SIC. DE RACZKOWSEI. Estimation of Benzaldehyde in Kirschwasser .. . . . . . . . . . BERG (ARMAND) and C. GERBER. Recognition of certain Organic acids in Plants . . . WEIBULL (MATS). Simple Method of Estimating Fat' in Centnfug&sed Cream . . . . . . . . . . CARLINFANTI (E.), Cryoscopy applied to ihe Analysis of Milk . RICHMOND (HENRY DROOP) and L. KIDGELL BOSELEY. Detection of Mix-' . SOXHLET ( FRANZ). Characterisatioii of Margarine by admixture of Starch LIPPERT (WALTHER). Assay of Linseed Oil . BILTERYST. Detection of Arachis Meal and Arachk Cake in ChocolGe LUGOWSKY (L. S.). Detection of Japanese Wax and Tallow in Beeswax . HOLDE (D.) Iodine number of Cacao Butter . . . . . . . BAEMES. Detection of Tannin . . . . . . . . . . . AWENG (EUGEN). Estimation of Tannin . . . . . . . . SPICA (MATTEO). Adulteration of Sumach . . . . . . . MAUPY (L.) ., DENIG~S (GEORGES). New Method for the estimation of Casein in Milk . DACLIN (L.). Detection of Santonin in Urine . . . . . . . FREYSS (GEORGES). JANNASCH (PAUL EHRHARDT) and E. EOLITZ. Separation of Chlorine and Bromine in the presence of Acetates, Sulphates, and Nitrates . JANNASCH (PAUL EHRHARDT) and E. KOLITZ. Separation of Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine in the analysis of Organic Compounds . BLAIR (ANDREW A. ). NOAILLON (A,). Estimation of Sulphur in Iron Pyrites or Native Zinc Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUFRECHT. Estimation of Sulphur in Petroleum . . . . . . OTEHA (N.). Estimation of Sulphur in Coke . . . . GRUTZNER (BRUNO). SCHUYTEN (M. C.). GAROLA (C.). Estimation of Phosphoric Acid in Organic Substances . GLASER (F.) and KARL MUHLE. Estimation of Phosphoric acid in Medicinai Wines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DINKLER. Detection of Arsenic . . . . . . . . . . BELLOCQ (A.). Estimation of Boric acid . . . . . . . . SCHNEIDER and GAAB. Estimation of Boric acid . . . . . . KONINGH (LEONARDE). Estimation of Boric acid in Foods . . . THADDI~EFF (KONSTANTIN). Estimation of Boric acid as Potassium Boro- fluoride . . . . MURRAY (C. B. j and G. P. MAURY. Rapid Me'thodfor EstiAatidg Sikcon' in Silicospiegel and Ferrosilicon . . . . . . . . . NEUMANN (B.). Limits of Delicacy of various Tests for Metals . . . SESTINI (FAUSTO). Direct Estimation of Calcium Carbonatein Sbil . . ALVAREZ and JEAN. Contributions to Qualitative Analysis . . . . VANINO (LUDWIG) and F. TREUBERT. Estimation of Mercuric salts . . HEATH (GEORGE L.). Improvements in the Colorimetric Test for Copper . VEDRODI (VICTOR). Estimation of Copper in Vegetable Foods . . . MOISSAN (HENRI). Analysis of Aluminium and its alloys . . . . PLANCKEN (JOSEF VAN DER). . LINDET (L~oN). Estimation af Calcium, Aluminium, and Iron in Mineral CAVALLI (ANBELMO). Detect'ion of Ni'ckel'in piesen'ce of Cobalt . . . tures of Diluted, Condensed, or Sterilised Milk with fresh Milk SCHAFFER (G. L.). Estimation of Aloin in Aloes . . . Estimation of Theobromine in Cocoa and in Cdocolite . Titration with Potassium Hydrogen Carbonate Estimation of Sulphur in Pig Iron . Estimation of Nitrites and Nitrous acid New Reagent for Detecting and Estimating kitri'tes MAYENTON. Electrolytic Examination of Silicates . . . . REINHARDT (CARL). Estimation of Alkalis in Fire-clays . . JORDIS (EDUARD). Estimation of Zinc by Electrolysis . . . . . Detection of Alum in Flour and Bread Phosphates . , . . PAGE ii, 526 ii, 526 ii, 526 ii, .527 ii, 527 ii, 527 ii, 528 ii, 528 ii, 529 ii, 529 ii, 529 ii, 529 ii: 530 ii, 530 ii, 530 ii, 531 ii, 531 ii, 532 ii, 532 ii, 593 ii, 594 ii, 594 ii, 594 ii, 595 ii, 595 ii, 595 ii, 595 ii, 596 ii, 596 ii, 596 ii, 596 ii, 597 ii, 597 ii, 597 ii, 597 ii, 599 ii, 599 ii, 599 ii, 599 ii, 600 ii, 600 ii, 600 ii, 601 ii, 601 ii, 602 ii, 602 ii, 602 ii, 602 ii, 603xxxviii CONTENTS. AUCHY (GEORGE). Complete Analysis of Iron Ores Notes on Sarnstrom’s MASTBAUM (HUGO). Estimation of the Tin in Tin-plate , . . . VAXIXO (LUDWIG). Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on Metals as precipitated Detection of Arsenic, Antimony, and Bis- GARALOWSKI (A,) and ALEXANDER KATZ. Apparatus for Testing Oils . SOLDAIBI (ARTURO) and E. BEET*. Analysis of Essence of Lemons . . HABER (FRITZ) and S. GRINBERG. Analysis of Coals . . . . . HEFELMANN (RUDOLF). Estimation of Alcohol in Essences . . . . SWOBODA (A.). New Reaction of Picric acid . . . . . . . FEHEBCZI (SIEGMUND). Improvements in Paper Testing . . . . RIETER(E.). Estimation of Aldehyde in Alcoholic liquids . . . . KREMERS (EDWARD) and 0. S. SCHREINER. Estimation of Hydrocyanic acid i n Oil of Bitter Almonds KARSCH (W.). Estimation of Volatile Fatty aLids by the Leffmann-Bean‘ Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . JONG (J. H. DE). . ENELL (HENRIK). Detection of Calcium Hydrogen Tartrate in Purified Cream of Tartar . . . . . . . . . . . STUTZER (ALBERT) and A. KAKLOWA. Estimation of Uric acid in Guano . FREYER (FRANZ). Estimation of Salicylic acid . . . . . . GAPALDI (ACHILLE). Estimation of Kynurenic acid . . . . . ASB~TH (ALEXANDER TON). Critical Temperature of Liquids ; a new HERZIG (W.). . FASSBENDER ( G . ) and J. KERN. Cause of ihe low Ibdine Number of Lin- seed-cake Oil , . . . . . . . . DIETERICH (KARL). Detection of‘ Vanillin in Resins . . . . . HILGER (ALBERT) and A. JUCKENACK. Estimation of Caffeine in Tea and Coffee . . . . . . . . . . . . ARNSTEIN (ROBERT): Estimation of Xanthine bases in Urine . . . COURLAY and COREMONS. Detection of Horse-flesh . . DENIG~S (GEORGES). . Method for estimating Manganese . . . . . . by Hypophosphorous acid. muth in the presence of the Noble Metals . . . . . LEBBIN. New Method of Detecting Formaldehyde . . . . I . Detection of Lactic acid and its Clinical significance method of identifying Fats and Oils . . . . . . . AMSEL (HUGO). Assay of Linseed Oil . . . . . Use of the Iodine Number in the analysis of Wool Fat JAWOROWSKI (ADAM). New reagent for Alkaloids . . . . Method for the Examination of Riliari Cal’culi . PAGE ii, 603 ii, 604 ii, 604 ii, 604 ii, 604 ii, 605 ii, 605 ii, 606 ii, 606 ii, 606 ii, 606 ii, 607 ii, 607 ii, 607 ii, 608 ii, 608 ii, 608 ii, 608 ii, 609 ii, 609 ii, 609 ii, 610 ii, 610 ii, 610 ii, 611 ii, 611 ii, 611 ii, 612

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA89772FP037

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

MINERALOGICAL CHEltIISTRY. Mineralogical Chemistry. 45 Behaviour of Minerals when submitted to the X-Rays, By CORNELIUS DOELTER ( Jcchrb. f. Mi%., 1896, ii, 87--106).-The several minerals examined show great differences of transparency for the Ront- gen rays, and no general relation between the density and transparency can be traced, but minerals with a density greater than 5 seem to be opaque. Also, no relation can be traced to the chemical compo- sition or molecular weight, but sulphur and arsenic compounds are the most opaque, boron and aluminium compounds, as a rule, the most transparent, and in silicates the opacity increases with the amount of iron. Dimorphous minerals do not show any important differences. Crystals show only slight differences in various directions. A scale of eight degrees of transparency is given :--I diamond, 2 corundum, 3 talc, 4 quartz, 5 rock-salt, 6 calcite, 7 cerussite, S realgar.Boric anhydride is even more transparent than diamond ; realgar is quite opaque. For distinguishing between precious stones and their imitations, the method has a practical application. L. J. S. By JAN W. RETUERS (Julwb. f. Mi%., 1896, i, 212--221).-Penfield (Abstr., 1896, ii, 216) has mentioned that as Retgers’ thallium-silver nitrate acts on mineral sulphides, it cannot be used for their separation ; this is due to the oxidising action of the nitrate. Blende is energetically attacked by molten silver nitrate with evolution of nitrous fumes, and separation Heavy Liquids for the Separation of Minerals.46 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.of metallic silver and zinc sulphate. Thallium nitrate acts on pyrites, but, at a moderate temperature, not on blende. The acetates of thallium, silver, lead, and mercury, and various double and basic salts, as well as mixed acetates and nitrates of these heavy metals, have been examined, but the results are not very favourable, because, although the melting points are usually low, the specific gravity of the liquid is too low for use with mineral sulphides, being rarely above 3-4. Thallium-silver acetate (m. p. 75", sp. gr. 4.8) becomes opaque owing t o separation of metallic silver. Thallium-lead acetate (sp. gr. 3.6) is liquid a t the ordinary temperature, and has a high index of refraction. The only ones that would be of any use are thallium acetate (m.p. l l O o , sp.gr. 3.9) and thallium nitrate-acetate (m.p. 6 5 O , sp. gr. 4.5); the former, however, owing to its low sp. gr., would be only applicable in a few cases, and the latter decomposes a t tempera- tures above 100". L. J. s. Diamondiferous Sand fiom Brazil. By HENRI MOISSAN (Compt. 9*end., 1896, 123, 277--278).-Sand from Brazil, after removal of the siliceous constituents, was found to contain microscopic, transparent diamonds, black diamonds and graphite, together with particles of gold and platinum. It is noteworthy that in Brazil as well as at the Cape the diamonds are associated with graphite. Free Gold in Granite. By GEORGE P. MERRILL (Amey. J. Xci., 1896, [4], 1, S09-311).-A specimen labelled "gold ore, Sonora, Mexico " is an ordinary black-mica granite which, owing to weathering, is brown and friable ; throughout the mass are numerous specks, rarely over 1 mm.in diam., of native gold. Pyrites and other sulphides are not present. Microscopical examination of thin sections of the rock shows the gold enclosed in the quartz and felspar as beautiful arbofes- cent and platy forms; it therefore does not seem to be a secondary constituent which has been deposited along fissures, but to be a primary constituent which has crystallised from the original magma. Such a mode of occurrence of gold does not seem to have been before described. L. J. S. C. H. B. Nitrogen and Argon in Firedamp and in the Gas from the Rochebelle Coal Seam. By TH. SCHLOESING, Junr. (Compt. r e d . , 1896, 123, 302--305).-The firedamp, collected without admixture of air and containing no oxygen, was found to contain the following pro- portions of nitrogen and argon.Pressure of issuing firedamp in em. of Mine. water. Anzin ............... 400 BessBges ............ 4 to 5 Firininy ............ 16 Li6vin ............... 70 Plat-de-Gier ...... 75 Ronchamp ......... 8 Saint-fitienne ...... 600 Argon and nitro- gen in 100 vols. firedamp. 18 '1 3.8 0-74 8 -0 30.0 2.8 3.2 Argon in 100 vols. fire- dainp. 0'594 0.064 0'012 0'166 0'601 0'031 0'037 Argon in 100 vols. nitrogen and argon. 3 *28 1.63 1 -G7 2'32 1-83 1'09 1.17 I n the mines of Rochebelle there are sudden, and often violent, outbursts of gas which has the composition CO,, 98-13, nitrogenMINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 47 andargon 1.14, methane 0.73.100 c.c of the gas contains 0.021 C.C. of argon and 100 C.C. of the nitrogen and argon contain 1-87 C.C of the latter. Argon was found in all specimens of firedamp that were examined, but the proportion of nitrogen and argon in the gas varied widely. The ratio of argon to nitrogen also varied considerably, and often exceeded the ratio in atmospheric air. The most probable explanation is that the argon has been derived not directly from the atmosphere but from air dissolved in water. The possibility of some subterranean source OF argon is of course not excluded. By STEPHAN F. PECKHAM and LAURA A. LINTON (Amer.J. Xci., 1896, [4], 1, 193--207).-The authors have made analyses of the pitch found in and near the Pitch Lake of the Island of Trinidad. The pitch found within the Lake and also that outside have very much the same composition, and in all cases the pitch is fully saturated with moisture, usually containing some 25 to 30 per cent.About 38 per cent. of the residue is sand, the rest is bitumen and fragments of vegetation and disorgnnised cellular tissue. The pitch which rises in the middle of the Lake has a vesicular structure. When freshly dug, its colour is brown, but if left in the sun i t soon darkens, finally becoming bluish black. A large mass when placed in bright sunshine will melt to a thin pellicle upon the exposed surface and retain the larger part of the water at a temperature sufficient to remove every trace of water if it were dried in the shade. C. H. B. Trinidad Pitch, Numerous analyses are quoted.J. J. S. Rutile, Cassiterite and Zircon. By HERMANN TRAUBE (Juhi-6. f. Min., 1896, BeiZuge, Bd. 10, 470-476).-By the action of potassium fluoride or of hydrogen potassium fluoride similar etch figures, indi- cating holohedral symmetry, were obtained on rutile, cassiterite and zircon ; this similarity cannot, however, be taken to support the view that zircon is isomorphous with the other minerals. Various analyses of rutile have shown small quantities of Fe,O, (up to 10 per cent.), Mn203.and Cr20,j and the author has artificially pre- pared rutile containing these oxides. By heating titanium dioxide with sodium tungstate and various oxides at a high temperature (1700") rutile crystals were obtained which contain up t o 5.4 per cent. Fe203, 3-01 Mn20, or 1.91 Cr,O,.Under the microscope, these crystals, as well as the natural crystals, do not shorn any inclosures, so that these oxides have been dissolved in the titanium dioxide. Cobalt and nickel oxides were not taken up in this way. A peach-coloured cassiterite containing chromium mas also prepared. The changes in colour which occur when crystals of rutile and cassi- terite me heated are described, RutiIe and cassiterite are acted on by potassium fluoride with the formation of K,TiO, and K,Sn06. L. J. S. Reniform Limestone from Villejuif. By LOUIS FRANCHET (BUZZ. Xoc. Philomuthique, Paris, 1896, [S], 8, 10--12).-1n the lime- stone at Villejuif are numerous reniform and globular masses very like the menilite of Menilmontant in appearance, and in fact they have48 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS, been described as such. The material is white or yellowish and very fine in grain.Sp. gr. 2.34-2.72; H. 4.5-5. Acid dissolves calcium carbonate and leaves a residue of silica. The following analyses show that tho material is a siliceous limestone and not menilite, which is a variety of opal. SiO,. A1,0,. Fe,O,. CaO. SrO. MgO. K20. Na,O. CO,. Total. 36.52 1-31 0.23 33-19 0.34 1.69 0.25 0.38 27-81 100 72 24-16 1.53 0.21 38-22 0.42 2.01 0.23 0.44 32.84 100.06 Also traces of manganese and sulphuric acid. L. J. S. Northupite, Pirssonite, Gaylussite and Hanksite from Borax Lake, California. By JULIUS H. PRATT (Anzer. J. Xci., 1896 [a], 2, 123--135).-The minerals here described are found associated with borax at Borax Lake, San Bernardino Co., California.Borax Lake is an alkali marsh which is usually dry, but some water collects in it during the wet seasons. Nortkupite (compare Abstr., 1896, ii, 184).--This was found in a single boring as isolated and unmod.ified regular octahedra. When pure it is colourless, but owing to impurities, probably of clay and organic matter, the colour usually varies from dirty white to dark brown. It is very brittle and shows no cleavage. Sp. gr. 2.380. It is isotropic, and for sodium light p = 1.5144. The mean of two analyses is Total (less CO,. CI. SO,. MgO. Na,O. K,O. H,O. Insol. 0 for Cl). 35-12 14.10 0.08 16.08 36.99 Nil 0.72 0.22 200.15 This agrees with the formula MgCO,,Na,CO,,NaCl. Cold water acts slowly on the mineral, but hot water decomposes it rapidly with separation of magnesium carbonate.It does not decompose on exposure to air. Fusible at 1 (Kobell's scale), with evolution of car- bonic anhydride, and leaving an alkaline mass. [For artificial northupite see Abstr., 1896, ii, 6101. Pirssonite.-This new mineral was found by C. €€. Northup as isolated crystals in the same boring as the northupite. The crystals are orthorhombic and hemimorphic; a : b : c = 0.56615 : 1 : 0.3019. The form e(131) is present a t one end only of the crystals, this being the pyroelectric analogous pole. The mineral is colourless to white, but is often darkened by impurities ; it is brittle, and does not show any cleavage. The optical characters are given in detail; with an increase in temperature, there is a small decrease in the value of the optic axial angle.The mean of two analyses is CO,. CaO. Na,O. K,O. H,O. A1,0,, &c. SiO,. Total. 36.07 23.38 255'0 0.15 14.73 0.13 0.29 100.45 Formula, CaC0,,Na2C0,,2H,0 ; this is like gaplussite, which has, however, 5H,O; the two minerals are also somewhat similar in appearance. Practically all the water is expelled below 150." Before the blowpipe, the mineral decrepitates and fuses at 2-2.5 (Kobell's scale) to an akaline mass. The name is given after L. V. Pirsson. Sp .gr. 2.352 ; H. 5-3-'5.MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 49 Gciylussite. - Crystallographic and complete optical determinations have been made on very pure crystals. Sp. gr. 1.392. HcmLksite.-The refractive indices for sodium light are given as o = 1.4807, E = 1.4614. The usually accepted formula for this mineral is 4Na,SO,,Na,CO, ; and the potassium and chlorine shown in the two previous analyses have been considered as impurities (salt and sylvite).The author, however, finds that chlorine is present in all crystals, and that microscopical examination shows the presence of only slight impurities. The following analyses have been made on pure material ; I, on tabular crystals, and 11, on prismatic crystals. SO,. CO,. Na,O. C1. K. Insol. Sp. gr. IT. 45.78 5.63 43.61 2.28 2.39 0.12 2.545 I. 45.93 5.65 43.35 2.21 2.48 0.19 2.567-2.553 The close agreement of both these with previous analyses indicates that chlorine and potassium are not accidental. The formula is now given as 9Na2S0,, 2Na2C0,, KC.1. Potassium and sodium do not seem to be isomorphous here, for there is just enough potassium to form potassium chloride.Few minerals contain three acid radicles, as tJhis does. L. J. S. Mysorine (Anhydrous Copper Carbonate). By Lours FRANCHET (Bull. SOC. Philomccthiqwe, Pccvis, 1894, [S], 8, 61-65).-Thomson’s mysorine from Mysore, although no water is shown in his analysis, has usually been considered to be an impure malachite. I n the present paper, material which probably came from the Urals is described. It is amorphous and compact, of a greenish-grey colour, and contains specks of malachite and iron oxide ; fracture conchoidal ; lustre slightly resinous ; sp. gr. 4.398, H. 5.5. Excepting the sp. gr., these characters agree completely with those given by Thomson. The material dissolves in hydrochloric acid with effervescence and separation of sulphur and iron oxide.Analysis gave CUO CUO (combined (combined Loss on CO,. with CO,). with S). 8. A1,0,. Fe,O,. SiO,. ignition. Total. 15.73 56-50 15.67 3.95 2.28 4.90 0.09 0.56 99.68. This corresponds with 72.23 per cent. of copper carbonate and 19.62 per cent, of copper sulphide. The loss on ignition probably represents the water contained in the small amount of malachite present. Beudant has stated that when malachite is gently heated it loses water and leaves a product having the characters of mysorine; the author has, however, been only able to obtain friable, black copper oxide, as the water and carbonic anhydride are expelled together. Mysorine appears to be a definite mineral species quite distinct from malachite.L. J. S. A Green Mineral from Brisbane, Queensland. By HENRY G. STOKES (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1894, 10, 11-13} -Lining joints and cavities in the schists of Adelaide Street, Brisbane, is an amorphous, compact mineral of an apple-green to dark sea-green VOL. LXXII. ii. 450 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. colour. It sometimes shows a mammillated surface, and is often streaked with white. Brittle ; smooth sub-conchoidal fracture. Thin splinters are sub-translucent. Hardness, 4-5; sp. gr. 2.6. On exposure to air, it decomposes to a white powder. It is infusible, and is slightly attacked by acids. Analysis by E. Hall gave P2OP A1,0,. V. H20 (loss on ignition). Total. 48.25 29-07 trace 23.6 1 100.93 This corresponds approximately with 4A1,0,,5P,05,18H,0.The colour appears t o be due to vanadium. The mineral somewhat resembles turquoise, L. J. S. Wardite, a new hydrous basic Aluminium Phosphate. By JOHN M. DAVISON (Amev. J. Xci., 1S96, [a], 2, 154-155).-0ccasionally, the decomposition of the variscite from Utah (Abstr., 1894, ii, 321) has given rise to cavities in the nodules ; wardite incrusts these cavities. It is light-green or bluish-green, with a vitreous lustre, and is con- cretionary, sometimes approaching to oolitic, in structure. Sp. gr. 2.77; H. about 5, being a little harder than variscite. Analysis gave P,O,. FeO. CuO. MgO. Na,O. K,O. H20. A1,0, [diff.]. 34.46 0.76 0.04 2.40 5.98 0.24 17-87 [38*25] Formula : P,05, 2A1,0,, 4H,O = Al,(OH),PO, + $-H20 ; or, perhaps, AlNaPO,, Al(OH), + &H,O. The following series is made out.Peganite .................... AI,(OH),PO, + l$H,O Wardite ..................... Al,(OH),YO, + &H,O Turquoise ..................... Al,(OH),PO, + 1 H,O Before the blowpipe, the mineral swells up and turns white. It is only partially decomposed by acids; hot aqua regia leaves 20 per cent. undissolved, this is, however, soluble after being ignited. When first ignited, about 11 per cent. is insoluble in acids. The name is given after H. A. Ward. Analyses of the variscite agree with that of Packard (Abstr., 1894, ii, 321), but, contrary to his statement, this mineral is completely soluble in aqua regia and in sulphuric acid. At 100-130" it gives off 22.22 per cent. of water, and on ignition 0.50 per cent. more. A pure white variscite from this locality is mentioned, the usual colour being green.L. J. S. By CHARLES PALACHE (Amw. J . &i., 1896, [4], 1, 389-390).-A crystallographic description is given of crocoite from the silver-bearing lead deposits of Adelaide mine on Mount Dundas, west coast of Tasmania. The light hyacinth-red crystals rest on a matrix of lamellar limonite ; they are prismatic in habit, and are translucent with adamantine ' lustre (compare Abstr., 1896, ii, 65'7). By FRANK W. CLARKE (Bull. U.8. Geol. Survey, 1895, No. 125,l--109. Compare Abstr., 1888,659 ; 1891, 529).--The author here summarises his views on the constitution of the Crocoite from Tasmania. L. J. S. Constitution of the Silicates.MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 51 naturally occurring silicates and their relations to one another, and in a complete and connected account of the whole series discusses each species in detail.Even when the empirical formulz have been definitely determined, which, owing to impure material, isomorphous replacements, and defective analyses, has not yet been done in very many cases, there is no method of determining molecular weights, so that attempts t o arrive a t the constitution of the silicates must be more or less speculative. Simplicity of structure is, however, t o be inferred from the occurrence of only a limited number of definite minerals, which are usually exceedingly stable salts and have been formed under special conditions. Of importance in showing the rela- tion in structure of one mineral to others is the study of its alteration products, as shown by pseudomorphs and by such experiments its those of Lemberg, Friedel and others.All the silicates are considered as salts of one or other of the follow- ing silicic acids :-Ortho-, H4Si04 ; meta-, H,SiO, ; diortho-, H,Si,O,, ; dimeta-, H,Si,O, ; tri-, H,Si,O,. Besides normal salts, there are also double salts, and basic and acid salts, and it is often impossible to dis- tinguish between these; for example, Al,SiO, may be expressed as a basic metasilicate by three different structural formulE, or as an orthosilicate by two. A large number of minerals may be most eagily interpreted as orthosilicates, and, most of these being salts of aluminium, they can be considered as substitution derivatives of the normal salt, A14(Si0& which is taken to be a fundamental molecule in this theory of the silicates.This salt, which is possibly represented by the mineral xenolite, can be written structurally in several different ways ; the one here adopted is Ali[(SiO,)i All,. The following groups are then made out, and, under the various heads, the constitution and relations of all known silicates which can be referred to mineral species are minutely discussed. Orthosilicates of aluminium.-I. The nephelite type.-Here one atom of aluminium is replaced by R‘, ; for example, nephelite, Al,(SiO,),Na, ; muscovite, Al,(SiO,),KH, ; topaz, A13(Si04)3(AlF2)3 ; andalusite, A1,(Si0,),(A10)3. This brings out the relation between topaz and andalusite, and their alteration to muscovite. 11. The garnet-biotite type.-Here the general formula is Al,( Si04)3R’6.Of the three subtypes, the first includes natrolite, Al,(SiO,),Na,H, ; the second biotite, AI,(SiO,),Mg,HK ; and the third the garnets,R’,(SiO,),R,, and theepidotegroup, R’”2(Si04)3R’2(R’’’OH). The relations between garnet, epidote and idocrase are discussed. Sodalite, Al,(Sio,),Na,(AlCl), and cancrinite, Al,(SiO,),Na,H(AlCO,), are placed in this group. 111. The felspars and scapo1ites.-There is a parallelism between these two series, and both yield muscovite and kaolin as altera- tion products. The end members of the series are expressed as : albite, A1(Si,08),Na,Al, ; anorthite, [A1(Si0,),A12Ca],Ca ; marialite, Al(Si,O,),Na,Al(AlCl) ; meionite, [A1(Si0,),A1,Ca]2Ca,0. Kaolin is given as OH*Al(SiO,),AlH,. Leucite is related to the feslpars and garnets, and is written as a pseudometasilicate, Al(Si308),( SiO,),K,AI,. IV.The normal zeolites.-These are related to nephelite and the felspars, and may be called felspathic zeolites (Abstr., 1894, ii, 459). 4-252 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. V. The micas and ch1orites.-(Abstr., 1890, 460 ; 1892, 125, 794 ; 1893, ii, 78; 1896, ii, 37.) VI. The tourmaline group.-Four types of tourmaline are given, and are written as two A1(SiO,),R”’,(A1*BO2) groups connected by Al(BO,\NaH, where R”’ is Al, R’, or MgH; this formula explains the alteration of tourmaline to mica, Axinite and some other borosilicates are considered here. VIT. Miscellaneous species.-For staurolite is suggested [ Al(SiO,),( A lO),Fe],Fe. O~thosilicc6tes of the Dpcl Bccses.--It is here necessary in most cases to assume polymerisation; for example, the members of the humite group, as recently shown by Penfield and Howe, are derivatives of the salts Mg,(SiO,),, Mg,(SiO,),, and Mg,(Si0,)2.,4nd owing to the exist- ence of trimerite, Be,Mn,Ca( Si0,)31 phenakite is written with the triple formula Be,(SiO,),. The constitution of serpentine is discussed, and is expressed as H,(MgOH)Mg,(SiO,),. The structural formulae of these are written as rings or series of rings, others are written as open chains, for example, dioptase, Cu,(SiO,),H,Cu. 04LosiZicates of Tetmcl Bc6ses.-To zircon is given the polymeric expression Zr(Si04),Zr3, and from this other zirconium silicates are derived. Auerbachite is Zr,(Si,Os)( SiO,), j and eudialyte and eucolite are mixtures of tri- and orthosilicates forming a group like the felspars.Thorium and titanium silicates find a place here. Biop.thosiZiccttes.-Although ethereal salts of H,Si,Oi are known, the metallic salts are uncertain. The typical member of the group is barysilite, Pb,,Si,07, and other lead silicates belong here. Apophyllite is given as Ca,(Si,07)3H,,(CaOH)2, and to it okenite and gyrolite are related. Cordierite seems to be the only aluminium salt. &!eta- and BinzetccsiZiccctes.-These are not easy to interpret, and in the case of the pyroxenes and amphiboles the analyses show variations from the metasilicate ratio. Wollastonite and pectolite are given as Ca,( SiO,),Ca and Ctt,(SiO,),NaH respectively, as being chemically dis- similar from the noymal pyroxenes.The fact that spodumene splits up on alteration into eucryptite and albite suggests that it is a mixed ortho- and tri-salt, to be written as A1,(Si,0s),(Si0,),Li6 ; by analogy the other pyroxenes are also written as pseudometasilicates, R”,(Si,O,)~( SiO,), ; and Tschermak’e aluminous constituent of augite is taken six times as A1,(Si0,),(Si0,),(A10~Mg)6, As the amphiboles have a less specific gravity than the pyroxenes, they may be supposed to have smaller molecules (this is opposed to the usually accepted formulae CaMgSi,Os and CaMg3Si,0,, of diopside and tremolite respec- tively), and, considering them as pseudometasilicates with the bases replaceable by fourths, the formula may be written as R”,(SiO4)(Si3O8) ; glaucophane is Mg,Na,( A10),(Si30,)2. The pyroxenes are then bipoly- nierides of the amphiboles, and the character of the structure is the same for both groups. Petalite, AlLi(Si,O,),, and milarite, HKCa,Al,(Si,O,),, are dimeta- silicates, and so are mordenite and ptilolite (Abstr., 1893, ii, 77).3;. J. S,MTN ERA1;OGICAL CHEMISTRY. 53 Microcline from the Spessart. By E. PHILIPPI (Ber. Senckenb. Ges. Fmmkfurt, 1896, 125--133).-1n the gneiss of the Spessart Moun- t aim near Dltmm and Aschaffenburg are pegmat,ite veins containing pale flesh-red felspar. The cleavage angle, 001 : 010, of this felspar varies from 90" 1' t o 90" 11' ; macroscopically, no albite lamelh are seen. As shown by micro-chemical reactions, the small amount of soda varies in quantity, and, for the following analysis, a specimen containing ap- parently the average amount was selected.Loss on SiO,. A1,03. Fe,O,. CaO MgO. K,O. Na,O. ignition. Total. 63.84 19.74 0.03 0.21 0.06 13.42 1.82 0.39 99.51. Sp. gr. 2.562. The amount of calcium corresponds with 1.10 per cent. of anorthite, and the sodium with 15.75 per cent, of albite. After de- ducting this plagioclase material, and calculating the remaining silica, alumina, and potash to 100, the composition of the potash felspar is SiO, 63.84, A1,0, 19.85, K,O 16.31 ; here there is an excess of 1-42 per cent. of alumina over the theoretical amount, which indicates commencing alteration, a fact also shown by the microscopical examination. The angle of optical extinction on b(O1O) is 5-7", as in orthoclase ; on c(OOl), i t varies froml2" to 16". The mineral is a microcline-perthite, with albite lame112 usually in one direction only ; the microscopical characters of these lamellae are described in detail.L. J. S. Rocks and Asbestos from Corsica. By DI. OELS (Juhb. f. illin., 1896, i, Ref., 46 ; from 1naug.-Diss. Edangen, 1894).--Actinolite- asbestos from Liiri and Morosaglia, Corsica, gave the following results on analysis. SiO,. Al,O,. Fe,Oe FeO. MgO. CeO. H,O. Total. Sp. gr. 55.65 1.73 2.45 0.13 23.56 14.64 0.98 99-14 2.99 56-84 2.64 1.05 0.36 24.05 14.18 1.89 101.01 3.09 Several analyses of serpentine, as well as of some other rocks, are given. L. J. S. Pyrophyllite from the Urals. By FRANZ LOEWINSON-LE.SSING (Verh. ~uss.-rE. n ~ i 7 ~ . Ges., 1895, [a], 33, 283-287).-The pyrophyllite occurring in radial aggregates at Yychminsk, near Beresovsk, is shown t o consist of a mechanical mixture of two minerals which may be separated by means of Thoulet's solution.The heavier portion gave analysis I, this corresponding with 3H20,3A1,0,,1 IXiO,, and so being near to the formula usually given for pyrophyllite, namely, H20,A1,0,,4Si0, ; I the lighter portion gave analysis II., this corresponding with 3R0,8H,O,4A1,0,,9SiO,, and is therefore distinct from pyrophyllite,54 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. which it closely resembles in appearance ; the name psezcdopy.ophyllite is given to this lighter mineral. Loss on SiO,. Al,03. Fe,O,. FeO. MgO. CaO. ignition. Total. Sp. gr. I. 64.94 29.22 - - 0.16 0-67 5.90 100.89 2-782 11. 43-68 32.60 3.13 0.30 9.08 0.59 11.52 100.90 2.687 Hermann’s analysis of the Pychminsk mineral agrees fairly closely with a mixture of three parts of pyrophyllite and one of pseudo- pyrophyllite. The pseudopyrophyllite is harder, and greener in colour than the pyrophyllite; both are orthorhombic, with a very perfect basal cleavage ; the acute optical bisectrix is perpendicular to the cleavage, and the dispersion of the axes is feeble with p > 21.Pseudo- pyrophyllite differs from pyrophyllite in having a larger optic axial angle, and in being optically positive. The microscopical examination points to a variability in the composition of pseudopyrophyllite. L. J. S. A Crystal of Labradorite from Gabbro. By N. H. WINCHELL (Bull. Nus. Bist. ATctt. (Payis), 1896, 160--161).--Blocks of gabbro from Bearev Bay, Minnesota (N.E.shore of Lake Superior), contain large crystals of labradorite ; one of these crystals is described. Optical extinction angle on 6 (010) 25-27’, on c (001) 7-11’; sp. gr. 2.72. Analysis gave SiO,. Al,03. Fe,O,. FeO. CaO. MgO. K20. Na20. Total. 50.75 32.80 0.22 - 13.69 0.04 0.12 2.60 100.22. This is between Ab, An2 and Ah, An3, and corresponds with labradorite- bytownite. L. J. s. Alteration of Glauconite. By K. D. GLINKA (Annzcnis*e GZoZ. Min. de Zcc Russie, 1896, 1, Mem. 1--3).-GUmbel has stated that glauconite alters to limonite, and Koudriavtseff gives silica as an alteration product of this mineral. It is pointed out that mineral waters from glauconite rocks contain iron and potassium, and the hydrated iron oxides which cement these rocks have probably been derived from the glauconite.Analyses of the altered mineral shorn that with a decrease in the iron and potassium there is an increase in the aluminium, the end product then being a ferruginous clay. Reasons are given for doubting Koudriavtseff’s conclusion that silica is an end product, Artificial Production of Ro’cks by Fusion in the Presence of Various Agents, By CORNELIUS DOELTER (Jahrb. f. Min., 1896, i, 211-212). K. Schmutz, under the direction of the author, has fused natural rocks in the presence of various agents; the fused products consist of a glassy base containing the minerals mentioned below. When eclogite was fused with calcium and sodium fluorides, the re- sulting glass contained meionite and plagioclase. Leucitite with cal- cium chloride gave orthoclase ; with sodium fluoride and potassium silicofluoride, it gave scapolite, mica and magnetite ; and with sodium chloride the same rock gave augite, scapolite and magnetite.Granite L. J. 5.MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 55 with sodium chloride and potassium tungstate gave plagioclase, augite, and tridymite; in the presence of other agents, olivine, augite or scapolite accompanied the plagioclase. Nephelite-basalt with cal- cium fluoride, sodium chloride and boric acid gave magnetite, anorthite and augite. A chlorite-schist containing pyrites when fused with sodium and aluminium chlorides gave oligoclase, mica, pyrites, and haiiyne. L. J. S. Analcite Diabase from California. By HAROLD W. FAIRBANKS. (Ja1wb.f. Min., 1896, ii, Ref., 89-90 ; from Bull.Bept. Geol. Univ. Ccdi- fmh, 1895, 1, 273-300).-1n San Luis, Obispo Co., California, are three isolated occurrences of analcite-diabase in large dykes; these rocks are interesting on account of their relations to teschenite and theralite. The rock of the most important of these, the Cuynmas dyke, is much decomposed, and contains, ifi order of formation, magnetite, olivine, a plagioclase near labradorite, augite, and analcite ; the structure is granular. Intersecting the main dyke are numerous smaller dykes, in which the rock is fresh and contains the same minerals as before, with the exception of olivine; here the structure is panidiomorphic. The analcite occurs under four different conditions : (1) lining cavities, (2) filling angular spaces between the felspar crystals, (3) replacing felspars, (4) in one of the dykes in the form of hexagonal or rounded grains partly enclosed within the felspars ; it is considered to be an alteration product of nephelite.Secondary felspar and prehnite re- place analcite. Analysis by V. Lenher of the rock from one of the secondary dykes gave- SiO,. A1,0,. Fe,O,. FeO. CaO. MgO. K,O. Na,O. 50.55 20.48 2.66 4.02 7.30 4.24 2-27 8.37 H,O. C1. Total. 0.44 trace 100.33 L. J. S. Comendite, a new Rhyolite. By S. BEETOLIO (Jc~hrb. f. B i ~ z , , 1896, ii, Ref., 76-77 ; from Rend. Accccd. Lincei, 1895 [5], 4, Sem. 2, 48--50).-The island of S. Pietro, off the west coast of Sardinia, con- sists of very acid volcanic rocks; these are lipazites rich in alkalis, and containing much quartz and chalcedony.Basic minerals are subordinate; biotite and hornblende occur in some of the rocks, bnt more usual is a pyroxene resembling sgyrite, which shows the pleo- chroism c bright yellow, b green-yellow, u leaf-green. Liparites with an alkali pyroxene form a new group, to which the name comendite, from the locality Comende, is given. The rock also contains an am- phibole resembling arfvedsonite, with pleochroism c brown, a greenish- yellow. In a previous paper (Boll. Conz. Geol. Itccl., 1894, 25, 407), the author gives the following analysis of this rock, SiO,. Al,O,,Fe,O,. CaO. 1790. E20. Na,O. Total. 80.3 9.2 trace 0.6 3-9 5.5 99.5. L. J. S. Green Slate from Llanberis. By JOHN H. COSTE (Bev., 1896, 29, 2450-245 I).-Green slate from the Dinornwig quarry near Llanberis gave the following results on analysis : the cornpasition is56 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.similar to that of a clayey soil. hydrochloric acid gave I, and the insoluble portion 11. The portion soluble in strong SiO,. Al,O,. Fe,O,. FeO. CaO. Illgo. Kot det. I. - 4.79 1.52 3-96 0.22 2.14 - II. '77.37 18.68 1.60 - trace - 3.35 Na,O, K20. P,O,. Tnsol. ignition. Total. I. 0.13 0.41 85.06 1.34 99.57 The presence of phosphoric acid is noteworthy. Seminormal hydro- chloric acid acts appreciably on the rock, and extracts 0.089 per cent, of phosphoric acid. Sp. gr. of the rock = 2.S18. By JOHN E. WOLFF (Arne?.. J . S'ci., 1896, [4], 1, 271-272).-This rock forms a large intrusion in Tertiary limestone on the Atlantic slope of the Costa Rica volcanic plateau. It is a dark grey spotted rock, and shows distinct crystals of augite and biotite, and rounded areas of radiated zeolites. The microscope shows : augite, plagioclase (labradorite), sanidine, nephelite, a mineral of the sodalite group, olivine, biotite, magnetite, apatite, and analcite and other zeolites.The main differences from the Montana type are the absence of sgyrite, the distinctly basic plagioclase, and the small amount of sanidine ; it is also probably poorer in alkalis. This is the nearest approach yet described to the theralite of Rosenbusch, namely, a plutonic plagioclase-nephelite rock. L. J. 8. Altered Vesuvian Lava. By FRANZ LOEWINSON-LESSING (Annuai./.e G601. Min. de In Russie, 1896, 1, Section 11, 10-11 ; from C. R. SOC. Naturalistes St. Petersbouyg, 1895, No, I, 15-16).--A lava stream of 1631 forms a sea-cliff a t La Scala in the harbour of Resina; t.he long action of a warm saline solution in the form of spray has decomposed the rock t o a soft, friable mass containing porphyritic crystals of augite and leucite.Analysis of this decomposed rock gave the results under I ; this is compared with the average composition of Vesuvian lava 11. Loss on L. J. S. Theralite from Costa Rica. SiO,. AI,O,. Fe20,. FeO. CaO. MgO. Na,O. 11. 47.82 18.85 5.24 5-12 9.51 4.40 2.65 I. 48.31 L--- 24*23---- 9.54 8.24 4.83 Loss on K,O. ignition. Total. 2-77 1.73 99.65 6.41 -- 100~00 This shows that ferrous iron and potash have been replaced by magnesia and soda respectively. The material contains 1.32-1.55 per cent. of chlorine, which can be extracted by water as chlorides of sodium and magnesium.L. J. S. By E.~IIL W. COHEN (Ja1wb.f. Mim., 1896, ii, Ref., 42-43 ; from Anla. k.k. Naturhist. Hofmzcseums, Wiem, 1894, 9, 97--118).-1n No. 111. of his " Meteoric Iron Studies " the author gives analyses of several irons, and of the isolated rhabdite needles. It is shown that the acicular rhabdite and Meteoric Irons-[Rhabdite and Schreibersite].MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 57 I I 1 49'06 35'48 I1 51.60 30.89 I11 55.01 28-62, I V I 55'54 26'73 VII 1 47'22 30.16 I the platy schreiberaite have the same chemical composition, namely, (Fe,Ni,Co),P ; the two occur together and only differ in habit. Goniometric measurements of rhabdite needles showed the existence of a tetragonal prism zone. The irons examined mere :-I See-L'iisgen, Prussia ; I1 Bolson de Mapimi C = Coahuila], Mexico ; 111 Sanchez Estate, Mexico; IV Hex River Mounts, S. Africa; V Schwetz, Yrussia ; VI Rasgata, New Granada ; VII Lime Creek [ = Claiborne], Alabama.The mineralogical composition of these is as follows. 0'45 13.35 0.48 0.55 0.63 ' 100 03 0.70 1 14-63 1 0.78 - 0.96 1 99-56 0.38 I 14'16 , 0.95 1'16 I 1 I 95.57 0.60 15'24 0'43 - -- ' 100'19 0.46 15'10 I 0.25 0.30 98'91 __ _____ I Nickel iron ........................ I 98 *76 98 *344 Ni-Fe phosphides ................ 1 *21 1'615 Carbon ........................... 0.01 0.011 Chromite and silicates . . . . . . . . , 0.01 0.003 Daubreelite .................... 0.01 ' 0 087 Tznite.. ............................ i z / - - Angular fragments .............__ Insoluble.. I - - .......................... - V 98.55 0.17 0.01 o*ox 0 '89 0 '36 __ _I - 97.10 1'73 0.07 0.03 0'15 0.56 0'36 - - - VII _ - 96.96 2.91 0.01 0.09 0.03 - - - - . - The action of acid on the different irons of similar chemical composition is very variable, dissolution taking place in a few days, or only after an interval of months. Analysis of the portions soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid gave I 92.23 1 7'24 1 0'47 0 04 94.22 5 -17 0.54 I 0'06 92.47 VI 92'29 0.15 VII , 93-86 I 0'02 0'01 0.0148 0'02 0'01 Analysis of the isolated rhabdite needles gave P. 1 Cr. IS (calcd.)l Residue.1 Total. I I ! Fe. 1 Ni. I With 111, there is 0.28 per cent. of carbon ; in IV and VII are small quantities of chrornite and silicates. Analysis of schreibersite from IV gave Fe.Ni . co. P. Cr. Chromitc. 8. Total. 61.46 21.31 0.34 15.20 0.32 0.25 9.39 99.27 L. J. S.58 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. The Meteorite of Hamblen Go., Tennessee. By GEORGE P. NERRILL (Anze~. J. Xci., 1896, [4], 2, 149--153).-Eakins’s analyses of this meteorite (Abstr., 1894, ii, 56) showed that olivine could be present in only small quantities, for in the 37.63 per cent. of the stony portion which was soluble in hydrochloric acid only 1.34 per cent. of magnesia was present ; and at the time no satisfactory con- clusion was come to as to the mineral compositio’n, beyond that the insoluble portion consisted mainly of pyroxene. Microscopical examination by the present author shows a holo- crystalline, granular ground-mass of enstatite, diallage, and anorthite, with porphyritic pyroxenes and some indeterminable material between the grains.Olivine is inconspicuous, and cannot be separated. The anorthite gave the following results on analysis. SiO,. A1,0,. FeO. CaO. MgO. Na,O. Total. 42.02 37.77 trace 16.41 0.96 not det. 97.16 The enstatite was found to contain magnesium, but no calcium or aluminium. These minerals do not, however, altogether satisfy the requirements of the analysis of the soluble portion. After separating the anorthite as far as possible, some of the material is still gelatinised by acid, and, as magnesium and calcium go into solution, the presence of monticellite is suggested. When the stony portion of the meteorite is boiled with water, chlorine, sulphuric acid, calcium and iron are extracted; this suggests the presence of gypsum (derived from oldhamite) and lawrencite. The minerals probably present are then : nickel-iron, en stati t e, diallage, anorthite, olivine (or monticelli te), oldhamite (or secondary gypsum), lawrencite, troilite, and schreibersite.The meteorite is to be classed as a mesosiderite; but the composition and structure are very variable, €or the stony and metallic portions each in turn predominate in different parts. In the coarser portions, especially when near the metallic iron, there is a strongly marked cataclastic structure, which is well shown in the anorthite. The average sp. gr. of the fragments is 4-32. [Eakins in a later note (Amer. J. Xci., 1893, 46, 482) had corrected some errors in his formula, and suggested that the soluble portion might consist of olivine and’anorthite.] By EUGEN W. HILGARD (Amer. J. Xci,, 1896, [4], 2, 100-107. Compare Abstr., 1893, ii, 165).-The presence of alkali carbonates in mineral waters is usually explained by supposing that carbonic anhydride has extracted the alkalis from silicates ; but it is better explained by the fact that alkali carbonates are formed when a solution of an alkali sulphate or chloride is treated with calcium or magnesium carbonate in the presence of carbonic anhydride. The action of alkali carbonates in soils and in hardening muds is discussed, as is their efficacy in the alteration and metamorphism of rocks, and in the formation of mineral veins. L. J. S. L. J. S. The Geologic Efficacy of Alkali Carbonate Solutions. Artesian Waters of N. S. Wales. By JOHN C. H. MINGAYE (Austrcdiccn Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1895, 8, 265--277).--Nineteen analyses are given of the water from artesian bores in the western district ofPHYSIOLOGICAL CHEN ISTRY. 59 New South Wales; the total solids, except in five cases, are small, and consist mainly of sodium and potassium carbonates, and sodium chloride, with less calcium and magnesium carbonates, alumina, silica, and organic matter, The value of these waters for irrigation and other purposes is discussed. Analyses of the soluble salts in two samples of soils are given, The deteriorating action on plants of alkali carbonates introduced by irrigation may be counteracted by gypsum. L. J. S.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205045

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEN ISTRY. 59 Physiological Chemistry. OxygenTension of Arterial Blood, By JOHN S. HALDANE and J. LORRAIN SMITH (J. Physiol., 1896, 20, 497--520).-The aeroto- metric method of estimating the oxygen tension in blood is open t o many objections that are pointed out, The value of the present method is accentuated by the fact that it is applicable to animals and men during life. The subject breathes air containing a small known amount of carbonic oxide until the percentage saturation of his hEmoglobin with that gas is constant, The final saturation with carbonic oxide of hEmoglobin solutions can be determined with quite small quantities of blood from the finger by a method previously described ; it depends on the relative tensions of carbonic oxide and oxygen in the liquid, so that if the tension of carbonic oxide and the final saturation of the hRmoglobin are known, the oxygen tension can be inferred.Full details of the method of titration with carmine and a few necessary corrections are given. It was proved that the oxygen tension of human arterial blood is 26.2 per cent. of an atmosphere or 200 mm. of mercury ; as this is higher than the tension of oxygen in the alveolar air, diffusion alone will not explain the passage of oxygen from the alveolar air to the blood, Carbonic oxide is not oxidised in the body. W. D. H. Muscular Power and Gaseous Metabolism. By LOUIS SCHNYDER (Zeits. Biol., 1896,33, 289-319).-The increased discharge of carbonic anhydride that occurs during work is lessened by practice. The amomt of decomposition of tissue depends on the extent of the exertion rather than of the work done.I n normal individuals, the involuntary muscles are already in a state of “training,” and in weakened convalescents these work with abnormal exertion even during so-called rest. W. D. H. The Lowest Limit of Nitrogenous Equilibrium. By ERWIN VOIT (Zeits. Biol., 1896, 33, 333--351).--This paper is principally polemical. I n it, with a few new experiments, C. Voit’s original teaching is confirmed, and Munk’s criticisms on this work combated. W. D. H.60 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Influence of Fat on Nitrogenous Metabolisrn. By A. WICKE and HUGO WEISKE (Eeits. physiol. C h n . , 1896,22, 265-277. Compare Abstr., 1895, ii, 516 ; 1896, ii, 198, 535).-This is a continuation of previous work.The general conclusions are that in herbivora (sheep), gradually increasing doses of fat added to a rich proteid diet cause a smaller nitrogenous assimilation, and the output of nitrogen gets less until equilibrium is established. This has a limit which was reached in the authors' experiments when the daily dose of fat amounted to 150 to 180 grams ; beyond that, nitrogenous metabolism is increased. W. ID. H. Preparation of Pepsin. By CORNELIS A. PEKELHARING (Zeds. p?t,ysiol. Chem., 1896, 22, 233-244).-A very powerful preparation of pepsin is obtained by dialysing artificial gastric juice against distilled water ; the pepsin is precipitated, redissolved in dilute hydro- chloric acid, and reprecipitated by dialysis. There is much loss of material in the process.It gives the proteid reactions and contains phosphorus (less than 1 per cent.). This may be in the pepsin or in a nucleo-proteid mixed with the pepsin, but it is not due to admixture with lecithin. By heating a solution, the phosphorus-containing sub- stance is precipitated, and proteose goes into solution. The quantity of phosphorus in this nucleo-proteid is less (0.3 per cent.) than in the original substance ; some unknown phosphorus-containing substances passing into solution. The activity of this pepsin is destroyed by alcohol, or by heating it to the temperature (60-70") to which the precipitation just described occurs. If commercial pepsin is digested with 0.3-0.5 per cent. hydro- chloric acid, even for 5 days, it still continues to curdle milk.This is contrary to Hammars t en's st a t emen t . The nuclein yields alloxuric bases. W. D. H. Bromine in the Animal Body a f t e r the Administration of Bromine Compounds. By WERNER ROSENTHAL (Zeits. p?t,ysiol. Chem., 1896, 22, 227--232).-Four dogs were fed on Paal's hydrogen- bromide-peptone added to flesh and milk. There were no toxic symptoms. After death, bromine was found in the thyroid (small quantities occur with iodine in the normal thyroid), liver, spleen, hair, pancreas, muscles and kidney in small quantities. About the same quantity is found when potassium bromide is given. W. D. H. Effects of the Injection of Peptone into the Circulation. By WILLIAM H. THOMPSON (J. Physiol, 1896, 20, 455-473).-1n dogs, Witte's " peptone," in doses below 0.02 gram per kilo.of body weight, produces hastening of coagulation; above this dose, it causes re- tardation, as others have found. I n doses as low as 10-15 milli- grams per kilo, it causes a fall of blood pressure when the rate of injection is rapid; this is due to vascular dilatation by a direct influence on the blood vessels of the splanchnic and other areas. No indirect influence through the vaso-motor centre was observed, thePHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 61 results found being practically the same even after severance of the cervical cord. W. D. H. Action of Carbonic Anhydride on Muscle. By AUGUSTUS D. WALLER and Miss S. C. M. SOWTON (PYOC. PhqsioZ. Soc., 1896, 16--17).-1n ordinary striped muscle, stimulation in the presence of carbonic anhydride results in the staircase phenomenon.The con- clusion is drawn that this phenomenon is due, as in nerve, to the evolution of the gas during contraction. With heart muscle, the effect, however, of stimulation is simply decrease in contraction and electrical response; there is no augmentation or staircase at first. Ether and chloroform act similarly. By CORNELIS a. PEKELHARING (zeds. p?~y~sioI. Chem., 1896, 22, 245-247).-Whitfield’s (Abstr., 1894, ii,, 358) failure to obtain nucleo-proteid from muscle is due (1) to the fact that he used water as the extracting agent; tohis rapidly becomes acid, and nucleo-proteids are insoluble in dilute acids ; (2) gastric digestion, if the quantity of nuclein is small and the percentage of hydrochloric acid over 0.1, may not give rise to a precipitation of nuclein.I n the present research, the muscles of various animals were used ; the extracting agent was 0.25 per cent. solution of sodium carbonate. From the extract, which contains very little myosin, a nucleo- proteid is precipitable by acetic acid, two grams were obtained from 543 grams of flesh; it causes intravascular clotting, and contains 0.7 per cent. of phosphorus; its nuclein contains 3.5 per cent. of phosphorus and yields the alloxuric bases xanthine and guanine in small quantities. W. D. H. Occurrence of Inosite in the Thyroid Gland. By R. TAMBACH. (J. P?LCC~WL, 1896 [6], 4, 119.)-This substance appears to occur in larger quantity, from 0.6 to 0.8 per cent., in the thyroid gland than in any other part of the body. By SIGMUND FRANKEL (Wien.med. Blatter, 1896, Nos. 13, 14, 15).-The paper gives further particulars regarding the metallic compounds of thyreo-antitoxin (Abstr., 1896, ii, 119). A second base was also separated from the proteid free extract of the gland. The gland contains a considerable quantity of inosite. The conclusion of Drechsel and Kocher, that the organ forms more than one physiologically active substance, is supported. T.V. D. H. Nucleo-proteid in Muscle. M. W. T. Chemistry of the Thyroid. W. D. H. Chemistry of the Thyroid Gland. By ROBERT HUTCHISON (J. Physiol , 1896, 20, 474--496).-The thyroid contains two proteids, a nucleo-albumin, and the colloid matter; the former is present in small amount, and is probably derived from the epithelium. It mas prepared by Halliburton’s sodium chloride method.The colloid is contained in the acini. It contains a small amount of phosphorus and a considerable proportion of iodine ; it yields no reducing substance on treatment with mineral acids, and no nuclein bases and is, there- fore, neither a mucin, nor a nucleo-proteid. On gastric digestion, it is62 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. readily split into a proteid and a non-proteid part ; both of these, but especially the latter, contain iodine. The non-proteid part contains all the phosphorus of the original substance. The ordinary extractives are fairly abundant; but the colloid is the active physiological con- stituent of the gland ; both parts of it are active, but the non-proteid part is the more active of the two. W. D. H. Chemistry of the Much of the Respiratory Tract.By FRIEDRICH MULLER (Cent?. Plu~sioZ., 1896, 10, 480-481, from Sitz. Ges. Bef+d. Natzww. Mcwburg, 1896, No. 6).-The mucin of sputum was prepared by solution in alkali, and precipitation by acid and subsequently by alcohol ; it is free from nuclein. After treatment with dilute sulphuric acid, it yields from 25 to 32 per cent. of a reducing substance ; this is not a pentose, and the hexose prepared from it could not be identified with any known sugar; probably it may be glucos- nmine. W. D. H. The Nucleins of Pus. By EXILE LEIDI~ (J. Ph'??Z., 1896 [6], 4, 150--155).-The nucleins appear to be a class of substances which differ widely amongst themselves in composition, and in the manner in which they decompose. This investigation was undertaken for the purpose of comparing the nucleins of purulent urine with those obtained from other sources.A mixture of alkali-albumins and nucleo- albumins was obtained by a method described in another paper (next abstract), and from this a nuclein. The results of the estimation of sulphur, phosphorus, and nitrogen in this substance a$reed closely with those ohtained by Hoppe-Seyler for a nuclein from another source. M. W. T. The Proteids of Purulent Urine (Pyin and Mucin). By EMILE LEIDI~. (J. Phmm., 1896 [6], 4, 97--103).-The author considers that the two substances, mucin and pyin, which are usually taken as indicating the presence of pus in urine, are not original17 present in the pus, but are produced by the action of alkalis on its constituents. When purulent urine, which has usually a slightly acid character, is preserved from contact with air, the leucocytes remain intact, and the liquid is found to contain neither much nor pyin.When the urine undergoes ammoniacal fermentation, the leucocytes quickly break up, and dissolve in the liquid. The liquid now contains both mucin and pyin, which, however, cannot be said to be derived from the broken down leucocytes, as the quantity increases with the duration of fermentation. Pyin appears to be an alkali-albumin, and the mucin of acid purulent urine a nucleo-albumin, whilst the so-called mucin of the mucus of the bladder is probably a mixture consisting principally of a globulin. M. W. T. Proteids of Milk and the Methods for their Separation. By A. SCHLOSSMANN (Zeit.physiol. Clzm., 1896, 22, 197--226).-A criticism on the methods at present in use for the separation and estimation of the proteids in milk. A new method is also recom- mended ; it Consists in adding to the milk a small quantity of a saturatedPHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 63 solution of potassium alum a t 37”. This precipitates the caseinogen in an insoluble form, and leaves the albumin and globulin unprecipi- tated. The globulin is precipitated from the filtrate by magnesium sulphate, and the albumin determined by difference. I n cows’ milk, the numbers given are : caseinogen 3.185, globulin 0.154 and albumin 0.374 per cent. The importance of the albumin and globulin in nutrition is insisted upon. This is true for human, cows’, asses’, and pigs’ milk. W. D.H. Action of Rennet. By R. BENJAMIN. (Vi~clbow’s Archiv, 1896. 145, 30-48).-This work is largely a criticism of Peter’s researches (Abstr., 1895, ii, 80. Compare also Hammarsten, Abstr., 1896, i, 583, Edmunds, ibid., ii, 489). The conclusions drawn are that rennet acts only on the caseinogen of milk and on no other proteid of either animal or vegetable origin ; solutions of caseinogen fermentable in this way are, like milk itself, alkaline to lacmoid and acid to phenolph- thalein; a caseinogen solution is only coagulable in the presence of soluble calcium salts. W. D. H. Estimation of Sulphur in Animal Tissues, and in the Hair of Animals of different Ages, By FRANZ D~RING. (Zeits. physiol. Chem., 1896, 22, 281--284).-Sulphur was estimated in the hair of men and animals, in hoofs, and in rabbits’ flesh; the method used being a modification of Hoehnel-Glaser’s.The results are very close to those of Mohr (Abstr., 1895, i, 255). The percentage of sulphur in rabbits’ hairs a t different ages was also investigated ; the numbers lie between 3.9 and 4.6 per cent., but there is no such marked variation with age as Weiske (Lundw. Versuchs-Stat, 36, 81) found in birds’ feathers. W. D. H. Physiological Action of Nitrites. By JOHN S. HALDANE, R. E. MAKGILL and A. E. MAVROGORDATO. (Proc. Yhysiol. Soc., 1896, l$).- Nitrites convert the haemoglobin of the blood into a mixture of methsmoglobin and nitric-oxide-hzemoglobin. I n excess, amylic ni- trite causes the appearance of photomethzemoglobin. Death caused by nitrites is due simply t o their action on haemoglobin. I f the oxygen in the blood plasma is simultaneously increased by administra- tion of the gas a t high pressure, this is sufficient to support life, in spite of the fact that the haemoglobin is no longer capable of carrying oxygen.The experiments were made on mice and rabbits, and are similar in plan and results to those previously described in carbonic oxide poisoning (Abstr., 1895, ii, 407, also 1896, ii, 52). W. D. H. Physiological Action of the Suprarenal Capsules. By SIGMUND FRANKEL (Viern. med. Blatter, 1896, Nos. 14, 15, 16).-The main action of an extract of the medulla of the suprarenal capsules when injected into the circulation is a rise of blood pressure. This is due t o peripheral action on the small vessels, as Schafer and Oliver (Abstr., 1895, ii, 235) showed; and as Moore (ibid., 236) stated this is due to a reducing substance originally described by Vulpian.The present research is directed to an examination of this substance; this was64 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. separated by extraction with alcohol and acetone, but not crystallised. The name spggnzogenin is suggested for it. Its chemistry is not yet fully worked out, but its reactions point to its being a nitrogenous derivative of the ortho-dihydroxybenzene series. W. D. H. The Significance of Chlorides in Anemia. By WACLAW VON MORACZEWSKI (Vi~chow’s Archiv, 1 896, 145, 458--4SO).-During antemia, there is a diminution in the excretion of chlorides in the urine; the excretion increases as the patient gets better. Calcium phosphate behaves like the chlorides. The alkali phosphates and uric acid fire increased in amount in the urine in the ansmic periods ; this increase lessening with convalescence. An addition of calcium phosphate and sodium chloride to iron salts increases their blood- forming action. W. D. H. By FREDERICK W. PAVY ( Z‘YOC. Plu~siol. Soc., 1896, 19--22).-The statement has been made that in phloridzin diabetes there is no glycohsmia. The present communication shows that if fallacies in the collection of blood, in the use of anmthetics, and in the method employed for analysis of the blood, be avoided, there is a distinct rise in the percentage of sugar in the blood as a result of giving the drug. Phloridzin Diabetes. W. D. H. Action of Carbon Bisulphide on Hzemoglobin. By KICOLAI KROMER (Fi~chow’s A d & , 1896, 145, 188-19O).-Death produced by carbon bisulphide is due t o paralysis of the respiratory centre, not to any change in the blood pigment, for although t h i s reagent causes, after the lapse of time, a partial precipitation of proteid matter, the spectrum seen is that of oxybamoglobin. This occurs in experi- ments performed in the living body and in vitro; there is no formation of methemoglobin or hsmatin, as some observers hare described. W. D, H,

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205059

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

64 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Chemistry of Vegetable Physiology and Agriculture. Suitability of Nodule-Bacteria of Different Origin for Various Kinds of LeguminosEe. By FRIEDRICH NOBBE and LORENZ HILTNER (Lmdw. Verszcchs-Stcct., 1 S 96, 47, 257 -268).-Representatives of the six principal groups of the Pc6piZior~ccem were grown in pots containing a mixture of sand and soil. One plant in each case was left without inoculation, the other five being inoculated with pure cultivations of nodule bacteria from (1) Phcmeolus mult$oi*us, (2) Pisum sutivunt, (3) Ti*$oliuna pvatense, (4) Robinic~ psezcdacucia, ( 5 ) Lupinus Zuteus, and (6) Ornithopus scctivus respectively. The plants selected for experi- ment were (1) Phaseolus ntultijloms, (2) Pisum sativum, Vicicc villosa, and Lutlqrus sylvestris, (3) Tr?yoliu.nz pratense and Medicugo sutiva, (4) liobinia pseuducacia, (5) Lupinus Zuteus and AntlLylZis vulnerccrr.icc, (6) Or*nithopus sativus.Each pot contained air-dried garden soil (1 -2VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY AND AGRICULTURE. 65 1 I 20.17 8.66 i 17-46 3.09 8.10 4'71 9-01 6.25 35-83 3.57 4-53 5'85 II 18-31 46'26 6'33 35-46 44'48 - __ kilos. containing 3.45 grams of nitrogen), pure quartz sand (6.8 kilos.), KC1 (0.5 gram) and Cn,(PO,), (5.0 grams). The following table shows the amount of water evaporated from the plants, indicating the relative amount of growth i n each case, and also the total nitrogen in the produce. 12-65 6.91 3.70 7.82 14.82 4'93 I Inoculated with bacteria from I _ _ -~ I Phaseoh 1 Pisum. (Trifolium. 1 Robinia.ILu pinus. /inoE::ted - 105 280 62 123 509 I Evaporation (litres). 1. Phaseolus mult ... a. Pisum sativum 2. b. Vicia villosa ... c. Lathyrus sylv. 3. a. Trifol. prat. ... 4. Robinia pseudac. i 1. Phaseolus mult.. . a. Pisum sativum 2. 6. Vicin villosa.. { c Lathyrue sylv. 3. a. Trifol. prat. ... 4. Robinia pseudac. 878 853 2,310 49 52 392 - 2,791 3,444 384 108 51 12.89 5 -56 5 *76 5'43 6 58 4-23 11-30 3 '62 8'96 5.65 5.46 - - 125 68 2,136 74 - - 142 144 78 123 1 57 160 56 79 81 82 -- In the case of Medicago sativcc, inoculation with Trifolium-bacteria had very little effect, whilst the other bacteria seemed t o have no effect at all. The lupins failed. With regard to Anthyllis, the plants all grew much alike ; only the Robinia bacteria had a slight effect. None of the serradella plants had nodules.The results show that inoculation is only certain when bacteria from similar plants are used. Mutual availability, without essentially lessened effect., was observed only in the case of the Vicicbcem Phaseolus-bacteria are effective for all the Viciacem, but the inocula- tion was much retarded. Pisum-bacteria were only available for the Viciacece and for Phmeolw, and Robinia-bacteria only for Robinia. The most obvious effect of inoculation was increased vigour and development of the plants ; increased flower and fruit production was also observed, especially in tbe case of peas and red clover. Generally, the vegetating period is prolonged by inoculation. A period of hunger was never observed when bacteria corresponding with the plant were employed for inoculation, but when, for instance, peas and vetches were inoculated with Phaseolus-bacteria there was a long period of hunger.I n sand cultures, there may be a period of hunger even when the plants are suitably inoculated, owing to the nodules not being fully developed by the time the supply of nitrogen of the seed is exhausted. VOL. LXXTT. ii. 566 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Root nodules have no essential influence on the above-ground growth as long as the soil contains sufficient nitrogen. As soon as soil nitrogen fails, leguminous plants which have no nodules are no longer able to develop. The leaves of Legunzinosae cannot, there- fore, be the organs by means of which free nitrogen is assimilated. N. H. J. M. Action of the Oxidising Ferment of Mushrooms on various Oxidisable.Compounds. By EMILE E. BOURQUELOT (Conzpt. Tend., 1896, 123, 315--317).-The oxidising ferment of mushrooms acts on all the cresols. Orthocresol is oxidised in neutral, and also, though somewhat more slowly, in slightly alkaline solutions, with formation of a greenish-brown liquid and a dull green precipitate, soluble in ether ; metacresol is oxidised under similar conditions, and yields a rose-white precipitate soluble in alcohol paracresol is oxidised much more readily in a slightly alkaline than in a neutral solution, and the liquid becomes red and afterwards green, but the colouring matter is not soluble in ether. Resorcinol is oxidised in neutral, but more readily in alkaline solutions, and the product is deep red with a green fluorescence. Guaiacol is oxidised more readily in neutral or acid than in feebly alkaline solutions, and the change is very rapid; the liqnid becoming orange-red,and soon depositing a red compound soluble in ether.Euge- no1 is oxidised under similar conditions, and a white precipitate of vanillin is formed, but no colouring matter. Metatoluidine is oxidised very slowly in neutral solutions, but readily in presence of acetic acid, and yields a red-brown liquid and a violet precipitate ; the products seem to be a wine-red substance, soluble in ether, and a violet substance insoluble in ether. Xylidine under similar conditions yields a violet-red product soluble in ether. When aniline ‘‘ for red ” is dissolved in dilute acetic acid, mixed with a small quantity of an infusion of Russzckc delicn and a current of air passed through the liquid, a substance of great tinctorial power, similar t o magenta, is formed.C. H. B. Action of the Oxidising Ferment of Mushrooms on Insoluble Phenols. By EXILE E. BOURQUELOT (Con@. rend., 1896, 123, 423- 425).-!I!he oxidising effect of the ferment from mushrooms is exerted in solutions containing not more than 50 per cent. of ethylic or methylic alcohol, the oxidation of tyrosin, for example, taking place as readily in such solutions as in pure water. The methylic and ethylic alcohols are not affected by the ferment. These facts have been utilised to investigate the action of the ferment on various phenols insoluble in water. Orthoxylenol yields a white precipitate, which afterwards becomes salmon colour; it is soluble in ether.Metaxylenol yields a white precipitate, which acquires a dull rose colour ; it is largely soluble in ether. Paraxylenol yields a similar product which seems to be insoluble in ether. Thymol in a slightly alkaline solution yields a white precipitate, Carvacrol in neutral solution yields a bulky white precipitate.VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY AND AGRICULTURE. 67 a-Naphthol solution becomes blue, and then violet, whilst a dull blue precipitate separates ; i t is partially soluble in ether, forming a mauve solution. P-Naphthol yields a white precipitate which gradual!y becomes yellow, and is almost completely soluble in ether. This difference might be used t o distinguish between the two' naphthols. C. H. B.Occurrence 6f Titanium. By CHARLES E. WAIT (J. Arne?.. Chem. Soc., 1896, 18, 402-404).-The author finds that titanium occurs in every plant ash which he has examined. Oak wood ash contains 0.31 ; apple and pear wood ash (mixed), 0.21 ; cow peas ash, 0.01 ; cotton-seed meal ash, 0-02 per cent. of titanium. The ash from bituminous and anthracite coal also contains titanium. The ash from Pennsylvanian anthracite coal contains as much as 2.59 per cent. J. J. S. Composition of Wheat Germs. By 8. FRANKFURT (Lanclw. Vewuchs-Stat., 1896, 47, 449--470).--For qualitative examination, the germs were freed as far as possible from bran and portions of endosperm by repeated sifting, whilst the quantitative experiments mere made with isolated germs picked out with the help of a lens.I n the aqueous extract employed in the examination for nitrogen compounds, albumoses, allantoin, asparagine, and a small amount of xanthine substances were found. Peptone was also present, but there is evidence that this does not exist in the germs, being produced during the digestion of the germs with warm water. Protein- dissolving ferments do not seem to be present in the free state, but in the form of a xymogen. Choline and betaine were detected, but attempts to isolate amido-acids failed. The ether extract yielded a relatively large amount of crude fat, containing lecithin and much cholesterol. With regard t o carbohydrates, the germs contain cane sugar, raffinose, and emall quantities of glucose, but no starch. Wheat germs contain a ferment which vigorously inverts cane sugar a t 40°, but has no effect on raffinose and very little on starch ; this ferment, which is present in the free state in the germs, can be extracted by glycerol, and is precipitated by alcohol.As regards higher plants, such ferments seem only to have been hitherto detected in the pollen of Co.ryZus avelZan.a and Pinus sylvestris (A. von Planta, Deut. Bienenxeitung, 1879, No. 12). The following quantitative results are' given (per cent, in substance). Protein-Nitrogen. I n s m l e i n Amide Crude Soluble Crude hot water. hot water. nitrogen, fat. carbohydrates. fibre. 3 '46 2.18 0.80 13-51 24.34 1-71 the dry Ash . 4 '82 The crude fat includes lecithin (1.55 per cent.) and cholesterol (0.44 per cent.). The soluble carbohydrates include 6.89 per cent.of raffinose. The results indicate that the germs contain abundant material to develop without the aid of the endosperm. The latter mould, however, 5-268 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAT, PAPEIIS. protect and ensure the development of the germs under unfavourable conditions. N. H. J. M. Constituents of the Seeds of Pharbitis Nil, L. By NICOLAI KROMER (Arch. Pharm., 1896, 234, 459--480).-The author summa- rises hid results as follows. '' (1) The fatty oil of the seeds consists of the glycerides of oleic, palmitic, and acetic acids, and of a stearic acid melting at 54"; in addition, it contains a small quantity of lecithin. (2) The seeds contain a tannin, C1,H22010, which turns ferric chloride solution green, and yields a yellow lead derivative containing 50.33 per cent.of lead. (3) They contain besides a carbohydrate belonging to the saccharose group ; this is dextrorotatory, [a], = + 109.53". (4) The resinous glucoside of the seeds is insoluble in water, and contains no nitrogen ; it is lmorotatory, and has the same percentage composition as convolvulin, but is not identical with that substance. Alkali hydroxides decompose it into a glucosidic acid isomeric with convolvu- linic acid, a tetrahydroxydecylic acid, and fatty acids volatile with steam, probably methylethylacetic and tiglic acids. This glucosidic acid is insoluble in ether, and is hydrolysed by mineral acids to a carbohydrate (+glucose) and a fatty acid melting a t 68-5", in all probability isomeric with convolvulinolic acid." 1: propose the name Pharbitose for it.C. F. B. Calculation of Proteids in Seeds from the Amount of Nitro- gen. By U. HEINRICH L. R~TTHAUSEN (Landw. Versuchs-Stat., 1896,47, 391-400).--In 1872 it was pointed out that the ordinary method of calculating the proteids in grain, &c., by multiplying the percentage of nitrogen by 6.25, gives more or less incorrect results, inasmuch as the percentage of nitrogen in pure proteids is not 16 but 16.66 to 18.4. (Ritthausen '' Die Eiweisskorper d.-Getreidearten.") I n order to obtain a basis for the further discussion of the subject, the author has collected the most important results respecting the composition of the proteids of seeds, and these are given in tables. With regard to the cereals and pulses, the average percentage of nitrogen in the proteids is 17.6 ; whilst in the oil seeds i t is 18.2.In these substances, therefore, the factors would be 5.7 and 5.5 respectively. Barley, maize, buck- wheat, soja and white beans are, however, exceptions. In these the factor 6.0 should be employed (the proteids containing 16.66 per cent. of nitrogen). The same factor (6.0) holds also for rape and Brassica seeds, and candle-nut. In the published resuIts of analyses of foods the amount of nitrogen found is very frequently omitted, the percentage x 6.25 alone being given. The percentage of nitrogen has, therefore, to be calculated before the correct factor for proteids can be applied. In the case of substances in which the proteids have been insufficiently investigated or not at all, the factor 6.25 must, of course, be retained.N. H. J. M. Oxidation of Organic Matter in Soil. By PIERRE P. DEH~RAIN and E. DEMOUSSY (Compt. rend., 1896, 123, 278-282).-When soil is heated' to 120°, carbonic anhydride is produced, and the soil whenVEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY AN11 AGRICULTURE. 69 allowed to cool and re-inoculated undergoes more rapid nitrification than the original soil, seemingly in consequence of the partial oxidation of the organic matter. The oxidation of the organic matter of sterilised soils by air at 22" is extremely small ; non-sterilised soils are, however, slowly oxidised at this temperature with production of carbonic anhydride, which, how- ever, is less than the volume of oxygen absorbed, some of the latter being used up in oxidising hydrogen or in forming an oxidation product which remains in the soil.The rate of oxidation is higher the more readily air can permeate the soil; i t is also influenced by the proportion of water, and with rich soils oxidation at 22" or 44" is at its maximum when the soil contains 17 per cent. of water, but decreases if the proportion of water falls to 10 per cent. or rises to 25 per cent. With soils less rich in humus, a somewhat higher proportion of water is necessary to retard oxidation in any marked degree, although the same minimum proportion holds good. As oxidation continues, the rate of production of carbonic anhydride becomes less and less, a result no doubt due to the fact that humus is a complex substance, some of the constituents being more oxidisable than others. When non-sterilised soil is heated, the rate of oxidation increases slightly between 22" and 44", becomes much more energetic at 65", but falls off considerably a t SO", owing most probably to the destruction of the microbes.Beyond 9Go, however, there is again a marked increase in the rate of oxidation. At 110" or 120" the volume of carbonic anhydride liberated is greater than the volume of oxygen absorbed, and part of the former must result from decomposition and not from oxidation. At loo", the carbonic anhydride produced is less than the volume of oxygen absorbed, just as at 22", water or some other oxida- tion product being formed. Similarly, the rate of production of carbonic anhydride at 100" falls off as the oxidation progresses. Oxidation is so active between 40" and 60" that it is conceivable that in hot climates soils left unworked and without manure may gradually become sterile owing to the disappearance of the humus.Even a t Grignon, some fields carrying various crops without addition of manure have lost half their organic matter in 10 years. C. H. B. Destruction of Fat by Moulds. By C. HEINRICH L. RrrTHAUsEN and BAUMANN (Lcmdw. VemuclwXtat., 1896,47, 389--390).-The follow- ing analyses are given of two samples of rape cake, (1) in their original state, and (2) after they had been kept for two years in a finely powdered state in stoppered bottles. The samples became covered with mould, Sample I. Sample 11. Water. Fat. Nitrogen. Water, Fat. Nitrogen. In original state ......... 12'45 10.53 5.13 12.31 8-50 4-86 After two years (mouldy) 21-94 1-98 5-15 23'42 1.87 5.12 The excess of water in the mouldy samples can only have been Fifteen different bacteria and fungi derived from the decomposed fat.70 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. were isolated, and it is assumed that it is mainly to the moulds that the changes observed were due. (Compare Reitmair, Abstr., 1891, 770). N. H. J. M. Maize-germ Cake. By F. J. VAN PESCH (Lundw. Yemuc?w.-Stcct, 1896, 47, 473-475).-Maize-germ cake is a product of oil factories and is obtained in a manner similar t o linseed cake. It is used as food for all kinds of cattle. The following analyses of samples of cake, stated to be "maize cake " but which were undoubtedly maize-germ cake, are given. Ciude N-free Crude Water. protein. Fat. extract. fibre. Ash. 1. 18.8 16-2 3'6 56.7 2.7 2-0 2. 17.2 1773 4.0 59 .(I 2.0 3. 10.8 17.5 4.2 61.4 3.7 2.4 4. 13'6 20'2 5.7 54% 4.4 1.5 5. 12.1 22.7 5'3 53.9 4.3 1.7 Maize-germs contain, according to Moser; water 11 -8, proteids 12.4, fat 17.4, nitrogen-free extract 46.0, crude fibre 6.9, and ash 5.5 per cent. N. H. J. M. -

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205064

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

70 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Analg tical Chemistry. A Convenient Form of Graduated Flask. By WILHELM WISLICENUS (Bey., 1896, 29, 2442--2445).-The author points out that Biltz's modified measuring flask (Abstr., 1896, ii, 671) is not new, he has himself for several years used a modification in which the neck of the flask is widened above the ordinary graduation mark and again constricted higher up, a second graduation mark being placed above the wider portion so that this contains exactly 100 C.C. between the two marka. In the preparation of a standard solution, 1100 C.C. are first prepared of slightly greater strength than is required. A portion of the liquid is then removed from the upper part of the flask, its strength accurately determined, and from this the amount of water to be added to 1000 C.C.is calculated. The flask is then emptied by means of a pipette down to the 1000 C.C. mark and the requisite amount of water added. A. H. NorE.-This arrangement is identical with that described by Giles (Abstr., 1894, i, 25 l).--E~s. Iodometric Estimation of Selenious and Selenic Acids. By JAMES F. NORRIS and HENRY FAY (Amsr. C'hern. J., 1896, 18, 703- 706).-Selenious acid may be estimated by mixing a measured portion of the solution containing it with ice-cold water and 10 C.C. of hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1.1 2), adding an excess of N/10 sodium thiosulphate solu- tion, and titrating back with iodine solution. One mol. of selenious acid is equivalent to 4 mols. of sodium thiosulphate. The exact nature of the chemical change has not yet been ascertained.TheANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 71 hydrochloric acid must be sufficient to liberate all the thiosulphuric acid. Before applying this method, the selenic acid is reduced by adding 25 C.C. of concentrated hydrochloric acid to a measured portion of the solution, diluting to 100 C.C. and boiling for one hour, care being taken that the volume is never less than 75 C.C. The cooled liquid is then treated as described above, except that it will probably be already sufficiently acid. A. G. B. By FRANK A. GOOGH and A. W. PEIRCE (Amel.. ,J. Sci., 1896 [4], 1, 181--185).-The fact that selenium bromide is volatile, whereas tellurium bromide is not, can be made use of in estimating selenium in the presence of tellurium. With the object of testing the accuracy of the method, the author has experimented in the following way.Solutions containing known weights of selenious and tellurous anhydrides, dissolved in potash, were treated with excess of phosphoric acid in order t o dissolve the precipitate which was formed at first. One gram of potassium bromide was added, and the whole introduced into a Voit flask and water added to make the volume up to 50 C.C. ; this first flask was fused to a second Voit flask containing 10 C.C. of water, and the second flask, in its turn, was fused to a Drexel bottle which had fused to its escape tube a Will and Varrentrap bulb to serve as a trap. The bottle and bulbs were filled with potassium iodide solution, and car- bonic anhydride was kept slowly passing through the whole apparatus.The distillation of the products in the first flask was continued until the 50 C.C. had been reduced to 15 C.C. ; by thistime all the selenium had passed over in the form of its bromide and had been collected in the second flask, a small quantity of iodine had also been liberated in the bottle owing to bromine having passed over, As a quantity of selenium bromide collected in the tube connecting the two flasks, it was necessary to drive this over into the second flask before disconnecting. The first flask was then removed, 1 gram of potassium iodide was added to the second flask, the current of carbonic anhydride was again started through the apparatus, and the mixture was boiled for 10 mins. The free-iodine in the flask, Drexel bottle and trap was taken as the measure.of the selenious anhydride present. The results were fairly good, the errors being 0-1-0.7 per cent. Separation of Selenium from Tellurium. J. J. 8. Estimation of Tellurium by Precipitation as the Iodide. By FRANK A. GOOCH and W. C. MORGAN (Anzeli.. J. Xci. [a], 2, 271- 272, and Zeits. ccnoyg. Chenz., 1896, 13, 169-1’71).-Tellurous acid may he very accurately estimated by simply adding standard solution of potassium iodide as long as it forms a precipitate. The liquid should contain at least one-fourth of its bulk of stroag sulphuric acid, and when the greater part of the tellurium iodide has formed the beaker must be rotated to make the precipitate settle. More potassium iodide is then added to complete the reaction. Ten test experiments are given to show the accuracy of the process. L.DE K. Nitrates in Water. By ALESSANDRI and GUASSINI (Chem. Cerztr. 1896, i, 329; from Boll. Clhn. ,fama. 1895, 490).-A few C.C. of the72 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. sample is evaporated to dryness, and 6 drops of a saturated solution of phenol in hydrochloric acid is at once added. Sometimes it is advisable to slightly warm the reagent. If nitrates are present, a reddish-violet coloration is obtained which on adding ammonia changes to an emerald green. L. DE K. Iodometric Method for the Estimation of Phosphorus in Iron. By CEARLOTTE FAIRBANKS (Amer. J. Sci. [4], 2, 181-185, and Zeits. ccnorg. CTwm., 1896, 13, 117--120).-The method for titrating molybdic acid with iodine recommended by Gooch and Fairbanks (this vol., ii, 76) is also applicable to the yellow molybdic precipi- tate, and is, therefore, a convenient process for the estimation of phos- phorus in iron, Twelve mols.of molybdic acid correspond with 1 atom of phosphorus. L. DE K. Estimation of Phosphates in Precipitates. By THEODOR PFEIFFER (Landw. Versuchs-Stat, 189 6, 47, 357-360).-Deterrnina- tions of phosphoric acid in a sample of precipitate gave the following results. With strong hydrochloric acid as solvent, P205 = 30.96 and 31.10 per cent. ; with aqua regia P20, = 33.00 and 32.91 per cent. ; with a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids P20, = 33.19 per cent. It was found that the whole of the phosphoric acid in hydrochloric acid extracts is not precipitated by magnesia mixture (citrate method), and t h a t the filtrate yielded a further amount (2.27 per cent.), when boiled with sulphuric or nitric acid.This seems to be due to the presence of pyrophosphate in the precipitate. Whan pure monocalcium phosphate (5 grams) was heated for a long time at 250°, dissolved in boiling hydrochloric acid, and diluted to 250 c.c., 62.64 per cent. of P20, was found by direct precipitation, and 68.99 per cent. after boilimg with nitric acid. Two samples of precipitate (one of which had been slightly dried and the other not at all) were found to be free from pyrophosphate. Another sample which had been dried by heating with steam showed a distinct amount of pyrophosphate; whiIst a fourth sample from England, which had been over-dried, gave a percentage of 31.10 of P,?, before, and 32.91 after the ‘‘ inversion ” of the hydrochloric acid solution.The results show that mere estimation of total phosphoric acid is misleading, especially when aqua regia is employed as the solvent. N. H. J. M. The Precipitation of Phosphomolybdate in Steel Analysis. By GEORGE AUCHY. (J. Amer. Chern. Xoc., 1896, 18, 170--174).-1n order to ensure the complete precipitation of the phosphorus, the following process is recommended :--Two grams of steel is dissolved in 100 C.C. of nitric acid of sp. gr. 1.13, the solution is partially neutra- lised by adding 15 C.C. of strong ammonia previously diluted with 50 C.C. of water, and after heating to 8 5 O , the phosphoric acid is pre- cipitated by adding 60 C.C. of Blair and Whitfield’s molybdate solution. If it is thought desirable to precipitate from a very acid solution,ANALYTICAL C'H EMISTRY.73 from 18-20 grams of ammonium nitrate should be first added and the liquid should be somewhat diluted. The author adds a caution as t o thLoccssional presence of phosphoric acid in the reagents used. L. DE K, Interaction of Chromic and Arsenious Anhydrides. By PRILIP E. BROWNING (Amev. J. Sci., 1896 [4], 1, 35--37).--Kessler has shown (Pogg. Annnlen, 1855, 95, 204) that arsenious anhydride may be estimated by treating it in the presence of hydrochloric acid with an excess of a chromate of known strength. The excess of chromic acid is then determined by the addition of a ferrous salt until a drop taken from the solution gives a blue colour with a ferri- cyanide. Chromic acid is again added until the blue colour dis- appears.The author shows that a somewhat similar method may he used for estimating chromic acid. The chromate solution is mixed with about 10 C.C. of dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid (1 : 4) and a carefully measured amount of N/lO arsenious acid solution is run i n ; care must be taken t'hat the arsenious acid is in excess. It is not necessary to apply heat to bring about the reduction of the chromate. About 5 grams of potassium or sodium hydrogen carbonate are added to the solution, and in most cases a precipitate forms unless Rochelle salt has been previously added, N/lO iodine is then run in until the solution acquires a slightly permanent yellow colour, and the mixture is allowed to stand for about 30 minutes. The excess of iodine is destroyed by N/lO arsenious acid, starch is added, and the solution titrated with N/10 iodine.The points to notice are that the addition of Rochelle salt gives a dark green solution and thus renders it difficult to detect the point where the iodine gives the blue colour with starch. I f Rochelle salt is not added, a precipitate forms, and this contains small quantities of arsenious acid unless it is allowed to remain for some time (1-2 hours) with the excess of iodine. The method is fairly accurate, and can be carried out in the presence of ferric salts. J. J. S. By VICTOR PLANCHON and VUAFLART (J. Pha~m., 1896 [61, 4, 49--51).-The amount of borax present in a sample of butter can be roughly esti- mated by means of a colour reaction, depending on the formation of a blue compound produced by the fusion of copper oxide with borax. The ash from 20 grams of butter is fused with 0.5 grams of potassium car- bonate, and a trace of copper oxide.The amount of borax present may be estimated approximately from the intensity of the blue colour produced. M. W. T. By LIEBRICH (Chm. Centr., 1896, i, 68-69 ; Xtahl u. Eisem, 15, 1058).-The filter containing the silicic acid, silicon, and graphite is, without removing the iron, burnt, and the black ash is fused with dehydrated potassium hydrogen sulphate until all the carbon has disappeared. The residue, on being digested with hydrochloric acid, leaves pure silicic acid free from Detection and Estimation of Borax in Butter, Estimation of Silicon in Pig Iron. titanium and iron.L. DE K.74 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Detection and Estimation of Carbonic Oxide in Air. By JOHN S. HALDANE (J. Plqsiol., 1896, 20, 521--522).-The method previously described for estimating the percentage of carbonic oxide in the air by means of a solution of blood requires modification in view of the fact that daylight has a marked influence on the stability of carboxy-haemoglobin. The precautions to avoid the influence of strong light, and the necessary alterations in the table are given. W. D. H. Separation and Identification of Potassium and Sodium. By D. ALBERT KREIDER and J. E. BRECKENRTDGE (Anze~. J. Sci., [4], 2, 263-268, and Zeits. ccno~g. Chern., 1896, 13, 161-168. Compare Abstr., 1895, ii, 444).-Potassium may be completely separated from sodium by evaporating the solution with perchloric acid and treating the residue with 97 per cent, (commercial absolute) alcohol, which soon dissolves the2 sodium compound, but leaves the potassium per- chlorate which is quite insoluble.When dealing with a sulphate, this must first be decomposed by means of barium chloride, the excess of the latter being removed by ammonium carbonate, and the ammonium compounds expelled by ignition. The sodium is precipitated from its alcoholic solution as chloride by means of a current of hydrogen chloride, and may then be further identified. The perchloric acid must, of course, be quite free from sodium, and is, therefore, best purified by distillation under low pressure. Details for the safe Volumetric Estimation of Alkali Hydroxides containing Carbonates and of Alkali Carbonates : The Value of Phenol- phthalein and Methyl-orange as Indicators.By FBIEDRICH W. KUSTER (Zeits. unwg. Chem., 1896, 13, 127--150).-The only method for the volumetric estimation of mixed solutions of alkali hydroxides and alkali carbonates which gives trustworthy results is that published by C1. Winkler. The alkali carbonates are precipitated by barium chloride, and the solution, together with the precipitate, is titrated, using phenolphthaleln as indicator. The total alkali is determined by titration, using methyl-orange as indicator. Methyl-orange is, con- trary to the statements of previous authors, strongly coloured by carbonic acid; and in the titration of alkali containing carbonates the titration must be continued only to a known normal coloration which is defined by comparison with an equally concentrated aqueous solution of the methyl-orange saturated with carbonic anhydride.Phenol- phthalek is also coloured by aqueous solutions of alkali hydrogen carbonates when these solutions are dilute. The coloration is weakened by the presence of sodium salts of strong acids and by carbonic anhydride, and disappears entirely in the presence of large quantities of free carbonic anhydride. This indicator cannot, therefore, be used for the direct volumetric estimation of alkali hydroxides contained in alkali carbonates. Trustworthy results are obtained only when a small quantity of carbonate is present, whereas by Winkler's method the results can be depended on irrespective of the amount of carbonate.In the presence of hydrogen alkali carbonates, the total alkali is determined with methyl-orange as indicator ; the hydrogen carbonate preparation of the reagent are given. L. DE K.ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 75 is estimated by adding a measured quantity of alkali hydroxide in excess, precipitating with barium chloride, and titrating, using phenol- phthalein as indicator. The difference between the amount of alkali added and that found after precipitation gives the quantity of hydrogen carbonate present, The results obtained are too low, and the error is pro- portional to the amount of hydrogen carbonate present. Eetimation of Cadmium as Oxide, By PHILIP E. BROWNING and LOUIS C. JONES (Amerr-. J. &Ski. [a], 2, 269-270, and Zed.anorg. Chem , 1896, 13, 110--112).-Muspratt has stated that the estimation of cadmiux as oxide by igniting the carbonate gives results which are much below the t r u t h ; no better results are obtained by dissolving the carbonate in nitric acid and igniting the nitrate. The authors state that when using the Gooch asbestos filter and crucible, the car- bonate may be converted into oxide without loss. Twenty-one experi- ments are quoted to show the trustworthiness of the process. E. C. R. L. DE K. Estimation of Lead in Potable Waters. By UBALDO ANTONY and T. BENELLI (Gaxxetta, 1896,26, ii, 194--195).-Potable waters may contain various substances, such as silicic acid, ferric, and aluminium hydroxides, in the colloidal state and, on adding the amount of ammo- nium chloride necessary for the complete precipitation of the lead and mercuric sulphides in accordance with the authors' method (Abstr., 1896, ii, 549) of estimating lead in water, these hydroxides would assume the insoluble form.It is recommended that after the lead sulphate has been weighed, it should be dissolved in hot ammonium tartrate solution, and any insoluble residue weighed and allowed for. W. J. P. Electrolytic Estimation of Mercury. By EDGAR F. SMITH and DANIEL L. WALLACE (J. Amer. C'iem. Soc., 1896, 18, 169-170).-The amount of mercury in cinnabar may be conveniently estimated by dis- solving about 0.22 gram of the mineral in 25 c . ~ . of solution of sodium sulphide (sp. gr. 1.2). After diluting to 125 c.c., the liquid is electrolysed in a platinum crucible at a temperature of 70" with a cur- rent of N.D. 100 = 0.12 ampitre.The precipitakion of the metal is New Method of Separating the Phosphates in the Ammonia Group. By N. TARUGI (Gaxxetta, 1896, 26, ii, 256-258).-The methods in general use for separating the precipitate of metallic phos- phates obtained with ammonia and ammonium chloride in qualitative analysis being inconvenient, the author has devised the following process, which gives excellent results. The precipitate is treated with cold acctic acid, when only ferric and aluminium phosphates and many of the oxalates remain undissolved ; after filtration, all the phosphoric acid and part of the oxalic acid is removed from the filtrate by adding excess of lead acetate. The lead salt is filtered off and the filtrate freed from lead by adding hydro- chloric acid and then hydrogen sulphide or thioacetic acid; after boiling off the hydrogen sulphide and filtering, the filtrate is poured complete within 3 hours.L. DE K.76 ABSTRACTS O F CHEMICAL PAPERS. drop by drop into a boiling concentrated sodium carbonate solution into which the precipitate not dissolved during the first treatment with acetic acid has been put. The only phosphate the precipitate can con- tain is ferric phosphate, which, however, gives no trouble in the subse- quent examination of the liquid for the metals. If the original precipitate contains no oxalates, the part insoluble in acetic acid can only contain ferric and aluminium phosphates and need only be examined for these two metals; the acetic acid solution is then treated with ammonia and ammonium chloride and examined in the ordinary way.W. J. P. Iodometric Estimation of Molybdic Acid. By FRANK A. GOOCH AND CHARLOTTE FAIRBANKS (Amer. J . Xci., 1896 [Q], 2, 156- 162).-Mauro and Danesi recommend heating the molybdate compound with hydrochloric acid and potassium iodide in a sealed tube filled with carbonic anhydride. The liberated iodine is afterwards titrated. Friedheim and Euler prefer submitting the mixture to distillation and titrating the iodine in the distillate. The authors have found that the molybdic acid is best estimated by acting on the residue with iodine in the presence of an alkali. A quantity of molybdic acid, in the form of an alkali salt, not exceeding 0.3 gram is mixed up with 20 C.C.of water, 20 C.C. of hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1.20) and 0.5 gram of potassium iodide, and after introducing the liquid into a narrow flaskit is rapidly boiled down to 25 C.C. but not further. The residue, after adding 1 gram of tartaric acid, is nearly neutralised with aqueous soda, and then mixed with a slight excess of sodium hydrogen carbonate. A definite quantity of iodine solution is now at once added, and the corked bottle is set aside for 2 hours. The excess of iodine is titrated by means of arsenious oxide. One atom of iodine corresponds with 1 mol. of molybdic acid. L. DE K, Application of the Blue Oxide of Molybdenum in Volumetric Analysis. By ATTILIO PURGOTTI (G'ccxxettcc, 1896, ii, 197--220).-The blue oxide of molybdenum, Mo308, is readily oxidised by such sub- stances as permanganates, chromates, hypochlorites, chlorine, peroxides, ferric salts, and platinic and auric chlorides, and since the oxidation of the whole of the oxide is rendered evident by the disappearance of the characteristic blue colour, it may be used for the volumetric estimation of oxidising agents.The reduction of molybdic anhydride occurs in two stages in accordance with the equations 5Mo0, + 16H = Mo507 + 8H,O and Mo,07 + 19Mo0, = 8M0308, so that if a solution containing 5Mo0, be completely reduced to the brown oxide, Mo507, and then added to a solution containing 19Mo03, this will contain only the blue oxide. The standard solution of the blue oxide is made by reducing 1-1 gram of ammonium molybdate, (NH,),Mo70,,,. 4H,O, dissolved in 30 C.C.of water and 5 C.C. of pure sulphuric acid with 4-5 grams of zinc dust; after filtering the brown solution, it is made up to 200 C.C. and added to a solution of 4.2 grams of ammonium molybdate and 2 C.C. of pure sulphuric acid in 800 C.C. of water. The solution is then boiled until blue, and on cooling is ready for use; it is approximately N/50, and cannot be made N/lO because of theANALYTICAL CHENISTRY, 77 sparing solubility of the oxide. The standardising is performed by diluting 10 C.C. of N/100 potassium dichromate to 30 c.c., adding 3 C.C. of 1 : 3 puresulphuric acid, and running themolybdenum solution into the hot solution until a persistent blue colour is observed ; the solution does not change in strength if preserved in well-closed full vessels.For the indirect estimation of substances such as cupric salts which are not reduced by blue molybdenum oxide, the author does not use standard ferrous sulphate solution but prefers t o reduce them with alkaline chromium hydroxide solution and subsequently estimates the chromate formed by titration with molybdenum solution. 10 c.c, of 16 per cent. chrome alum solution is mixed with 30 C.C. of 30per cent.. caustic potash giving an alkaline solution of about 0.32 gram of chro- mium hydroxide; this is boiled for about 15 minutes with 10 C.C. of a cupric salt containing about 0.15 gram of copper. The excess of chromium hydroxide is thus rendered insoluble, and potassium chromate remains in solution; the latter is then estimated by filtering the solution, making up to a standard volume and titrating an aliquot part with molybdenum solution after acidification with sulphuric acid.The titration of hot permangamate or hot dilute ferric solutions with molybdenum solution gives excellent results. Good results are obtained in the estimation of lead by precipitating it as chromate and filtering, washing and dissolving the precipitate in caustic potash ; the solution is then acidified with sulphuric acid and titrated with molybdenum solution. Lead solutions may also be boiled with calcium hypochlorite in feebly acid solutions and the precipitated lead peroxide filtered, washed and boiled with the alkaline chromium hydroxide as described above. After separating the insoluble chromium hydroxide, the filtrate is acidified with sulphuric acid and titrated with molybdenum solution.Silver chloride or sulphate may be estimated by boiling with alkaline chromium hydroxide, when metallic silver is formed ; the chromate produced is then estimated with molybdenum solution. The results obtained with silver nitrate solution are rather too high owing to the slight action of the nitric acid on the molybdenum solution. Both mercuric and mercurous salts are reduced to metallic mercury by alkaline chromium hydroxide solution, and may be estimated indirectly by titrating the chromate with molybdenum solution. Nickel and cobalt salts are converted into the sesquioxides by heating with calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypobromite solution and may then be estimated in the same way as lead peroxide.Good test results were obtained with all the methods described above; the presence of nitric acid is, however, to be avoided in titration with molybdenum solution. W. J. P. Reactions of Tungsten. By E. DEFACQZ (Conzpt. Tend., 1896,123, 308-310).-When a tungsten compound is converted into tungstic acid, heated with four or five times its weight of potassium hydrogen sulphate and a few drops of sulphuric acid, and then mixed with sufficient concentrated sulphuric acid to prevent solidification on cooling, the liquid obtained gives colour-reactions with a large number78 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. of organic compounds. The best results are obtained with phenols and alkaloids, and the most important of these reactions are as follows :-pheiaoZ, very intense deep red ; puinol, very intense amethyst-violet ; ccctechol, violet black ; a- or P-naphthol, violet-blue ; sccZicyZic acid, very intense deep red ; vemt&e, intense sienna colour.Many of the alkaloids give no coloration, and of the various compounds used phenol and quinol are the most valuable for analytical purposes, the reaction with them being much more sensitive than the well-known production of a blue coloration by the action of zinc or some similar metal. As a rule, the colorations disappear on adding water. C. H. B. Reduction of Vanadic Acid by Hydriodic and Hydrobromic Acids, and its Titration in Alkaline Solution with Iodine By PHILIP E. BROWNING (Amer. J. Xci., [4], 2,185-188,and 2eits.anorg. Clhern , 1896, 13, 11 3-1 16).-The solution containing the vana- date is boiled in an Erlenmeyer beaker with potassium iodide or bromide and a regulated amount of sulphuric acid, until no more iodine or bromine is liberated.After cooling, the residual liquid is nearly neutralised with aqueous potash, a small quantity of tartaric acid is added, and the neutralisation completed with an excess of potassium hydrogen carbonate. Excess of standard iodine is then added, and after remaining for half an hour in a closed bottle, the free iodine left is estimated by means of a solution of arsenious oxide. One mol. of iodine represents 1 mol. of vaaadic acid. L. DE K. Estimation of Bismuth. By WJLHELM MUTHMANN AND F. MAWROW (Zeits. ccnorg. Chem., 1896, 13, 209--210).-The faintly acid solution of the bismuth salt is treated with an excess of hypophosphorous acid, and warmed on the water bath until the supernatant liquid is clear and a further addition of hot hypophosphorous acid does not cause any coloration.The reddish- grey precipitate of metal thus obtained is easily collected; after being washed with hot water, and with absolute alcohol, it is dried at 105", and weighed either on a tared filtered paper or in a Gooch's crucible. The results are very accurate. The method is especially useful for the separation of bismuth from those metals which are not precipitated by hypophosphorous acid, such as zinc and cadmium. E. C. R. Platinum Amalgam and its Application in Analysis. By N. TARUGI (Gcmxetta, 1896, 26, i, 425-43 1 ).-Magnesium precipitates the whole of the mercury and platinum, from a solution containing both mercuric and platinic chlorides, as a black precipitate in which, even when it contains only 1 per cent.of platinum, no metallic mercury can be detected under the microscope. Further, the precipitate is always readily soluble in concentrated nitric acid, even if it only contains 1 per cent. of mercury, but if precipitated mercury and platinum be mixed, nitric acid dissolves mercury alone from the mixture; the solubility of the amalgam is therefore not due to the retention of chlorine by the precipitated metals.ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 70 The author proposes to apply these facts to the qualitative analysis of solutions which may contain gold, mercury, and platinum. The gold is first precipitated by oxalic acid, and, after separating it, magnesium is added to the filtrate; a grey precipitate can only be mercury, a black precipitate insoluble in nitric acid is platinum, whilst a black precipitate soluble in nitric acid shows that both platinum and mercury are present. W.J. P. Separation of Palladium from Platinum. By PAUL COEN and FRANZ FLEISSNER (Monatsh., 1896, 17, 361--364).-The solution of the two metals in aqua regia is repeatedly evaporated with water in order to eliminate nitric acid, and again with about 10 C.C. of a 10 per cent. solution of ammonium chloride. The residue is then warmed with a fewdrops of water,and covered with a 30 per cent. solution of ammonium chloride, when ammonium platinochloride is gradually precipitated, this is separated by filtration, and washed, first with a solution of ammonium chloride and then with alcohol, and is finally transferred to a platinum crucible and heated to redness.The palladium chloride present in the filtrate is mixed with fairly strong nitric acid, and the whole evaporated on the water bath, when a beautifully crystalline red precipitate is formed ; this is collected, and mashed with a strong solu- tion of ammonium chloride to which a few drops of nitric acid have been added. The precipitate consists of cmmonizcin pcdZacliochZoride, Pd(NH,),C16 ; if insufficient nitric acid has been used, a brown basic salt is obtained instead. The red ammonium palladiochloride is sparingly soluble in cold water, and is decomposed by warm water, with production of ammonium palladious chloride, (NH,),PdCl, ; even in the cold so- lution, a slow decomposition takes place.It may be used for the estimation of palladium, being decomposed when heated in an atmo- sphere of coal-gas, leaving a residue of palladium. A series of ex- periments have served to show that, by observing the above conditions, the amounts of platinum and palladium in a mixture of their chlorides may be accurately estimated. A. L. Technical Analysis of Asphaltum. By LAURA A. LINTON (J. Amel-. Chem. Xoc.. 1896, 18, 275--279).-The author gives a few more instructions as to the assay of asphaltum (Abstr., 1895, ii, 333). I n estimating the moisture, the temperature should not exceed 50°, and the drying is best effected by heating the sample in a current of dry air ; the dried sample is then tested as directed.It is now recommended to fraction the asphaltene by estimating the portion soluble in boiling turpentine and that soluble in chloroform only. After removing the petrolene, the residue on the filter is digested in boiling turpentine until the filtrate is colourless ; the filter is then washed with alcohol and dried at 100". If a black semi-liquid substance separates from the mass, the extraction with turpentine should be repeated ; the residue on the filter is finally exhausted with chloroform to remove the portion undissolved by the turpentine. Aged " varieties of asphaltum contain a larger proportion of asphal-80 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. tene, but the fraction soluble in turpentine is smaller, whilst that soluble in chloroform is larger. L. DE K.Estimation of Glucose in Urine. By B. A. VAN KETEL (Zeit. p 7 y S i O l . Chenz., 1896, 22, 278- 280)-The method originally used in the estimation of sugar in milk may also be used for the estimation of sugar in urine which is also rich in uric acid, or contains proteid or blood, To 50 C.C. of the liquid, 4 C.C. of liquid phenol and 10 C.C. of a 10 per cent. aqueous solution of lead acetate are added, and the mixture shaken and filtered. The filtrate, to which are added the washings of the filter, the whole being brought up to 100 c.c., can then be examined for sugar by the polarimeter, or after removal of the lead, and dilution, by means of Fehling’s solution. Osazone crystals can also be prepared. W. D. H. Estimation of Sugar in Blood. By FREDERICK W. PAVY (Proc.&iysioZ. Xoc., 1896, 7--lO.)-The importance of the estimation of sugar in blood correctly is obvious. The difficulties of the analysis are great, because the proteids present must first be got rid of by pre- cipitation in a form that lends itself to thorough washing. The author’s alcohol method still holds; but the last traces of proteid in the alcoholic extract are best got rid of by boiling with hydrated a1 umina. W. D. H. Polarimetric Estimation of Milk Sugar in Human Milk. By PAUL THIBAULT (J. Phcwm., 1896 161, 4, 5--10.)-In the analysis of cows’ milk, acetates of lead or mercury, or sodium metaphosphate may be used t o precipitate the proteids and fat. I n dealing with human milk, however, these reagents do not give a liquid clear enough for optical examination.The author finds that a solut,ion, containing, in 1 litre, 10 grams of picric acid and 25 C.C. of glacial acetic acid, when added to an equal volume of human milk gives, after filtration, a perfectly clear liquid, in which the milk sugar can be easily esti- mated by the optical method. A method is also given for the deter- mination of the volume occupied by the fats, &c., previously separated. (Compare Wiley and Ewell, Abstr., 1896, ii, 628.) M. W. T. Gravimetric Estimation of Sugars, especially of Maltose, by means of Fehling’s Solution. By HARTOG ELION (Rec. (rruv. C‘him., 1896, 15, 116--122).-1n the estimation of sugars by Fehling’s solution, it is always advisable to oxidise the cuprous oxide to cupric before reducing it in a current of hydrogen.(Compare Abstr., 1891, 368.) Another error in the estimation is caused by the action of the alkali on the asbestos filter ; this error may be eliminated to a large extent by taking the mean weight of the filter before and after the experi- ment. A third error, due to a secondary decomposition of the Fehling solution, may be eliminated by making a blank experiment, using an equal quantity of water instead of the sugar solution.AXAIATTICAL CHEMISTRY. S l The author finds that in the case of maltose the Fehling’s solution is reduced at the end of 2 mins., so that longer boiling is unnecessary. J. J. S. Rapid Process for the Detection of Formaldehyde in Milk. By GEORGES DENIGBS (J. Pluc~m., 1896, [6], 4, 193--195).-Ten C.C. of milk is diluted with water and, after the addition of two or three drops of acetic acid and some potassio-mercuric iodide, the solution is filtered.One C.C. of Schiif’s reagent (magenta decolorised by sulphurous acid) is then added, and, after 10 mins., 2 C.C. of hydrochloric acid. The amount of formaldehyde present is indicated by the depth of the violet colour produced. M. W. T. Estimation of Hydrocyanic Acid in Officinal Waters. By CARL GLUCKSNANE (Chem. Cent?.., 1896, i, 329 ; from P?mm. Post., 28, 569-57O).-The author has not succeeded in getting trustworthy results by Mohr’s copper sulphate process, the end reaction being very uncertain. Other investigators also condemn the method. L. DE I<. Palmarosa Oil. By EDUARD GILDEMEISTER and KARL STEPHAN (Arch. Phcc1-9r~, 1896, 234, 321-330).-See this vol., i, 81, Estimation of the Constituents of a Mixture of Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Aniines of the same Radicle.By CHARLES GASSMANN (Compt. rend., 1896,123,313-315).-l’he method described was worked out with special reference to the ethylenediamines. The dried mixture is dissolved in a definite quantity of water, and an aliquot part is titrated with normal hydrochloric acid, using phenol- phthale’in as indicator. An equal volume is then mixed with one and a half times the volume of normal hydrochloric acid indicated by the first experiment, diluted with twice its volume of alcohol, cooled with ice, and titrated with normal sodium nitrite solution, using starch paste and potassium iodide as indicator. If Mx, My, and Mz are the respective molecular weights of the mono-, di- and tri-amines, A the weight of the mixture taken, B the number of C.C.of normal acid, and C the number of C.C. of normal nitrite solution required by A, then x, y, and z, the respective quanti- ties of the mono-, di-, and tri-amines present in A are given by the equations. x = [(My - T\IIz)C) + (BMz - 1000A)]IT~ - __ ~ _ _ 1000(Nly - Mx) 1000(My - hlx) /J = [1000A - BMz + C(MZ - Mx)]My x = (B - C)Mz. 1000 For the ethylenediamines Mx = 59-56, My = 85-90 and X z = 111.84 VOL. LXXII. ii. G and the equations become82 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMlCAL PAPERS. x = 0.13706B - (2.272168 + 0.02947C) x = 0*05592(B - C). = 3.31148. - 0.18517B + 0.0859C The results are accurate to 0.33 to 0.5 per cent. Qualitative Examination of Acetanilide. By CHARLES PLATT (J.Amer. Chem. Soc., 1896, 18, 142--146).-The following teats are recommended : strong cold nitric acid gives a colomless solution which on gentle heating turns first yellow and then brownish-red, evolving oxides of nitrogen. The cold solution also gradually assumes a brown colour, and deposits red, acicular crystals having an odour of nitro- benzene. If the nitric acid solution is rapidly evaporated to dryness, an oily residue of decided odour is left, but on slow evaporation a crystalline residue of slight odour is obtained. Dilute nitric acid dissolves the acetanilide in the cold with separation of oily globules ; and this solution, on slow evaporation, gives a brown residue with slight purplish tint. When boiled with the dilute acid, a colourless solution is obtained, and pungent fumes are evolved.Strong sulphuric acid dissolves the compound yielding a colourless liquid which is not affected by boiling. The cold solution gradually acquires a pink nr even brown colour, gradually changing t o orange when viewed by reflected light ; subsequently, t u f t s of delicate acicular crystals appear, and the liquid becomes colourless. Sulphuric acid and potassium dichromate give a dark green solution. I f the solution of the compound in strong sulphuric acid is diluted before adding the chromate, no reaction is at first obtained, but gradually a reddish-brown colour is developed, changing to a dark olive-green. Hydrochloric acid, alone or in conjunction with potassium dichro- mate, gives no marked reaction, but if the compound is dissolved in hydrochloric acid and then mixed with a weak solution of chromic acid a dark green coloration is finally observed.Aqueous potash produces a blue precipitate in this solution. Bromine water added to the hydrochloric acid solution yields a heavy yellowish precipitate of bromaniline ; chlorine water, or a solu- tion of bleaching powder, yields, however, no precipitate but gives a dark blue coloration which soon fades. If, before adding the bleaching powder, a few C.C. of a saturated solution of phenol is added, a brownish red colour is produced which turns blue on adding ammonia. Aqueous potash liberates aniline, and if chloroform is also added, the mixture on heating gives the characteristic isonitrile reaction. Sulphuric acid and sodium nitrite produce a fine red colouration.Ferric chloride gives no reaction. Zinc chloride at a temperature of 270" causes the formation of a small quantity of flavaniline, a yellow substance with a green fluorescence. After acetanilide has been boiled with dilute nitric acid and potassium nitrite, the liquid turns deep red on boiling it with Plugge's reagent (a solution oE mercurous nitrate containing nitrous acid). By means of these tests, acetanilide may be distinguished from sntipyrine and phenacetine. Antypyrine also diff ers from acetanilide in being precipitated by mercuric chloride. C. H. B. L. DEK.ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 83 Estima€ion of Caffeine. By MOSES GOMBERG (J. Amer. Chem. (soc., 1896, 18, 331-342).-See this vol., i, 129. Estimation of Caffeine.By GEORGES (J. Phccrm., 1896 [6], 4, 58-59).-0*5 gram of the finely powdered sample is mixed with fine sand, and thoroughly extracted with a 1 per cent. solution of sodium salicylate. The liquid is evaporated to about 50 c.c., and then shaken with chloroform; on evaporating the chloroform, the caffeine is left in a state of purity. Estimation of Caffeine in Tea. By MARIUS L. Q. VAN LEDDEN HULSEBOSCH (Chem. Centr., 1896, i, 332; from Phu~m. Centr., 36, 742).-Five grams of dry powdered tea is mixed with 1 pram of calcium hydroxide and heated with 100 C.C. of water on the water bath for 3 hours. After restoring the loss caused by the evaporation, the liquid is filtered arid 50 C.C. of it ismixed with 0.5 gram of sodium carbonate. After filtering and evaporating the liquid to about 15 c.c., it is introduced into an extractor and submitted to the action of ether for 3 hours ; the ethereal solution on evaporation leaves pure caffeine.The author thinks the process may be applied to coffee, cocoa and kola. By MELCHOIR KUBLI (Chem. Centr., 1896, i, 324-225 ; from Pl~urm. Zed. RUSS., 34).--Thc author (compare Abstr., 1896, ii, 550) proposes another test for the purity of quinine sulphate, based on the following interesting reaction. When a neutral solution of quinine sulphate is precipitated by means of sodium carbonate, the liquid becomes clear again on adding solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate ; but on passing a current of carbonic anhydride, the quinine is precipitated as normal carbonate, the volume of which may be measured in a graduated tube.The presence of the salts of other cinchona alkaloids (hydroquinine excepted) exercises a remarkable influence on the volume of the pre- cipitate, also on its appearance. M. W. T. L. DE K. Testing Quinine. Several examples are given. L. DE I(. Estimation of Quinine Salts by Means of Sodium Nitro- prusside. By I. G. KRAMERS (Rec. Fmv. Chirn., 1896, 15, 138-147).- On the addition of a solution of sodium nitroprusside to a solution of :I neutral salt of quinine, small tarry drops separate, which collect on the sides and bottom of the vessel, and then gradually change to salmon-coloured needles. A dilute solution of quinine (1 in loo), when heated to 80" and then treated with the nitroprusside, yields no permanent precipitate at first, but on keeping at the same temperature for some time the salmon-coloured needles separate, and on cooling more crvstals are formed. but no tarrv matter.These needles have the corniosition (C20H24~202)4, Fe,(Cg),,(NO),H? + H,O. They are insolubIe in ether and benzene, sparingly soluble In cold alcohol, more readily in hot,. They melt and hecomiose a t 177-185", and at the same time become blue. The moist crystals also turn blue when exposed t o bright sunlight or when heated above 105", and they are only slightly hygroscopic.84 ABSTRACTS OF CHEXICAL PAPERS. The only other alkaloid which gives a similar sparingly soluble compound with sodium nitroprusside is hydroquinine. 1-07 milligram of cinchonidine, 1-62 of quinidine, 2.68 of cinchonine, and 5.74 of homocinchonidine in 1 C.C.solution yield no crystalline precipitates. The method can therefore be made use of for testing the purity of quinine salts. The quinine is precipitated by means of the nitroprusside, and a few drops of ammonia are added to the filtrate, when, if the salt is pure, no precipitate will be formed. Estimation of the Alkaloids in Nux Vomica. By C. C. KELLEH. (Chem. Cent?.., 1896, i, 228 ; from Schweitx. TF'och. Cliem. Phmn., 33, 452).-Twelve grams of the powdered beans is introduced into a 200 C.C. flask and 80 grams of ether and 40 grams of chloroform are added; after half an hour 10 C.C. of 10 per cent. ammonia is added, and the whole is shaken at intervals for half an hour. After adding 15-20 C.C. of water and thoroughly shaking, 100 C.C. of the ethereal mixture is poured off into a separating funnel and shaken with 50 C.C. of 0-5 per cent. hydrochloric acid: the shaking being repeated with another 25 C.C. The acid liquid is drawn off, and after adding excess of ammonia, it is agitated thrice with 30 C.C. of chloroform mixed with 10 C.C. of ether. This, on evaporation, yields the alkaloids from 10 grams of J. J. S. the beans. L. DE K. Separation of the Proteids of Milk. By A. SCIILOSSJIANN (Zeit. By GEORGES (J. Ph*rn., 1896 [GI, 4, 108--110).-Mercier (J. Pfinrnz., [6], 515) bas shown that in order to obtain accurate results the urine should be diluted with water, so that the quantity taken for analysis does not contain more than 0.1 gram of albumin, When much water has been added, the albumin shows a tendency to redissolve; this the author proves experimentally to be due to the dilution of the salts present in the urine. H e suggests a method of analysis in which a saturated solution of magnesium sulphate is used as a precipitant. New Process for Estimating Albumin in Urine. By E. RIEGLER (Chem. Centr,, 1895, i., 332; from Ken. Ned. BZ., 1895, 761).-Ten grams of asaprol is dissolved in 100 C.C. of water, and 10 C.C. of hydrochloric acid and 5 C.C. of this solution are added to 50 c.c of urine, and the whole heated to 60". The precipitate is collected, washed with about 150 C.C. of water, pressed dry between filter-paper, and finally dissolved in 25 C.C. of N/10 potash. The difference in the refractive index of this solution and that of the potash by itself serves as a measure for the estimation of the albumin. Divided by 540, the amount of albumin in 50 C.C. of urine is obtained. I f the wine is rich in albumin, a smaller quantity must be taken; if poor, a larger physiol. Chem., 1896, 22, 197-226).-See tlils vol., ii, 62. Estimation of Albumin in Urine. IT. W. T. amount. (Compare Abstr., 1895, ii, 542.) L. DE K.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205070

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

85 General and Physical Chemistry. Refraction and Density. By ISIDOR TRAUBE (Bey., 1896, 29, 2732-2742).-The expression V,,, = mid = SnC + Cov = SnC + 25.9 (see Abstr., 1896, ii, 235) was termed by Kopp the apparent molecular volume, but the author prefers to call it the molecular vibration volume ; it is composed of the true molecular volume SnC, which the author terms the atomic nucleus volume, and the niolecular covolurne Cov. The values of V,,, are obtained from density determi- nation, whilst an expression for the value of SnC is given by the Clausius-Mosotti theory of dielectrica ; if v is the actual volume occu- pied by spherical molecules, I% the dielectricity constant, and p the refractive index for infinite wave-length, the fraction of unit space actually occupied by a molecule is 8nC/Vm, and it should be proportional to (p2 - 1)/(p2 + 2) if the argument be valid.The values of SnC (pz + Z)/Vm (p2 - 1) have been cal- culated for a long series of saturated organic compounds, and are con- stant wikhin very narrow limits, the mean values being 3.53 for Cauchy's constant A, 3.44 for the D line, and 3.460 for H, ; the values of SnC are calculated from the atomic nucleus volumes c! = 9-99, H = 3.1, and 0 = 5.5. Clonsequently, the vibration volumes of the atoms calcu- lated from molecular weight and density are equal to the atomic nucleus volumes or atomic refractions multiplied by constants which vary within narrow limits with the wave-length of the light. The quantity p - 1 is the " loss of time " experienced by a ray in traversing a thickness of the substance, instead of an equally wide vacuous space which is traversed in unit time.The loss of time is also very strictly proportional to that fraction of the space filled by a substance which represents the molecular nucleus volume, so that S92C/Vln ( p - I) is practically constant; this quantity has the mean values 2.086 for Ha, and 2.073 for D, and knowing the density of a given substance, it is possible to calculate with fair approximation the refractive indices for these rays. It is evident that the two above expressions involving ZnC, V, and functions of p are independent of the temperature. On dividing the atomic vibration volumes stated above by 2.086 or 3'460, the atomic refractions for Ha of the corresponding atoms for the Gladstone, or the Lorenz and Lorentz, formula respectively are obtained ; the numbers thus got for the simple formula agree more closely with the numbers in use than do those for the theoretical formula.By applying the formula SnC (p2 + 2)/Vm(p2 - I) to unsatu- rated compounds, it is possible to calculate the increments of mole- cular refraction due to double linkings between the carbon atoms with very fair approximation. Action of Light on Dyed Colours. Report of British Asso- ciation Committee, Section B, Liverpool, 1896 ( C l ~ m . News, 1896, 74, 21 = (k - I ) / ( k + 2) = (p2 - 1)/(p2 + 2), W. J. P. VQL. LXXII. ii, 786 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS, 205-207, 218).-The report refers to blue and green colouring matters on wool and silk exposed to light under glass with free access of air and moisture, and examined by comparison with standards at various intervals; a very large number of samples were examined and the general results are tabulated under five classes :-I? Very Fugitive ; 11, Fugitive; 111, Moderately Fast; IV, Fast, and V, Very Fast Colours.Interesting comments and notes are also given. By WILHELM JAEGER and R. WACHS- MUTH (Ann. Phys. Chem., 1896, [ Z ] , 59, 575-591).-The use of cad- mium in place of zinc for the construction of standard cells of the Clark type has been proposed on account of the reduction that is thus attained in the temperature coefficient of the cell. The authors have submitted this point to further investigation, and have also ascertained the ratio of the E.M.F. of the cadmium cell to that of the Clark cell, and the influence of impurities and of time on the constancy of the cadmium cell.The cell is best made of the usual H pattern, with electrolytically amalgamated platinum electrodes sealed through the glass. I n place of pure cadmium, an amalgam of 1 part by weight of aadmium to 6 parts of merciiry is used (m, p. 60'). The mercurous sulphate is mixed with crystals and a concentrated solution of cad- mium sulphate and some mercury to a thick paste, and this paste is placed over the mercury of the positive pole. The negativecpole (1Cd: 6Hg) is covered with a layer of cadmium sulphate crystals, and the rest of the cell is then filled with a concentrated solution of cadmium sulphate. The E.M.F. of this cell a t 20' is 1,019 volt. The change in E.M.F.with change in temperature between 5Oand 2 6 O is expressed by the equation and is, therefore, for lo, only about i&.G per cent. I n the effect of the influence of impurities and in durability, the cadmium cell was found to be in no way inferior to the Clark cell. D. A. L. Cadmium Standard Cell. Et = E,, - 3.8 x 1 0 - 5 (t - 20) - 0.065 x (t - 20)2, H. C. Heat of Formation of Lithium Hydride. By ANTOINE GUNTZ (Compt. rend., 1896, 123, 694-696. Compare Abstr., 1896, ii, 359). -The heat of formation of lithium hydride was calculated from the heats of dissolution of the hydride and of the metal itself in water. Heat of dissolution of lithium hydridein water a t 1 8 O = + 31.6 Cal. Heat of dissoliition of lithium in water at 1 8 O = + 53.2 Cal.Therefore, Li solid+H gas=LiH solid= + 21-6 Cal., a number which explains the stability of the compound. The fact that the above value for the heat of dissolution of lithium in water is much greater than that obtained by Thomsen, namely, + 49.08 Cal., is attributed by the author to the much greater purity of the metal used by him. The heats of formation of lithium compounds deduced from Thomsen's number are accordingly too low. Lithium hydride melts at 680°, at which temperature its tension of dissociation is about 2'7 mm. At ordinary temperatures, dry chlorine has no action on it ; when heated in a current of that gas to a dull red heat, it burns, giving lithium chloride and hydrogen chloride. At a redGENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. 87 heat, hydrogen chloride acts on it, forming lithium chloride and hydrogen. It reacts slowly with absolute alcohol, but is without action on dry benzene, toluene, or petroleum, at ordinary temperatures.Lithium hydride difYers markedly in its properties from the hgdrides of sodium and potassium. A. C. C. By PAUL LEMOULT (Conzpt. rend., 1896, 123, 559-562).-The cyanamide used was prepared by the action of mercuric oxide on thiocarbamide, and its molecular weight was determined by cryometric observations on its solution in acetic acid. Combustion in the calorimetric bomb gives 4090 Cal. as the heat of combustion of 1 gram ; the molecular heat of combustion is, therefore, 171.78 Cd. at const. vol,, and 171.5 Cal. at const. pressure, the heats of formation from its elements being - 8.4 Cnl.and - 8.2 Gal. respectively. Its heat of dissolution in water is -3.59 Cal., and hence its heat of formation in solution is - 12.0 Cal., a result which explains the greater stability of the compound when in the solid state. From these data, it follows that the action of mercuric oxide on thiocarbamide develops + 25.2 Cal., whilst the conversion of cyanamide in dilute solution into carbamide would develop +20.2 Cal. The addition of dilute acids to solutions of cyanamide causes no thermal disturbance, but the heat of neutralisation by potassium hy- droxide (one molecular proportion) is +3*79 Cal., and by sodium hy- droxide + 3.6 Gal. I n either case, the addition of a second molecular proportion of alkali causes a slight development of heat, but a third proportion has no effect.The heat of neutralisation by ammonia is + 1.38 Cal. It follows that in aqueous solution cyanamide behaves as an acid, the energy of the acidic function being comparable with that of hydrocyanic acid. It would seem also that there is a difference between the functions of the two replaceable atoms of hydrogen. Thermochemistry of Cyanamide. C. H. B. Thermochemistry of Hexamethylenetetramine and its Ni- troso-derivatives. By MARCEL DEL~PINE (Compt. rend., 1896, 123, 650--653).-The heat of combustion of pure hexamethylenetetramine, determined by burning in the calorimetric bomb, is 1006.53 Cal. (const. press,), and its heat of formation from its elements - 26.73 Cal. Its heat of dissolution in water a t 15' (1 mol. in 1.5 to 2.5 litres of water) is 4.8 Cal., from which the heat of formstion of dissolved hexa- methyleneamine is - 21.93 CaI.In order to verify the accuracy of the latter number, it was employed in calculating the heat of formation of hexamethylenetetramine dinitrate, and the result, 92.3 Cal., compared with that obtained by direct experiment +92*94 Cal. It is incidentally remarked that hexamethylenetetrsmine dinitrate (47.37 per cent. HNO,! gives, on combustion, very little nitric acid. First Nit~/.oso-derivcctzve, (CH2)6(NO)2N4.-Heat of combustion (const. press.) = 872.28 Ual., from which its heat of formation (cryst.) is found to be - 55.78 Cal, Xecmd Nitroso-derivative, (CH,),( NO),N, (com pare Abstr., 1 8 8 9,3 3). 7-288 AHSTRACTS O F CHEMICAT, PAPERS. -Heat of combustion (const. press.) = 745.96 Cal., from which its heat of formation is found to be - 91.76 Cal.The replacement, therefore, of CH, by (NO), diminishes consider- ably the heat of formation of these substances, and renders it strongly endothermic, the second4 substitution producing a greater diminution than the first. The nitroso-derivatives are much less stable than the base itself. A. C. C. Dependence of the Dissociation of some Acids on Tem- perature and the Heat of Dissociation. By HANS EULER (Zeits. physikal Chem., 1896, 21, 257-271).-Determinations of the con- ductivity were made by Kohlrausch's method in the case of benzoic, toluic, salicylic, metahydroxybenzoic, ortho- and meta-nitrobenzoic, and dichloracetic acids, at various temperatures between loo and 50", and at various dilutions.Interpolation formulze mere calculated which, in almost all cases, except with the sodium salts, were of the form X = a + bt - ct2, indicating the occurrence of a maximum (compare Jahn and Schriider, Abstr., 1895, ii, 203). From these values, the dissocia- tion constants are calculated at the different dilutions and temperatures, the values from the different dilutions agreeing satisfactorily with one another, except in the case of or.thonitrobenzoic acid and dichloracetic acid, where, however, the value a t 0" was undoubtedly higher than that a t 2 5 O , results not in accord with those of Wildermann. I n all cases, the dissociation constant is a function of the temperature, a maximum occurring for benzoic acid at about 3 5 O , and for metahydroxy- benzoic acid a t about 28'.For orthotoluic acid, the values decrease continuously as the temperature rises, but increase for salicylic and metanitrobenzoic acids. Calculation of the heat of dissociation of the acids proved it to invariably increase with rise of temperature. I n most cases, it is at 6rst negative, the temperature a t which zero is reached being thatof the maximum dissociation, nrelation indicated by the expres- sion Q = 0.50804 Tl.l/k.dk/dt. from which the values are calculated. L. &I. J. The Determination of Molecular Weights. IV. By ERNST 0. BECKMANN (Zeits. pJhysikal. Chew,., 1896, 21, 239-256).--The paper contains further details of the apparatus and methods employed by the author. An electromagnetjc stirrer is described, for use i n freezing point determinations, whereby the apparatus can be kept, completely closed and the entrance of moist air avoided, an important precaution when phenol or acetic acid are employed as solvents.A form of boiling point apparatus is described, small tetrahedra of platinum foil being recommended for the prevention of bumping ; and the author states that in the Beckmann thermometers a conical junction of the capillary tube to the reservoir is necessary. Experiments are recorded indicating the availability of the apparatus as described, aniline, water, chloro- form, ether, ethglic alcohol, and benzene being employed as solvents (comp. Abstr., 1895, ii, 154, 382; 1896, ii, 236). Exact Cryometry : Application to Sodium Chloride Solu- By FRAN~OIS M. RAOULT (Compt. Yencl., 1896, 123, 475-478). L.M. J. tions,GENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. 89 -The author has made several series of determinations of the freezing points of solutions of sodium chloride, using the apparatus previously described (Compt. ?*end., 1896, 122), but employing ether instead of car- bon bisulphide. It mas found that the temperature could be kept constant to 0.1" at any point between - 15" and the surrounding temperature for several hours. In the following table, P is the weight of salt in 100 grams of water; C, the apparent reduction when the converging temperature is 3.5" below the freezing point; C,, the real reduction when the converging temperature and the freezing point coincide. P c, co c,-c, co x 0.002 5.1350 3.4435 3.4381 0.0054 0.0068 2.859 1.6880 1.6839 0.0041 0.0034 1.400 0,8286 0,8267 0.0019 0.0017 0.690 0.4132 0.41 11 0.002 1 0*0008 0.341.0.210'7 0.2093 0.0014 0.0004 0-176 0.1113 0.1111 0.0002 0*0002 C, x 0.002 and C,-C, are practically identical, and hence C,- C, = C, x 0.002 or C, = C,(1 + 0*002), and the general expression C, = C,(1 + q) previously arrived a t (q having always a very small value) is experimentally verified for sodium chloride solutions. The real and apparent molecular reductions can be calculated from the figures in the table ; the limitiug value is 38-05 for the former and 37.88 for the latter. The curves, with the observed reductions for abscissae and molecular reductions for ordinates, are very similar in the two cases, and cut the axis of the ordinates at practically the same point, which corresponds with the limiting molecular reduction.The experiments with sodium chloride, therefore, confirm the author's pre- vious conclusion that the temperature of the surroundings has no influence on the laws relating to the reductions of the freezing point of different solutions of the same substance. The real molecular reductions given in the table correspond to a superfusion of 0*5", and the absolute values, when the concentration is not altered by freezing, are obtained by multiplying the figures by 0994. The limit molecular reduction for sodium chloride is then found to be 37.82, which is identical with that requiring complete ionisation. The different results obtained by Ponsot (Abstr., 1896, ii, 411, 636) are attributable to insufficient agitation of the liquid, especially in a vertical direction.C. H. B. Exact Cryometry : A Correction. By FRANFOIS M. RAOULT (Compt. ~ e i z d . , 1896, 123, 631--632).-After some reference to an earlier paper (preceding abstract), it is remarked that, in the deter- mination of the true depression of the freezing point, absence of radia- tion is not theoretically necessary, which is fortunate, since that condition is abgolutely incapable of realisation, owing to the develop- ment of heat produced by the agitation of the liquid. A. C. C. Expansion during the Dissolution of Ammonium Salts and of Sodium Thiosulphate. By HUGO SCHIFF and U. MONSACCHI90 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. (Zeits. physikal. Chem., 1896, 21,277-296).-The expansion occurring during the dissolution of ammoniacal salts was first determined, pyknometers of 25 C.C.and 50 C.C. capacity being employed. I n the case of ammonium nitrate, the expansion (throughout referred to 100 parts of the mixed constituents) was found to vary from 4.0 for a 63 per cent. solution to 0.179 for a 4 per cent., with a minimum of 0.119 at 7 per cent. As the expansion may be due to a dissociation into ammonia and nitric acid, the effect of dissolution in dilute nitric acid was determined, but the expansion was found to be even greater than in aqueous solution, a result also obtained by dissolution in potassium nitrate and ammonium chloride solutions. The expansion may be fairly well calculated by assuming that a saturated solution of the ammonium nitrate is first formed, and then mixed with a solution containing the other salt and the remaining water.I n methylic alcohol, however, a contraction of about 0.86 occurs for the saturated solution (14 per cent.). Ammonium chloride gave an expansion of 2.6 at 30 per cent. and 0.46 a t 10 per cent.., that of ammonium bromide being in each case slightly lower. I n the case of ammonium iodide, however, contraction occurs, varying from 1.4 at 60 per cent. to 0.035 at 3 per cent,, and is greater in alcohol than in water. Hydroxylamine hydrochloride gave an anomalous result, contraction first occurring reaching a maximum a t from 10 to 15 per cent. with normalvolume a t 28 per cent., after which expansion occurs, whilst in the case of hydra- zine hydrochloride a perfectly regular contraction obtains.Sodium thiosulphate gave results very similar to that of the hydroxylamine salt, the maximum contraction occurring at 40 per cent. and zero at 78 per cent., after which expansion occurs, the values being not quite concordant with those of Boisbaudran (Abstr., 1895, ii, 486), partly owing to the latter using a higher sp. gr. for the solid salt (1.752) than that obtained by the authors (1.734). Laws of Irreversible Processes. By LADISLAUS NATANSON (Zeits. physikal. Chem., 1896, 21, 193- 21 7).-A mathematical paper, unsuit- able for abstraction, in which the author deduces expressions for the velocity of various irreversible processes, such as diffusion, heat con- ductivity, dissipation of electrical energy. Relationship of the Rate of Diffusion to the Initial Concen- tration of Dilute Solutions.By W. KAWALKI (Arm. phys. Chem., 1896, [ Z ] , 59, 637-65!).--Nernst has shown, as a consequence of the dissociation theory, that the rate of diffusion of dissolved substances should alter very little with the concentration when the solutions reach a certain degree of concentration. I n former experiments (Abstr., 1894, ii, 345), the author found that with very small initial concentrations the values calculated for the diffusion coefficient k do not correspond with one another, andit was pointed out that the be- haviour was probably due to convection currents. Careful experiments with dilute solutions of sodium acetate and carbamide have since served to confirm this view and support Nernst’s conclusions. The diff nsion coefficient, k, for dilute alcoholic solutions was also deter- mined, and the ratio kl/k found for sodium acetate=2.19, and for carbamide = 1-79.H. C. L. N. J. L. M. J.GENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. 91 Determination of Isosmotic Concentrations. By SVEN G. HEDIN (Zeds. physikul. Chew,., 1896, 21, 272-276).-Chiefly a contro- versial paper and a criticism of Koppe's results (Abstr., 1895, ii, 208). The author considers that errors occur in Koppe's work owing to (1) the use of salts which directly affect the blood corpuscles, (2) the use of standard solutions which are not actually isosmotic, whilst, further, he considers it necessary to defibrinate the blood employed. L. M. J. Explosive Properties of Acetylene. By MARCELLIN P. E. BERTHELOT and PAUL VIEILLE (Compt.vend., 1896, 123, 523-530).- When acetylene under ordinary pressure is subjected to the action of an electric spark, a red-hot wire, or a discharge of fulminate, the decom- position of the gas does not extend beyond the immediate neighbour- hood of the source of decomposition, but under pressure the results are different, and when the pressure exceeds two atmospheres the gas shows the ordinary properties of explosive mixtures. Under these conditions, if decomposition is produced at any point by one of the methods indicated, it very rapidly spreads tbrough the whole mass of the gas, which is thereby resolved into hydrogen and bulky pulverulent carbon. Under an initial pressure of 21 kilos. per square cm., the pressure developed by the decomposition is 10 times as great, and the change is complete in 0.018 of a second.The ratio of the final to the initial pressure decreases, and the time required for complete decom- position increases, the lower the pressure. Even with an initial pres- sure of 21 kilos. per square cm., the rate of propagation of the change is much below the velocity of the explosive wave in the oxyhydrogen mixture. The calculated temperature of decomposition is 2750", and the calculated pressure 11 times as great as the initial pressure. The observed pressure agrees fairly well with the calculated. Liquefied acetylene decomposes in the same way as the gas ; with 18 grams of the liquid in a bomb of 48.96 C.C. capacity, the final pressure was 5,564 kilos per square cm., and under these conditions the explo- sive force is nearly equal to that of guncotton.The decomposition of the liquid is, however, relatively slow when excited by simple ignition. When the bomb contains both liquid and gas, there is a change in the curve of pressure which indicates two distinct phases of the explosion, one most probably corresponding with the decomposition of the gaseous part, and the other, which lasts longer and raises the pressure much higher, to the decomposition of the liquid portion. Mere shock, such as is caused by a fall from a considerable height, seems incapable of causing the explosion of either compressed or liquefied acetylene. If the vessel breaks there is still no explosion in the case of the compressed gas ; but if the vessel contains liquid acety- lene, the fracture is followed after a short interval by an explosion.The latter, moreover, differs essentially from the explosive decomposi- tion of the gas, and is not accompanied by the separation of free carbon ; it results from the admixture of air with the acetylene, and the ignition of this mixture by sparks that result from the friction of the breaking metal. If, however, liquid acetylene is decomposed by the discharge of a92 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. small quantity of fulminate contained in the same vessel, violent deto- nation takes place, and the fragments of the vessel have the appearance of those produced by a true explosion. All the fragments are covered with the carbon liberated from the gas. I n the action of small quantities of water on excess of calcium car- bide in a closed vessel, there may be sufficient local elevation of tem- perature to initiate the decomposition of the whole of the compressed gas.This local elevation of temperature may also produce polymerides, which are themselves endothermic. Other causes of dangerous local heating are too rapid compression, or the local pressure that arises when the gas is allowed to escape very suddenly from a vessel in which it is highly compressed. The precautions needed to prevent accidents arising from these causes are obvious. C. H. B. Influence of Pressure on the Inversion Constants of some Acids. By 0. STERN ( A m . I'hys. Chenz., 1896, [ 2],59, 652-663).- The change in the conductivity of electrolytes with an increase in the external pressure has been accounted for on the supposition that the rise in pressure produced an increase in the electrolytic dissociation.Rontgen found, however, that an increase in the pressure does not accelerate, but retards, the rate of inversion of cane sugar by hydro- chloric acid. The author has extended.Riintgen's observations, and finds that the rate of inversion of solutions containing 23 grams of cane sugar per 100 c.c., and varying amounts of hydrochloric, sulphuric, or oxalic acid, is always reduced when the external pressure is increased from 1 to 500 atmospheres. The influence of the pressure on the rate of inversion is smaller, the smaller the amount of acid added. If the inversion is brought about by phosphoric or acetic acid, the reverse is true, as pressure here increases the rate of inversion, and this increase is the greater, the greater the amount of acid added.The rate of inversion decreases somewhat as the concentration of the sugar solutions is decreased, but the change in the rate of inversion with the pressure remains about the same. A rise in temperature of about 10" produces a very marked increase in the rate of inversion, but here, again, the effect of an increase of pressure remains about the same. H. C . Crystal Symmetry. By VIKTOR VON LANG (Zeds. physikal. Chena., 1896, 21, 218-224).-The author draws attention to the simple method which he used many years ago in his Lehduch dey Krystallographie (Wien, 1866) for deducing the thirty-two possible types of crystal symmetry from fundamental crystallographic laws ; the argument is restated and its simplicity urged in favour of its more general use.A system of nomenclature for the thirty-two crystal systems is proposed, which has the advantage over many others that the names indicate immediately the prominent characteristics of the types of symmetry they are intended to describe. W. J. P. Atomic Weights of the Elements. By DELAUNEY (Conyt. vertd., 1896, 123, 600-603).--The author arranges the elements in four groups, according as their atomic weights, expressed by the nearestGENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. 93 whole numbers, are O+a multiple of 4, 1 +a multiple of 4, 2 +a multiple of 4, or 3 + a multiple of 4. The first group is the largest, and the elements in it can be arranged in three columns, the successive members in each of which differ from the element at the top (C (12), Ce (92), or x (172) by 4, 8, 4, 4, 8, 4, 4, 4, 4, 24.There are gaps due to undiscovered elements or to inaccurate determinations of known elements. The next largest class contains elements whose atomic weights are 3 +a multiple of 4, and here there are two columns, the successive members of which differ from the first in the same way as in the first group, but only three known elements are contained in the second column. On the other hand, several elements that properly belong to this group do not fit into the columnar arrangement. The groap 2 + a multiple of 4 contains eight elements which, starting from the first, helium, increase by 12, 56, 20, 16, 20, 56, 12, whilst the three elements in the groups 1 +a multiple of 4 increase after the first (Be) by 56 and 20. A certain number of the less known elements do not fit into any of these groups. C. H. B. Hypothesis of the Atomic Motion of the Elements and their Genesis. Bly FLAVIAN FLAWITZKY (Zeits. anorg. Chena., 1896, 12, 182--187).-The author advances the hypothesis that the atoms of an element move in curves which lie in planes parallel to one another. The atoms of different elements move in planes which are inclined at certain definite angles to one another. The orientation of the motion determines the character of the element, and can be regarded as due to the influence of some selective dualistic force, such as electricity, in the formation of the element. H. C. A New Form of Turbine for Use in Laboratories. By GEOBGE F. JAUBERT (Bull. Soc. Chinz., 1896, [3], 15, 9--1O).-The author describes a new form of turbine for use in laboratories supplied with water under high pressure. The turbine is designed for carrying out operations on a moderate scale. No details are given with regard to construction. M. W. T.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205085

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

GENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. 93 In organic C he mi s t r y. Slow Oxidation of Hydrogen and Carbon. By H. HIRTZ and VICTOR MEYER (Bey., 1896, 29, 2828-2831. Compare this vol., ii, 19)-It is improbable that ozone was formed in the earlier experi- ments (Zoc. cit.), as the gas evolved when dilute sulphuric acid acts on potassium permanganate is quite inert, and ozone appears to be pro- duced only when the concentrated acid is employed. Morse, Hopkins, and Walker have shown (Abstr., 1896, ii, 475) that, under certain conditions, finely divided manganese dioxide effects the reduction of potassium permanganate, oxygen being liberated. These conditions, however, were not those employed in the above94 ABSTRACTS O F CHEMICAL PAPERS. experiments, and again only in the acidified permanganate was any appreciable residue observable.Later experiments have shown that acidified permanganate ' solutions in contact with manganese dioxide yield only 12.5 per cent. of the volume of gas obtained when hydrogen is present, The difference in volume between the amount of oxygen obtained when the permanganate solution is quiescent, and when it is strongly agitated, has suggested the idea that the action is a reversible one; experiments made with the object of observing any absorption of oxygen under the conditions employed have given negative results, thus rendering the suggestion improbable. A. L. Purification of Water by Distillation. By GEORGE A. HULETT (Zeits. physikal. Chem., 1896, 21, 297--301).-The author recommends the use of a condenser conOaining an inner tube of platinum, narrowed slightly a t the lower end, and with the upper end projecting about 15 cm.into the neck of the retort employed for the distillation. The space between the platinum tube and the neck of the retort is packed with asbestos, and by this means only the water actually condensed in the platinum tube is collected. Ordinary distilled water which had been allowed to remain over potassium permanganate or potassium dichromate and sulphuric acid, when distilled over barium hydroxide in this apparatus, gave a distillate of speedily diminishing conductivity, the value 0.76 x 10-lO being reached before one-fourth of the water had distilled. 30 barium hydroxide appears to be carried over, but, if it is not employed, sulphuric acid may occur in the distillate.L. M. J. Nitrites in the Air. By GEORGE DEFREN (Chem. News, 1896, '74, 330-231).-Re-distilled water, free from ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates, was exposed t o the air in well-ventilated rooms, in porcelain evaporating dishes 15 cm. in diameter; each dish contained 100 C.C. of the water, the superficial area exposed being 95 sq.cm. The water was ex- amined at intervals for nitrites, the quantity being computed by com- parison with a standard solution of potassium nitrite containing, per c.c., 0*0000001 gram of nitrogen as nitrite, the conditions as regards burning gas jets and lamps being noted. Under varying conditions, the quantity of nitrite, in terms of C.C. of standard, found, after one hour, was 2.5, 3.5 and 8 ; after two hours, 3*5,8*5 and 13.5 ; after seven- teen hours, in the last instance, 84.2 ; and after nineteen hours, in the first and second instance, respectively 57.2 and 72.7.The results show that, where gas is burning, nitrites exist in the air even in well-ven- tilated rooms, and that water absorbs these nitrites in quantities in- creasing with the time of exposure t o the polluted air: D. A. L. Tetrametaphosphimic Acid. By HENRY N. STOKES (Amev. Clzenz. J., 1896, 18, 780-789. Compare this vol. ii, 28.)-Y'etrameta- phospl&nic acid, P4N408H8 + 2H,O, is best prepared by the action of water on tetraphosphonitrilic chloride, P,N,Cl,, dissolved in ether free from alcohol. Chlorhydrins are formed as intermediate products, but remain dissolved in the ether, the acid crystallising in needles fromINORGANIC CHEMISTRY.95 the aqueous portion. The oily chlorhydrins, when separated, and warmed with dilute hydrochloric acid, yield the acid, cry s t a k i n g in colourless needles. One hundred parts of water at 20” dissolve 0.64 part of the crystallised acid; it is somewhat more soluble in boiling water, but insoluble in alcohol. Boiling alkaline solutions cause no evolution of ammonia, and heating with moderately strong hydrochloric or nitric acids brings about but little decomposition. The water of crystallisa- tion is not given off in a vacuum over sulphuric acid, but when heated at 100” the crystallised acid loses weight rapidly, although the theoretical loss is never reached owing to intramolecular changes, in which a portion of the water takes part.It forms three series of saltts, P4N408H6M’2, P4N408H4M’,, and P4N40sM’s. Dip0 t ussium tetvccme taphosplkw~ te, P,N,O,H,K 2, was prepared by adding excess of acetic acid to a solution of the acid in cold, dilute caustic potash. On warming, the salt is deposited as a heavy, sandy powder, consisting of microscopic, thick, rectangular (? quadratic) prisms with basal planes; it is very sparingly soluble, even in boiling water. The tetrapotassium salt, which is very soluble, forms large, flat, obliquely-terminated plates. The tetrccsodiunz salt, P,N,O,H,Na, + 24 (1) H,O, forms obliquely-terminated, flat prisms ; it is sparingly soluble in cold, but readily in hot water. The teti*ammonium salt, P,N,O,H,(NH,), + 4H20, is obtained by treating the acid with strong ammonia, and usually forms well-de- veloped, flat, monoclinic prisms ; it dissolves readily in water, but with difficulty in strong ammonia.The dinmmoszizcm salt, P,N,O,H,( NH,),, is precipitated from a solution of the neutral salt on strongly acidify- ing with acetic acid and warming ; it forms four- and six-sided prisms (1 tetragonal), and is very sparingly soluble, even in boiling water. The burium salt, P,N,O,H,Ba, + 2H20, forms microscopic needles. No definite results were obtained in the attempt t o prepare a mag- nesium salt. The manganese salt forms characteristic, pink, rectangular plates. Ferric chloride when added to a dilute soliition of the neutral ammonium salt gives, on warming, a white, amorphous precipi- tate soluble in much warm hydrochloric acid.The tetnx-siZz;eq* salt, Y,N,O,H,Ag,, is obtained on adding a solution of silver nitrate to one of the free acid. When the precipitation takes place in the cold, the salt is granular or amorphons, but is crystalline when formed in hot solutions. The octo-silver salt, P4N40sAg8, is obtained as a yellowish, flocculent precipitate when an ammoniacal solution of the acid is added to an excess of silver nitrate ; on the other hand, a solution of a neutral tetrametaphosphimate added t o an ammoniacal silver nitrate solution, produces a white, flocculent precipitate. If a solution of the latter in ammonium nitrate is boiled, an orange-yellow, semi- crystalline precipitate is formed. The white and the yellow mm- pounds give on analysis almost the same number?, and are regarded as tautomeric forms corresponding with the acids [PN(OH),], and (PO*NH*OH),.The author discusses the probable constitution of tetrametsphosphimic acid, and calls attention to the fact that, in its general properties, it differs markedly from the trimetaphosphimic acid previously described by him. A. C. C.96 ABSTRACTS OF’ CHEMICAL PAPERS. Uniformity of the Distribution of Argon in the Atmosphere. By TH. SCHL~SING, JUN. (Con2pt. remcl., 1896, 123, 696-697. Compare Abstr., 1896, ii, 166 and 219).-The author has made determinations of argon in samples of air collected in places widely separated, and taken at various distances (a few metres to 2,275 m.) from the earth’s surface. His numbers, which are very concordant, show that argon is uniformly distributed in the atmosphere, and that every 100 volumes of the mixed nitrogen and argon contain 1-192 volumes of the latter gas. This is in strict accordance with his previously published number.A. C. C. A Method of Preparing Double Silicates of Potassium and other Metlals. By ANDRB DUBOIN (Compt. ?*end., 1896, 123, 698- 700).-By dissolving a mixture of magnesia and silica in fused potas- sium fluoride and then submitting the product to prolonged fusion with potassium chloride, the author has obtained both a double silicate of magnesium and potassium, and two compounds containing fluorine in addition, 4KF,SiO, + 3Mg0,2K20, 1OSi0, and ZMgF,,SiO, + 4( K,O,MgO,SSiO,) (see Abstr., 1895, ii, 351). Beryllium oxide dissolves in fused potas- sium fluoride, and when submitted to the treatment described above, gives a crystalline product which appears to be homogeneous, but really consists of a mixture of isomorphous compounds.These are not analo- gous in composition t o the double silicates of magnesium and potassium, but vary between 2K20,3Be0,7Si0, and 2K20,3Be0,5Si0, ; moreover, no double silicates containing ffuorine could be prepared as in the case of magnesium. On adding baryta to fused potassium fluoride contain- ing dissolved silica, a crystalline double silicate having the formula K20,2Ba0,3Si0, (sp. gr. = 3-78) was obtained. If this mixture is fused with potassium chloride, three compounds are formed, the principal one having the formuIa K20,7Ba0,8 SiO,, but containing a little fluorine. Double silicates could not be prepared in the case of calcium, the products always containing chlorine or iInorine ; mixtures of crys- talline products were obtained, only one of which, having the formula 4KF + K20,5Ca0,6Si0, could be isolated.Rubidium Dioxide. By HUGO E m u ” and PAUL KOTHNER (Amwden, 1896, 294, 55-7 l).-The authors have investigated the inflammable nature of metallic rubidium, in order to ascertain whether the spontaneous combustion of this substance on exposure to air, observed by Bunsen in 1863, is due to the influence of oxygen or of moisture, The methods hitherto adopted for the production of metallic rubidium are very unsatisfactory, and the authors describe a convenient and safe process by which 85 per cent. of the theoretical quantity of the metal may be obtained from rubidium hydroxide.A seamless iron tube, of 15 mm. bore, 1 metre in length, having walls 3 mm. thick, is bent a t an angle of 125” about 15 cm. from one end, fitted at the elbow with a loose plug of clean, long, steel shavings, and heated to redness while a current of hydrogen is passed through it ; 30 grams of A. C. C.INORGANIC CHENISTRY. 97 freshly fused, anhydrous rubidium hydroxide is rapidly crushed to a coarse powder with magnesium filings (10 grams), in a warm mortar, and transferred to the long arm of the tube. This is placed in a small combustion furnace, with the short arm dipping beneath the surface of paraffin oil in a porcelain vessel, a gentle current of hydrogen, free from arsenic and dried by means of sulphuric acid and phosphoric anhydride, being passed through the tube; the temperature is cautiously raised, the application of heat being interrupted as soon as the increase in the current of gas indicates that the action has begun.When hydrogen is no longer evolved from the rubidium hydroxide, the temperature of the tube is raised to a red heat, and after half an hour the metal distils over, 14 grams being obtained from the quantity of hydroxide mentioned. When obtained in this manner from rubidium hydroxide prepared from ferric rubidium alum (Erdmann, Abstr., 1894, ii, 351), the metal is in a highly purified condition, and forms a convenient source of salts required for physical investigations ; it melts at 38.5', and has a sp. gr, = 1.5220 at 15'. Rubidizcna dioxide, RbO,, is obtained by the action of dried oxygen on the metal at common temperatures.I n view of the fact that burning rubidium attacks glass, porcelain, platinum, silver, and rubidium chloride, it is necessary to allow the metal to fall into an aluminium dish which lies in a small glass flask filled with nitrogen ; the whole apparatus is then weighed, and when the metal is converted into oxide, it is again filled with nitrogen, and weighed. The metal quickly melts when a stream of oxygen plays on it, and becomes ignited if the current of gas is not checked; when the oxidation proceeds in a normal manner, however, the metal preserves for some time the appearance of molten gold, but finally swells and becomes black, and then ceases t o absorb the gas. On raising the temperature to 500°, it again begins to absorb oxygen, probably owing to the presence of metallic particles previously protected by oxide from the action of the gas, the volume becomes reduced, and a viscous, black liquid is produced ; after this stage has been reached, no more oxygen is absorbed, and on cooling the apparatus, the oxide crystallises in dark brown plates.The authors have obtained no evidence of the existence of other oxides of rubidium, and the dioxide they describe may be heated at a high temperature without losing or absorbing oxygen ; it acts violently on water, however, yielding rubidium hydroxide and hydrogen peroxide, oxygen being liberated. When rubidium dioxide is gently heated in an atmosphere of hydrogen, rubidium hydroxide, water, and oxygen are produced, a result which the authors attribute to the intermediate formation of hydrogen peroxide, in accordance with the equation 2Rb0, + 2H, = 2RbOH + H,O, ; if the action proceeds at too high: a temperature, violet light is developed, less water is formed, and the aluminium dish is corroded, rubidium aluminate, RbAlO,, being produced.It is convenient to employ an aluminium dish for the preparation of rubidium dioxide, because this metal is not wetted by molten rubidium, and it also resists the action of the fused dioxide at temperatures below 500O. M. 0. F,98 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Double Salts of Rubidium. By HUGO ERDMANN and PAUL KOTHNER (Annalen, 1896, 294, 71-79. Compare Abstr., 1894, ii, 35 I).-Ferric rubidium, ferric ammonium, and ferric potassium alums melt respectively at 53", 43-44', and 33", and comparison of rubidium double salts with the analogous ammonium salts reveals the fact that ammonium more closely resembles rubidium than it does potassium.Rubidium magnesium phosphate, RbMgPO, + 6H,O, separates imme- diately on adding a warm solution of magnesium chloride to a mixture of rubidium chloride and disodicm phosphate dissolved in water, the amorphous precipitate rapidly becoming crystalline ; it is decomposed by silver nitrate, but resists the action of boiling water. Hydrogen rubidium magnesium carbonate, HRb3Xg(C03), + 4H,O, is obtained by saturating an aqueous solution of rubidium carbonate with carbonic anhydride, and heating the liquid with magnesium carbonate during 5 minutes a t 60°, a current of carbonic anhydride being passed through the liquid meanwhile; the filtered liquid deposits minute, transparent rhombs, having the edges flattened.The salt effloresces in a few days when exposed to air, and in this respect resembles hydrogen ammonium magnesium carbonate, whilst the potassium salt may be preserved for years without undergoing change. Lead m,bidiurn chloride, P bRb,Cl,, is obtained under the conditions observed by Friedrich, in .preparing the analogous ammonium salt (Abstr., 1893, ii, 415); it is a yellow, crystalline powder, which closely resembles lead ammonium chloride. Concentrated sulphuric acid acts on it, liberating hydrogen chloride, and precipitating lead tetrachloride as an oil (compare Zoc. cit.), whilst the dilute acid con- verts the metals into sulphates, and liberates chlorine. Rubidium chloride may be precipitated almost quantitatively from its solution in methylic alcohol saturated with chlorine by adding a solution of lead tetrachloride, the precipitate being washed with 80 per cent.alcohol. Lead potassium chloride is much less stable than the rubidium salt, and evolves chlorine when dried in the air ; the same change takes place when the rubidium salt is heated, the tetrachloride, PbRb,CI,, being produced. The rubidium salt is also indifferent towards dilute hydrochloric acid and 96 per cent. alcohol, the potassium salt being decomposed by both agents ; the changes produced under the influence of water and ammonia are less rapid than those which the potassium salt undergoes.I n spite of these differences in behaviour, the estima- tion of rubidium in presence of potassium by means of lead tetra- chloride is inaccurate ; this agent, however, may be employed for the production of purified rubidium chloride from a solution containing 2 per cent. of potassium chloride. Rubidium salts also resemble ammonium salts in respect to their volatility, and it is not possible to remove ammonium chloride from rubidium chloride by application of heat, without loss of the rubidium salt. Traube has shown that the atomic solution volume of rubidium is equal to that of ammonium (Abstr., 1895, ii, 70). By OTTOEAR ~ U L C (Zed. anorg. Chm., 1896, 12, 18@-181).-The author points out that the product M. 0. F. Electrolytic Silver Peroxide.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.99 of the electrolysis of silver nitrate which he recently described (Abstr., 1896, ii, 521), and to which the formula Ag,NO,, was ascribed, may be regarded as a compound of silver peroxide and the heptoxide of nitrogen, and as being of the composition 7Ag202,N,07. The proper- ties of the compound are consistent with this formula. H. U. Peroxides in their Relationship to the Periodic System of the Elements. By AUGUSTO PICCINI (Zeit. arnorg. Chem., 1896, 12, 169-1 79).-The author considers peroxides of the hydrogen peroxide type, such as BaO,, TiO,, and S20,, in their relationship to the periodic system and to the question of the type of the highest oxygen compounds. As a general characteristic of oxides of this class may be quoted their reduction in acid solution by such oxidising agents as MnO,, PbO,, and KMnO,.This distinguishes the peroxides from all other classes of oxides, and the peroxides are also distinguished by their lack of the acidic character that usually attaches to the higher oxides. These and other marked differences between the peroxides and the ordinary oxides of the water type lead to the conclusion that the peroxides cannot be regarded as compounds typical of the highest combining powers of the elements. H. C. Double Bromides. By RAOUL VARET (Con@. vend., 1896, 123, 497--500).-The author has measured the heat developed on mixing aqueous solutions of mercuric bromide and of other metallic bromides capable of forming double salts of the type BHgBr2,RIBr2,nH?0, or HgBr2,MBr2,nH,0, experiments being made with solutions of difierent degrees of concentration.As a rule, the development of heat is greater the more concentrated the solutions, and it is also increased by the presence of an excess of the soluble bromide. Similar experiments were made with cobalt and manganese bromides, and sodium and ammonium bromides. The heats of formation in sohtion of the compounds of mercuric bromide with other metallic bromides are of the same order of magni- tude for a given series of double salts, any differences that are observed being due t o the unequal thermal effects resulting from dilution in different cases. The results lead to the conclusion that these double salts are derived from complex acids, such as H,Hg,Br,: and H2HgBr,. The double salts formed by cobalt or manganese bromide with sodium or ammonium bromide are dissociated to a large extent on dialysis, and the thermal effects produced by mixing diluta solutions of their proximate constituents are very slight;.By VICTOB BIERNACKI (Ann. Phys. Chem., 1896, [ Z ] , 59,664-667).--8 rod or wire of aluminium can be readily amalgamated by connecting it with one pole of a bat'tery the other pole of which is connected with mercury, and then dipping the nlu- minium into the mercury and removing it again several times. The sparks formed each time at the connecting surfaces serve to heat the aluminium sufficiently t o induce combination with the mercury. As the mercury in the amalgam appears t o play the part of a catalytic agent, the smallest quantity of mercury at the end of an aluminium C.H. B. Aluminium Amalgam.100 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. wire will bring about oxidation of very considerable amounts of aluminium. H. C. The Constitution of Inorganic Compounds. By ALFRED WERNER and ARTURO MIOLATI (Zed. physikal. Chem., 1896, 21, 225-- 238).-The authors determined the electrical conductivity of various ammoniacal cobalt compounds with a view to the elucidation of their constitution. The conductivity of Jorgen sen’s dini trotriaminecobal t chloride (Abstr., 1895, ii, 48) increased with the time, reaching a final constant value consistent with the presence of a univalent cation. The chlorine is, therefore, not present originally in the ion state, and hence cannot be united to the amine group, as Jorgensen supposed. The trinitrotriamine compound, Co(NH,),(NO,),, also contains no ion, the value for the conductivity being very low-1.6 a t U = 1000, ant1 totally different from that of the croceocobaltic nitrite, NO,*Co(NO,),(NH,), ; ,A = 90 at = 1024.The nitritochlorotetraminecobalt chloride, Cl*Co{NO,Cl(NH,),), originally gave the value p = 68 (U = 240), but after remaining for 70 minutes at Oo, the value had increased to 104, this being due probably to hydrolysis into Co(NO,H,O(NH,),}Cl,. The praseo-salts appear to undergo an analogous hydrolysis, from Co( (NH3),C12}Br into CO((NH,),(H~O)~)C~,B~, as the conductivity increased in 40 minutes, from 116.6 to 332.1 with a final maximum = 372 ( u = 512), the nitrite and nitrate exhibiting similar changes. The hydrogen sulphate, how- ever, only gave an increase of from 373 to 439 (V = 256) so that, in this case, the final compound appears to be Co{(NH,),H,OC1)SO4, the con- ductivity of which in 1/256 HCl solution is 439.7.The diaquodichloro- diamine salts, Co{ (NH3)2(~O),Cl,)Cl, also gave a marked increase after ft time,corresponding with the ionisation of the two chlorine atoms. The sulphato-pentamine compounds contain the complex ion, whilst a rapid increase of conductivity by dilution indicated hydrolysis to Co(NH,),H,O. The chloropentamine, aquopentamine, and aquo- chlorotetrnmine salts were also examined, and, as in the previous cases, the results indicated hydrolysis to aquo-salts, and were in complete accord with the author’s views of the constitution of these compounds. (Abstr., 1894, ii, 407.) L.M. J. Nickel Dioxide and its Acid Properties : Barium Nickelite. By EM. DUFAU (Compt. Tend., 1896. 123, 495-497).--When an inti- matemixture of nickelic oxide (85 parts) with barium oxide (155 parts) or barium carbonate (200 parts) is surrounded by barium oxide and heated for 10 minutes in the electric furnace with an arc from 60 volts and 300 amphres, a fused, grey mass is obtained with a crystalline frac- ture, It soon disintegrates when exposed to the air, and when rapidly treated with cold water, levigated, and finally washed and levigated with alcohol, it yields small, brilliant, dark-coloured crystals, whichINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 101 are greenish-brown when powdered ; sp. gr. = 4.8 at 20" ; hardness a little above 4. The crystals consist of barium dinickelite, BaO,2NiO,, and are somewhat unstable.Cold water attacks them slowly and hot water rapidly. Hydrofluoric acid dissolves them with effervescence, and hydrochloric acid, with evolution of chlorine ; nitric acid and ammonia, also dissolve and decompose them. Chlorine, bromine, and iodine attack the nickelite at a red heat, with formation of halogen salts of the metals, but oxygen has no action a t bright redness. Sulphur, a Iitt'le above its melting point, converts the nickelite into sulphides, with incandes- cence. Hydrogen fluoride and hydrogen chloride decompose it at ared heat, but fused neutral oxidising agents are without action on it. It follows from these observations that nickel dioxide not only exists but has acid properties analogous to those of cobalt and manganese dioxides.Since nickelic oxide has no acid properties, it is probable that the oxide Ni,O, has the constitution Ni0,,2NiO. U. H. B. Diffusion of Sulphides through Steel. By EDWARD D. CAMP- BELL (Amel.. Chern. J., lS96, 18, 707-719).-Ferrous sulphide, cuprous sulphide, rickel sulphide (Ni,S3}, and the product obtained by melting together ferrous sulphide and iron ( 8 subsulphide of iron) are incapable of diffusing through steel bars heated t o bright redness. When a mixture of 400 grams of ferrous sulphide with 13 per cent. of its weight of mag- netic oxide of iron was melted, a product was obtained which the author regards as impure oxysulphide of iron, Fe,OS; this was found to diffuse readily through red-hot steel bars and to have the property when mixed with cuprous sulphide, of carrying this with it.It is suggested that Fe,OS, being at the temperature of the experiments an extremely mobile liquid (as shown by its rapid passage through the walls of the clay crucible used in its preparation}, is able to diffuse through the steel on account of the porosity of the latter substance a t a bright red heat. A. C . C. Influence of Heat Treatment and of Carbon on the Solubility of Phosphorus in Steels. By EDWARD D. CAMPBELL and 8. cy/. BABCOCK (Ame?*. Cheni. J., 1896, 18, 719--723).-The authors have in- vestigated theinfluence of the percentage of carbon in steel, and of the slow or sudden cooling of the latter on the solubility of the contained phosphorus. Estimations were made of the percentages of phosphorus (cc) soluble in a neutml solution of mercuric chloride, ( h ) insoluble in mercuric chloride but soluble in 4 per cent. hydrochloric acid, and ( c ) insoluble in either of the above two liquids, and the following conclu- sions are arrived at :-(1) With very low carbon percentsges, the rate of cooling of the metal has but little effect on the solubility of the phosphorus ; (2) with increase of carbon, hardeniag diminishes the solubility, and (3) with high carbon percentages the solubility of the phosphorus .is increased by slow cooling. It is suggested that these Yesults point to the probable formation at a high temperature of a difficultly soluble compound of iron with carbon and phosphorus, which passes on slow cooling into an easily soluble one. A. C. C. VOL. LXXII. ii. 8102 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS, Bismuth Oxyiodide. By T. R. BLYTH (Chem. News, 1896, 74, 200).-The residue from the distillation of the double iodide of methyl- arnine and bismuth with caustic soda, and the product of boiling bis- muth oxyiodide, BiOI, with the same reagent, both have a compo- sition correspouding with the formula Bi,71,0,, = Bi13,8Bi,0, = 3BiOI,'TBi,03. It is a light, microscopically crystalline powder, with a very slight brown tint, soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid, not attacked by boiling water or alkalis, but is decomposed by nitric acid with liberation of iodine and by hydrogen sulphide with formation of sulphide. D. A. L.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205093

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

102 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS, Mineralogical Chemistry. Advances in Mineralogical Chemistry. By BERNARD J. HAR- RINGTON (Tmms. Roy. ~oc., Gccnccda, 1895, [Z], 1, Sect. 111, 3-l?).- A presidential address, dealing generally with the separation, analysis, synthesis, and constitution of minerais. L. J. 5. Selenium associated with Gold and Bismuth : Graphitic Slate, and Water from N.S. Wales. By J. MILNE CURRAN (J. and Proc. Roy. Soc., ATXJV., 1895, 29, 404--408).-A slate from Mount Hope, N.S.W., containing native gold with bismuth oxide and car- bonate, gave reactions for selenium; no sulphides were detected, but originally there was probably present an auriferous selenide or sul- phide of bismuth. A lustrous graphitic slate from Yalcagrin, on analysis, showed 12.5 per cent.of graphite. The granite of the Wyalong gold-fiekl is decomposed to a depth of 150 to 190 feet ; the water supply from this decomposed rock gave, in grains per gallon: SiO,, 3'7.268; A1,0,, 3.052; CaO, 43.540; MgO, 109.144 ; Na,O, 551.236 ; K,O, 6.186 ; SO,, 192.430 ; C1, 924.784; water of crystallisation, 209.300 ; Zn, trace; total (less 0 for Cl), 1868.55. Large quantities of soluble organic matter are present. Considering. the origin of the water, there is a large amount of sodium chloride in it. Some tracliytes and other rocks from New South Wales are described. L. J. 5. Two New Mineral Substances from Broken Hill, N.S.W. 48-51). --These substances, from the Australian Broken Hill Consols mine, are different from anything hitherto described, but they are only alteration products and mineral mixtures.One of them is a n alteration product of dyscrasite, which mineral ii; sometimes envelops; it is massive, and in sections shows a finely banded structure; the colou~ is greyish-brown, and the mineral is B~ EDWARD F. PITTMAN (J. ~i rp-oc. ROY. XOC., N.S. w., 1895, 29,MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 103 sectile; the sp. gr. of one specimen is 4.9. Mingaye gave the results under I, by H. P. White those under IT. at 100". H,O. Ag. Xb. Cu. Pb. As. Au. CaO. I. 0.56 4-04 47.46 16-87 0.11 0.62 trace trace 3-78 11. 0.13 4.37 45.87 20.72 0.48 0.31 trace - 4-25 Analysis by J. C. H. Moisture Comb. MgO. Fe,O,. C1. Insol. 0 [diff.]. I. 1.17 2.11 13.69 1-01 [8-58] 11. 0.20 0.45 12.27 0.90 [lO*O5] The silver exists as chloride and antimonide ; the former is nearly all dissolved out from the powdered mineral by strong ammonia solution, leaving a residue which gave the following results on analysis :- Ag.Au. Sb. As. Pb. Cu. Fe. Ca. Mg. 19.71 trace 35.12 trace 2-79 0.52 5.18 4.84 0.17 Insol. c1. H,O. 0. Total. 5.20 0.14 6.01 19.69 99.37 The second substance is an alteration product of argentiferous galena ; it is dark grey, has a cubical structure, and is sectile ; the sp. gr. of one specimen is 6.38. The Eollowing analyses by Mingaye and White show that the composition is very variable. Moisture. Ag,S. Cu,S. FeS,. PbSO,. I'bS. Insol. Total. I. 0.08 7'7.99 0.62 1.42 19.36 - 0.30 99.77 IT. - 76.62 0.32 0.45 19.80 0.50 1.60 99.73 111. 0.14 13.25 1.82 0.42 77*60 2-20 4.50 99.93 IY. - 10.86 2.00 - 84.61 0.96 1.00 99.93 In I1 is also 0.44 per cent.of Sb,S,, and in IV 0.50 per cent. of Fe,O,. Ammonium acetate dissolves lead sulphate fpom the polished surface, leaving the silver sulphide in relief. [Antimony Ochre, Celestite, Galena, Graphite, Tetrahedrite, Meyrnacite and Anthraxolite from Canada.] By G. CHRISTIAN HoFFbIANN (An;n. BepoTt (1S94) Geol. fluruey, Canada, 1896, N.S., 7, R., 1-68).--Antimony ochre occurs as an earthy incrustation, of a wine-yellow colour, on the stibnito of South Ham, Wolfe Co., Quebec. Analysis gave Sb,O,. As,O,. Fe,O,. Al,O,. CaO. MgO. H,O. Quartz. Total. 58-86 7-88 2.88 1-02 5.71 0.61 9.46 13.39 99.75 Celestite occurs, sometimes with calcite and galena, as a vein in crys- talline limestone a t Lansdowne, Leeds Go., Ontario ; it is colourless, yellowish, or bluish, and semitransparent.Analysis shows it to be nearly pure strontium sulphate. L. J. 5. SO,. SrO. BaO. CaO. Total. Sg. gr 43.51 56.31 trace 0.11 99.93 3.958 Guleyaa containing free sulphur, from West Kootanie, British Colum- bia, forms a coarsely crystalline asgregate with bright cleavage sur- faces, and showing no visible signs of alteration. I t readily takes fire, and burns with a pale blue flame. Prom the powdered mineral, carbon 8-2104 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. bisulphide extracts sulphur, and ammonium acetate extracts lead E U ~ - phate. S (free). S (comb.). SOj. Pb. Sb. Fe. Zn. Ag. Total. 3.95 7-48 12.61 72.19 0.85 0.29 1.08 0.72 99.17. This amount of SO, corresponds with 39.81 per cent. PbSO,. Graphite, from bfarmora, Hastings Co., Ontario, is very finely granular, with uneven fracture, greyish black colour and dull lustre.It contains 72.13 per cent. of apparently amorphous graphite. The ash contains SiO,, 36.0 ; Al,O,, 32.8 ; FezO3, 11.2 ; CaO, 2.0 ; MgO, 7.6 per cent. Plum biferous tetrahedrite, massive, with indistinct fZorous structure, from West Kootanie, British Columbia, gave the following results on analysis; sp. gr. 5,082. S. Sb. -4s. Cu. Ag. Pb. Zn. Fe. Quartz. Total. 20.59 26.81 0.22 21.03 10.64 8.91 5.91 0.88 5-57' 100.56. Meymacite occurs as a dull to bright yellow ochre with the scheelite of Mitrlow, Beauce Go., Quebec; it is a tungsten oxide with 7-2 per cent. of water. Anthraxolite, from a quartz vein in limestone and bituminous shale at Lake Petitsikapau, Ungava district, Labrador Peninsula, has an irregular structure, and is intermixed with quartz and other frag- ments ; it gave on analysis The mean of two very similar analyses is All the above analyses are by R.A. A. Johnston. H2O Loss on ignition at 110-115". in a closed vessel. Fixed " Ash' * 3.56 2.48 86.83 7.13 100.00. The ash consists mainly of silica ; another specimen gave 0.31 per cent. ash. Various other mineralogical notes, chiefly relating to occurrences, are given. The report also includes analyses of coals, iron ores, nickeliferous pyrrhotite, calcareous marls, and waters, as well as the results of numerous gold and silver assays. L. J. s. Bauxite and Emery. By A. LIEBRICH (Zed. prakt. Geol., 1895, 275--277).-1t is pointed out t,hat bauxite occurs in the younger rocks, whilst emery occurs in the oldest (gneisses, &c.); and that in their chemical composition the only important differences are the much larger amount of water in bauxite, and the presence of ferrous oxide (in the magnetite) in emery.Analyses of bauxite, calculated without the water, compare very closely with analyses of emery. This simi- larity of compositioii suggests that the two minerals may have the same origin ; bauxite has been derived from silicates by decomposition, and the same must be true for emery, which has been brought into the present state by the action of water under pressure and at a high temperature. L. J. S. Greenockite from Laurion. By ANASTASIOS C. CHRTSTOMANOS (Tsch. Min. Mitth., 1896, 16, 360-361; and Compt.vend., 123, 62). -The calamine of Laurion, Attica, is very varied in colour and strnc-MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 105 t u r e ; a reddish, amber-yellow variety, which is vitreous and trans- lucent, gave the following results on analysis. ZnO. CdO. FeO. CaO. MgO. A1,0,. SiO,. S. CO,. Total. 62.060 2.700 0.592 0.123 0.219 0.020 0.180 0.190 33 895 99979 This corresponds with 92.57 per cent., ZnCO,, 2.07 ZnO, 2.62 CdCO,, and 0 85 CdS. Dusted over the surface, and in cavities, is a bright yellow, amorphous powder ; the following analysis shows this to be greenoc kit e. Cd. S. Zn. co,. 77.22 22.47 trace trace L. J. S. Origin of Malachite. By EDGAR HALL (J. c6nd Pvoc. Boy. Soc., N.,)’.W., 1895, 29, 416-419).--In an abandoned mine, in whkh the ore is cupriferous pyrites, the author has fouud malachite and azurite, and copper and iron sulphates ; as the malachite and copper sulphatc are both sometimes fibrous, i t is suggested that the former is pseudo- morphous after the latter. In dry seasons, the decomposition of the ore would give rise to a n efflorescence of sulphates, which in wet seasons would be altered to carbonates by the action of carbonate solutions.L. J. S. Blue Apatite fiom Montebras. By ADOLPHE CSRSOT (Bull. SOC. frurz. Min., 1896, 19, 214-215). In the t i n mine of Montebras, Creuse, a darkish violet-blue apatite occurs in a very micaceous granite. With the cassiterite of this locality are several other phosphates, namely, amblygonite, montebrasite, tvavellite, turquoise, and phosphates of iron and manganese.P,O,. F. C1. CaO. NgO. MnO. Fc,O,. Quartz. Total. 39.60 3.23 trace 50.45 trace 2.82 0.20 6.35 101.05 The apatite, on analysis, gave This corresponds with :- Ca,P,O,. Nn3P,08. FeP04. CaF,. Quartz. Total. 84.30 2.03 0.38 6.62 6 35 09-69 The colour appears to be due to the manganese, which exists, for the most part, as manganous phosphate. L. J. S. ‘‘ Mangankiesel ” from the Ham. By FRIEDRICH KLOCKRIANN ( Jchb. k. Preuss. geol. Landescmst. u. Rergakccd., 1895 (1 894), 15, p. xxxii).-In a quartz-schist on the Steinbergkappe, in the Western or Upper Harz, is a band, 1 foot thick, of compact, reddish-white to grey ‘‘ mangankiesel ” ; analysis by Erbrich gave MnO. CaO. MgO. CO,. SO,. Undeter. Total. 32,251 0.477 0.910 18.097 49,009 0.756 101.500 This occurrence is very similar t o that a t Schebenholz, near Elbingerode.L. J. S. The Genesis of the Talc Deposits of St. Lawrence Go., N.Y. By CHARLES H. SMYTH, jun. (School of Mines Quart., 1896, 1’7,106 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICATJ PAPERS. 333-341).-In the gneissic area of the Adirondacks are large belts of crystalline limestones which often contain tremolite and enstatite ; these minerals sometimes predominate, and the limestones graduate into tremolite and enstntite schists. Intimately associated with these schists, and, in fact, graduating into them, are the talc deposits, The talc, being pseudomorphous after these fibrous minerals, is itself fibrous in structure, this structure being parallel to the cleavage of the original mineral. For a very soft specimen, apparently derived from enstatite, the optic axial angle was determined as 56" 36', and for a slightly harder piece, 80" 34' ; these values are much greater than is usual for talc, and they evidently decrease with the progress of alteration of the original mineral.With this fibrous talc (" agalite ") is also a little of the more usual form of foliated talc in soft, pearly scales ; this is almost optically uniaxial, and, unlike the former, is not pseudomor- phous in origin but of independent growth. The alterations would have been effected by circulating water containing carbonic acid, probably under pressure, as shown by the equations Enstatite. Talc. 4MgSi0, + H,O + CO, = H,Mg,Si,O,, + MgCO, Tremolite. Talc. CaMg,Si,O,, + H,O + CO, = H2Mg3Si,01, + CaCO,. This substitution OF H, for Ca is in agreement with Clarke's acid metasilicate formula for talc.The resulting carbonates would be carried away by the excess of carbonic acid. These talc deposits have, then, been derived from tremolite and enstatite schists, which, in turn, have originated by the metamorphism of a siliceous magnesium lime- stone poor in alumina. Minerals of the Gross-Venediger in the Hohe Tauern. By ERNST WEINSCHENK (Zeds. Kyst. Nin., 1896, 26, 337-508).- The Gross-Venediger of the Austrian Alps consists of a central mass of granite surrounded by eclogites, amphibolites, gneisses, schists, phyllites, &c. , these containing isolated patches of serpentine. The secondary mineral veins occurring in these rocks are of two distinct types, One is of general distribution, and is characterised by the presence of a little titanic acid ; the minerals of constant occurrence are quartz, felspar, apatite and calcite, whilst the other minerals depend on the kind of rock containing the veins.The other type of veins occurs in connection with the serpentines, and is of local distri- bution ; here quartz and felspar are absent, and the surrounding rocks have no influence on the mineral contents of the veins. Detailed descriptions are given of 60 mineral species found in the district, and analyses are given of the following :-I, Pistachio-green epidote, occurring with magnetite and diopside in an epidote-rock in connection with the serpentine. 11, Red garnet. 111, Massive garnet, from a garnet-chlorite-rock, which is an alteration product of serpen- tine ; the crystals of I1 rest on this massive garnet, and the two are very similar in appearance, but differ in composition.IV, Hyacinth- red garnet from an epidote-idocrase-rock. V, Clove-brown garnet from a rock containing epidote, diopside and magnetite. VI, Hyacinth- L. J. s.MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 107 red garnet, 171T, Brown garnet. The above analyses of garnet, with the exception of 111, by Muthmann, are quoted from H. Schnerr (1nnug.-Diss., ikIt~.izich, 1894). VIIT, Acicular diopside from crevices in a hornblende schist. X, Albite from crevices in amphibolito and] eclogite ; it contains also Na,O, 11 -1 9 ; K,O, 0.19 per cent. H,O or IX, Light green diopside. loss on SiO?. Al,O,. Fe,O,. CaO. FeO. MnO. MgO. ignition. I. 38.15 23.51 14.32 23.41 0.18 - - 1.93 IT.36.33 7.35 21.64 32.36 1.91 0.48 - 05-29 111. 38-33 17.38 7.56 31.72 2.49 1 5 0 0.48 0.71 IV. 37.53 11.99 14.79 33.55 1.68 0.28 - 0.48 V. 35.97 7.07 22.51 31.51 9-88 trace - 0.25 VI. 37.96 16.29 8.73 31.98 4.46 0.57 - - VII. 36.56 7.44 20.94 23.59 1.17 trace - - VIII. 52.08 1-96 - 23.31 9-21 0.35 13-75 - IS. 54.19 0.07 - 22.76 2.05 0.43 20.24 - - - - X. 67.76 20.15 - 0.77 - L. J. S. Disintegration and Decomposition of Diabase. By GEORGE P. MERRILL (Bull. Geol. Xoc. Arne?*., 1896, 7, 349-362).-The diabase of a large dyke a t Medford, Massachusetts, has been extensively disintegrated to a reddish-brown, sandy material. The fresh rock is quite firm, but contains some calcite, a little zeolite and chlorite, and shows a slight kaolinisation of the felspars.Under I, is the bulk analysis of the fresh diabase, and under 11, that of the portion soluble in hydrochloric acid and sodium carbonate solution (I -19 per cent. of the silica being soluble in the former). Under 111, is that the bulk analysis of the disintegrated rock, and IV, is that of the soluble portion (0.85 per cent. of the silica being here soluble in hydrochloric acid). These analyses show that the disintegration is accompanied by decomposition and a leaching out of the more soluble constituents. As would be expected, more of the fresh rock is soluble in acid and alkaline solutions than of the altered rock. Analysis V, is of the fine silt and clay, which forms only 3.17 per cent. of the altered rock. 78.87 per cent. of it is soluble in hydrochloric acid and sodium carbonate, and under the microscope the material shows felspar and other silicates.I I1 I11 IV V VI VII SiOo 47.28 10.85 44744 9.50 36.61 8.48 18.03 20.22 4.74 Fe,O, 3.66 CaO 7.09 3-09 MgO 3-17 2.20 MnO 0.77 n.d. -40 2.16 1.21 Na,O 3.94 0.50 P205 0.68 n.d. Ignition 2.73 2.73 Total 100.59 36.23 FeO 8.89 } 10*91 23.19 12.70 6.03 2.82 0.52 1.75 3.93 0.70 3.73 99.81 10.00 1.50 1 *84 n.d. 0-68 0.1 7 n.d. 3-73 32-28 0 .oo 40'68 1. 2.42 3.44 1.83 4.02 0.68 n.d. 0.32 1-82 0.62 2.14 0.50 - 0.08 10.97 0.53 99.68 14.93 0.00 18.10 25-89 21.70 41-57 29.15 12.83 11.39 0.0010s ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Column VI gives the percentage loss for the entire rock, as calculated from I and 111, on the supposition that the total amount of alumina has remained unaffected during the alteration of the rock, and column VII gives the percentage loss of each constituent, as calculated from I and VI.Calculating the results on this basis byings out points which are not obvious on mere inspection of the bulk analyses of the fresh and altered rock ; for example, it is seen that calcium, potassium, iron and magnesium have been relatively largely removed. The analyses of the granite of the district of Columbia (Abstr., 1896, ii., 483) are here recalculated in this manner. The assumption that the total amount of alumina remains constant is taken from Roth, but it does not always seem to be correct, for in some cases ferric oxide is more refractory than the alumina. The relative rapidity of rock weathering in high and low latitudes is discussed, and it is insisted that the rapid disintegration in warm, moist climates has been emphasised too much.Here, decomposition follows more closely upon disintegration, whilst in cold regions, where the action of frost is a potent factor, disintegration exceeds decom- position. The term degeneration, to include both disintegration and decomposition, is proposed. Dust which fell [in Austria-Hungary] in February, 1896. By CONRAD H. vos JOHN (Vedb. k.k. geol. Reichswast., 1896, 259-264). -On February 25th. and 26th., 1896, there was a fall of dust and snow over a large area in Hungary, mainly about the Platten See, but extending into Austria as far north as Austrian Silesia. The dust from different localities is very similar, being dark brown, and of extreme fineness.Under the microscope, the principal constituent is seen as grains of a grey, transparent, amorphous material, which analysis shows to be a clay. There are also black particles of organic matter, numerous grains and splinters of quartz, and a few fragments of augite, zircon, rutile, etc. Mica and remains of organisms were not found. The first four of the following analyses are of material from different localities. All contain a little carbonic acid and organic.matter. The first contains 2.92 and the second 2-48 L. J. S. per cent. of- carbon. SiO,. Al,O,. Fe,O,. CaO. MgO. 49'29 15-50 6.17 4.33 2.46 52.25 13.95 7.10 3'85 2.45 52-50 14-20 6'40 3'80 2'45 55'28 15-24 6.58 3-66 2-63 45-10 15.95 13.25 4-85 2.64 The great similarity shown in The decrease origin for the dust.H,O Loss on K,O. Ns,O. (at looo). ignition. Total. 2.94 1.02 2'80 16.09 100.50 3.05 1.46 2-78 12.96 99.85 2.97 1.44 3'02 13'80 100'58 Y [2-57] 3.01 11.03 100'00 1.95 0.85 6-70 8'84 100.47 these analyses points to a common in silica to the northis explained by quc&tz having fallen before the other constituents. The last of thb above analyses is of Nile mud (containing also 0.34 SO,, 1 per cent. C, and some CO,), and it is suggested that the dust in question came from Egypt ; as, however, there was no storm a t Alexandria from 21st. to 26th. of February, it may have come from Servia and S. Hungary. 11. J. S,MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 109 The Arlington Iron. By NEWTON H. WIGCHELL ( A r i z e ~ . Geologist, 1896, 18, 267-27l).-This iron was found in March, 1894, at 24 miles north-east of A.rlington, Sibley Go., Minnesota.It is roughly heart-shaped, with an average thickness of 1 inch ; weight 192 lbs. The convex side is tolerably smooth and has a spotted appearance, whilst the opposite, nearly plane, surface is pitted and rough, some of the pits almost penetrating the specimen. Three structural directions, brought out by etching, are described in detail. Analysis by F. F. Sharpless gave : Fe. Ni. co. P. Total. 90.781 S.605 1.023 0.045 100.454 Also Cr, Cu, and combined carbon in traces ; S, Si, and &In are absent. The composition does not appear to be uniform, as four determina- tions of the iron varied between 90.58 nncl 91.74; the carbon also varies. L. J. S. Discovery of Argon in the Gases of a Spring at Perchtolds- 604-612).The gas from the same spring was investigated in 1853 by Ragsky, who showed that the gas contains 93.8 per cent. of nitrogen. The author confirms Ragsky’s analyses, but, also finds that the gas described as nitrogen by Ragsky contains 1.11-1.24 per cent. of argon. J. J . S. dorf, near Vienna. By MAX BAMBERGER (,1fOnatSh., 1896, 17, Water from a Mineral Spring in Mitchell Go., Kansas. By EDGAR H. S. BAILEY and MARY A. .RICE (Tmm. liG?~scccs AcacZ. Xci., 1896 (1893-4), 14, 40-41).-Water from a spring 2 miles east of Cawker City and half a mile south-east of the celebrated ‘‘ Great Spirit Spring,” in Mitchell Co., Kansas, gave in parts per 100,000 : SiO, and insoluble matter, 1 . 5 3 ; Fe,O, and A1,0,, 1.66; CaO, 38.66; MgO, 61-48; SO,, 26950; R,O, 21.20; Na,O, 753.30 ; C1, 740.00; B,O,, trace; CO, (calculated), 35-69. This composition is very similar to that of the water of the (‘ Great Spirit Spring.” L.J. S. Thermal Spring at Wiesbaden. By C. REMIGIUS FRESENIUS and ERNST HINTZ (Ja;lwb. ATassuzc. Vey,, 1896, Ja7t.r.g. 49, 3-23)- The water of the Augusta Victoria bath a t Wiesbaden has a tempera- ture of 40”; sp. gr. = 1.006455 a t 14”. Analysis gave, in parts per 1000 : NaC1, 6.644452 ; KC1, 0.172013 ; LiCl, 0.018825 ; NH,Cl 0.012666 ; CaCl,, 0.599187 ; NaBr, 0.004920 ; Nal, 0.000025 ; CaSOd Om068816 ; SrSO,, 0.024678 ; BaSO,, 0.001381 ; CaH,(CO,),, 0.364834 7 MgH2(C0,),, 0.248852; FeH,(CO,,),, 0.001392; &fn€T,(C0,)2, 0.001716; Ca2As,07, 0.000045 ; Ca,P,08, 0.600081 ; CaB20,, 0.002565 ; SiO,,; 0.059782 ; free CO,, 0.2S2091 ; total, 8.508321.Also traces of rubidium, caesium, nitric acid, titanic acid, copper, and organic sub- stances. This composition is very similar to that of other thermal waters of Wiesbaden containing sodium chloride ; analyses of these are quoted for comparison. Full analytical details are given in the paper. 1;. J. S.110 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Carbonated Water from Seifersdorf (Austrian Silesia). By ERNST LUDWIG (Fsch. Min. Mitth., 1896, 16, 133--139).-Water from a spring at the village of Seifersdorf, in Austrian Silesia, gave, in 10,000 parts : K,SO,, 0.057; Na,SO,*, 0.037 ; NaCl, 0.058 ; Na,CO,, 1.775 ; CaCO,, 7.171 ; SrCO:,, 0.021 ; RIgCO,, 1.000 ; FeCO,, 0,179 ; MnCO,, 0.026 ; Al,O,, 0.001 ; SiO,, 0.620 ; organic matter, 0.040 ; GO, in bicarbonates, 4.499 ; CO, free, 17.449 ; total solids, 10.985 ; also traces of lithium and phosphoric acid.Sp. gr. = 1.00163 at 17.2" (compared with distilled water at the same temperature). The com- position of the water remains constant thrcughout the course of the year, and the temperature only varies from 10-12". The rocks of the district are limestones, clayey sandstones, and also some of volcanic origin. L. J. X. The Constantin-Spring in Gleichenberg (Styria). By ERNST LUDWIG (Tsch. Min. Mitth., 1896, 16, 140--149).--The celebrated mineral waters of Gleichenberg, Styria, were known to the Romans ; analyses of the water of the Constantin-spring have previously been made by Schrotter (1834) and Gottlieb (1864). The results of the present analysis are, in parts per 10,000 : K,SO,, 1.023 ; KCl, 0.012 ; NaCl, 18.223 ; Na,B,07, 0.082 ; Na,HPO,, 0,006 ; Na,CO,, 25.060 ; Li,CO,, 0.039 ; CaCO,, 3.541 ; SrCO,, 0.054 ; BaCO,, 0.004 ; MgCO,, 4.215 ; FeC'O,, 0.027; MnCO,, 0.002 ; A1,0,, 0,002 ; SiO,, 0.64'7 ; organic matter, 0.054; CO, in bicarbonates, 14.212; CO, free, 20.519; total solids, 52.937; also traces of czsium and rubidium.These results agree, in the important constituents, with the older analyses, so that there has been no change in the composition of the water during the last 60 years. Sp. gr. = 1.0057 at 17.6" (compared with distilled water at the same temperature). The temperature of the water is 17.3". The rocks of the district are mainly trachytes, together with basalts and Tertiary sands and mads. From the water, opal has been deposited in the trachyte, and pebbles and plants have been cemented together by a siliceous deposit. Deposit from a Chalybeate Water. By E. C. CASE (Frccns. Kansas Acad. Xci., 1896 (1893-4), 14, 36-37).-Water from a well near Lawrence, and close to the bank of the Eansas River, gave, in parts per 100,000 : SiO, and insoluble matter, 4450; Fe,O, and A1,0,, 3.45; CaSO,, 9.31 ; CaCO,, 15.03; MgCO,, 6.72; NaCl, 14.43; total solids, 53.44; GO, (free and in bicarbonates), 25.01. The water is at first clear, but, on standing, soon becomes turbid. I n the well is a homogeneous deposit having the following composition, which approaches that of limonite : SiO, and insoluble matter, 19.30; Fe,O, with a little A1,0,, 46.95; H,O below loo", 9.15; H,O at 230", 14-40; CaSO?, 0.25 ; CaCO,, 7.32 ; MgCO,, 0.75 ; NaC1, 0.60 per cent. ; organic matter, not determined. From this it is seen that the silica has remained in solution to a larger extent than the iron. The well is sunk in gravel containing nodules of limonite, and this has been dissolved by the percolating carbonated water ; the iron in the freshly-drawn water exists in the ferrous state, L. J. 5. L. J. S,

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8977205102

出版商:RSC    

年代:1897

数据来源: RSC